GREAT LAKES REIT INC
10-K405, 1998-03-31
REAL ESTATE
Previous: PATTERSON ENERGY INC, 10-K405, 1998-03-31
Next: HUNGARIAN TELEPHONE & CABLE CORP, 10-K, 1998-03-31




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

           [ x ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997
                                       OR
          [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  For the transition period from     to     .

                         Commission file number 0-28354
                                    ---------

                             GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

           Maryland                                36-3844714
 (State or Other Jurisdiction of         (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
  Incorporation or Organization)

                               823 Commerce Drive
                                    Suite 300
                            Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
                                 (630) 368-2900
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

               Securities registered  pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
                                    Act:

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value
                                (Title of class)

               Securities registered  pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
                                    Act:

                                      None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [x] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

         As of March 2, 1998, the aggregate market value of common stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant was $267,619,543.

         The number of shares of the registrant's  common stock, $.01 par value,
outstanding as of March 2, 1998 was 15,841,027.

                      Documents Incorporated by Reference:

                                      None





<PAGE>



                             GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.

                         Form 10-K Annual Report -- 1997

                                Table of Contents


PART I Page
         Item 1.      Business............................................... 4
         Item 2.      Properties.............................................10
         Item 3.      Legal Proceedings......................................13
         Item 4.      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders....13

PART II
         Item 5.      Market for Registrant's Common Equity
                      and Related Stockholder Matters........................13
         Item 6.      Selected Financial Data................................14
         Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis
                      of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......15
         Item 8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data............18
         Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                      on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.................18
PART III
         Item 10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.....19
         Item 11.     Executive Compensation.................................22
         Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                      Owners and Management..................................26
         Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.........27

PART IV
         Item 14.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
                      and Reports on Form 8-K................................29

Signatures...................................................................32

Index to Financial Statements................................................F-1









<PAGE>
                                     PART I

ITEM 1--BUSINESS

General

         Great Lakes REIT, Inc., a Maryland  corporation (the "Company")  formed
in 1992, is a fully integrated,  self-administered  and self-managed real estate
company  focused  primarily  on  acquiring,  renovating,  owning  and  operating
suburban office properties.  Currently all of the Properties (as defined herein)
are located within an approximate  500-mile radius of metropolitan  Chicago (the
"Midwest  Region").  The  Company  acquired  six,  three,  seven,  ten and  nine
properties in 1993,  1994,  1995, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  As of March 20,
1998,  the  Company  owned and  operated 34  properties  (the  "Properties")  in
suburban Chicago, Milwaukee,  Minneapolis, Detroit, Columbus and Cincinnati (the
"Current  Markets").  The Properties contain  approximately 4.1 million rentable
square feet leased to  approximately  500 tenants.  As of December 31, 1997, the
Properties had a weighted  average  occupancy rate of  approximately  92.9%. The
Company  has elected to be treated  for  federal  income tax  purposes as a real
estate investment trust ("REIT").

         In 1996,  the Company  organized  Great Lakes  REIT,  L.P.,  a Delaware
limited  partnership  (the  "Operating  Partnership")  and transferred 33 of the
Properties  to the  Operating  Partnership.  As the sole general  partner of the
Operating Partnership, the Company has exclusive power to manage and conduct the
business of the Operating  Partnership,  subject to certain limited  exceptions.
Although the Company and the Operating Partnership are separate entities, unless
the context  otherwise  requires,  all references in this Report on Form 10-K to
the "Company" refer to the Company and the Operating Partnership, collectively.

         Effective  April 1, 1996,  the Company became a  self-administered  and
self-managed  REIT upon the  consummation  of the merger (the  "Merger")  of the
Company with Equity  Partners,  Ltd. (the "Advisor").  Prior to the Merger,  the
Advisor provided  services to the Company  relating to the selection,  purchase,
financing and operation of the Company's properties.  Certain executive officers
and other employees of the Company were  previously  employed by the Advisor and
owned a  substantial  interest in the Advisor.  See "Certain  Relationships  and
Related Transactions".

         The Company's  primary  business  strategy is to acquire  well-located,
under performing  suburban office properties in the Midwest Region at attractive
yields  and  to  increase  cash  flow  and  property  value  by  implementing  a
comprehensive operating strategy. The Company's operating strategy includes: (i)
investment  in  value-enhancing  renovation  and  refurbishment  programs;  (ii)
aggressive leasing efforts;  (iii) reduction and containment of operating costs;
and (iv) a strong emphasis on tenant services and satisfaction. This value-added
operating  strategy is intended to establish  the Company as one of the suburban
office  property  owner/operators  of choice  in the  markets  it serves  and to
maximize tenant retention.  The Company's  commitment to tenant satisfaction and
retention is  evidenced by its  retention  rate of  approximately  67% (based on
square feet renewed) from January 1, 1993 to December 31, 1997. In addition, the
Company believes it has been successful in implementing  its operating  strategy
as evidenced by its  achievement of increased  occupancy rates and rental income
at the Properties during its period of ownership.

         The Company  focuses  primarily on acquiring  properties in the Midwest
Region  (i) with  less  than  300,000  rentable  square  feet and (ii)  that are
available at purchase prices below $25 million.  Management believes that assets
of this size are generally too small to be efficiently acquired on a stand-alone
basis by other  institutional  and larger  public  sector  buyers;  as a result,
competition for these properties is more limited than the competition for larger
properties.  The  Company's  recent  acquisition  activities  during the last 12
months  demonstrate the Company's ability to make  acquisitions  consistent with
its strategy for growth. During 1997, the Company acquired nine Properties at an
aggregate  cost  of  $112  million  (including  $9  million  in  future  capital
commitments).

         The Company  continues to evaluate  certain markets outside the Midwest
Region. In the event an appropriate  acquisition  opportunity is identified that
is  consistent  with  the  Company's  other  specified  criteria  and  operating
strategies,  the Company may acquire  properties in markets  outside the Midwest
Region.  In addition,  the Company may from time to time consider  opportunities
with respect to office properties  located in selected urban or central business
district areas.

     The Company believes that the economic  fundamentals in the Current Markets
and certain other markets in and outside the Midwest Region  provide  attractive
environments  for owning,  acquiring and operating  suburban office  properties.
Since 1990,  there has been a broad  expansion of the Midwest  Region's  economy
while there has been limited  construction of suburban office  properties in the
region.  These trends have reduced  office  vacancy  rates in all of the Current
Markets and resulted in generally  increasing rental rates. The Company believes
that continued strong demand for office space caused by the continuing growth of
the Midwest Region's  economy,  together with the limited supply of new suburban
office  properties  in most of the Current  Markets,  will continue to result in
increased  occupancies and rental rates for suburban office space in the Midwest
Region generally and the Company's properties specifically.

Competitive Advantages

         The  Company  believes  it enjoys  certain  competitive  advantages  in
pursuing its business and growth strategies.

         Experienced  Management  Team.  The  Company's  seven senior  executive
officers  have an average of 17 years of real estate  experience,  primarily  in
suburban office properties  located in the Midwest Region.  Management's  market
knowledge and long-standing relationships with tenants, brokers and institutions
lead to numerous investment and leasing opportunities.

         Focus  on  Suburban  Office  Properties  in  the  Midwest  Region.  The
Company's geographic and  property-specific  focus enables the Company to create
acquisition   opportunities,   rapidly   review  and   respond  to   acquisition
opportunities as they arise, and to anticipate and efficiently address the needs
of existing and  prospective  tenants,  resulting in favorable  lease  renewals,
tenant expansions and new lease opportunities.

     Fully Integrated Organization.  The Company utilizes an integrated approach
to acquisition,  management,  leasing and renovation  activities.  This approach
allows the Company to offer a full range of alternatives  (including  expansions
and  redevelopment  of  existing  facilities,   acquisitions  and  build-to-suit
projects) to satisfy the space needs of existing and prospective tenants.

     Access to Capital.  As a public company,  the Company has access to certain
equity  and  debt  financing  options  that  are  not  available  to many of its
competitors.  In addition,  because it is  organized as an umbrella  partnership
REIT  ("UPREIT"),  the Company has the ability to acquire  properties on a basis
that offers tax advantages to certain  sellers.  Accordingly, the Company may be
able  to  finance  and  take  advantage  of  certain  acquisition  or  operating
opportunities that certain of its competitors cannot.

Organization

         The Company is a Maryland corporation,  its principal executive offices
are located at 823 Commerce Drive,  Oak Brook,  Illinois 60523 and its telephone
number is (630) 368-2900.

Business and Growth Strategies

         The Company's  primary  business  objectives are to maximize  growth in
cash flow per  share  and to  enhance  the  value of its  portfolio  in order to
maximize total return to its  stockholders.  The Company believes it can achieve
these  objectives  by  continuing  to  implement  its  business  strategies  and
capitalizing on the internal and external growth opportunities  described below.
The Company also believes, based on its evaluation of market conditions,  that a
number of factors will  enhance its ability to achieve its business  objectives,
including  opportunities  to make  favorable  acquisitions,  increase  occupancy
rates,  rental rates and overall  portfolio  value.  These  factors  include the
continuing  economic  expansion  in the  Midwest  Region as well as the  limited
construction of new suburban office properties in most of the Midwest Region.

     Business Strategies

         The Company's  primary  business  strategy is to acquire  well-located,
underperforming  suburban office  properties in the Midwest Region at attractive
yields  and  to  increase  cash  flow  and  property  value  by  implementing  a
comprehensive  value-added operating strategy. This operating strategy includes:
(i) investment in value-enhancing  renovation and refurbishment  programs;  (ii)
aggressive leasing efforts;  (iii) reduction and containment of operating costs;
and (iv) a strong emphasis on tenant services and  satisfaction.  This operating
strategy is  intended to  establish  the Company as one of the  suburban  office
property  owner/operators  of choice in the  markets it serves  and to  maximize
tenant retention.

         Based on its  historical  activities and its knowledge of various local
marketplaces,  the Company  believes that the Midwest Region and certain markets
outside the Midwest Region offer  acquisition  and operating  opportunities  for
companies  that are  well-capitalized  experienced  owners of real  estate  with
extensive  local market  expertise.  In addition,  based on its  experience  and
knowledge,  the Company believes the existence of a public market for its common
stock,  par value $.01 per share  ("Common  Stock"),  has enhanced the Company's
access to capital,  thereby  allowing it to take advantage of  opportunities  to
acquire additional suburban office properties at attractive prices and to pursue
opportunities  to  develop  office  properties,  when  feasible,  at  attractive
returns.

         The Company  implements  its business  strategies  by (i) utilizing an
integrated   approach  to  acquisition,   management,   leasing  and  renovation
activities   that  is  designed  to  coordinate   decision-making   and  enhance
responsiveness to market opportunities and tenant needs; (ii) emphasizing tenant
satisfaction and retention and employing  intensive property marketing programs;
and (iii)  implementing  cost control  management and systems that capitalize on
economies  of  scale  arising  from  the  size  and  location  of the  Company's
portfolio.  The Company  believes  that the  implementation  of these  operating
practices has contributed to the increased occupancy rates and rental revenue of
the Properties.

         Integrated  Decision-making  and  Responsiveness.  In  addition  to the
location and quality of the Properties, management generally credits its ability
to maintain the  Properties  at  above-average  market  occupancy  levels to the
coordination  of its  decision-making  team.  Acquisition,  leasing and property
management  activities  are  coordinated  to  enhance  responsiveness  to market
opportunities and tenant needs. The acquisition, leasing and property management
teams work closely together from the initial meeting with prospective sellers or
tenants through the acquisition or lease  negotiation  process.  With respect to
acquisitions,  the  Company  can  therefore  quickly  analyze  the cash flow and
leasing  potential of a proposed  acquisition and the costs of proposed property
upgrades.  Following acquisition, the integrated approach permits the Company to
analyze  the  economic  terms  and  costs   (including   tenant   build-out  and
retrofitting  costs) for each lease on a timely and efficient  basis  throughout
lease  negotiations.  As a result,  the Company is able to commit to lease terms
quickly, facilitating timely transaction execution, and minimizing lost income.

         Aggressive  Leasing.  The  Company  implements  an  aggressive  leasing
strategy based on its knowledge of the Current  Markets and its tenants'  needs.
The Company's  relationships with the tenant and brokerage  communities  provide
the Company with information to enhance its leasing and marketing  efforts.  The
Company's  policies  of  maintaining   communications   with  existing  tenants,
delivering  a high level of service and  offering  leasing  flexibility  provide
existing  tenants  greater  control over space  management  and serve to enhance
tenant retention.

         As part of this leasing strategy, property-specific marketing plans are
prepared at the time of acquisition and are constantly  monitored and updated to
pro-actively  position each Property within its respective  market.  The Company
enhances its leasing efforts by utilizing employee  representatives  for certain
lease renewal activities and by retaining  third-party  leasing brokers that are
specifically  selected  for their market  knowledge,  tenant  relationships  and
historic  ability to  generate  leases.  This  strategy  enables  the Company to
promote  relationships  with its  existing  tenants and attract and lease office
space to a greater  number of tenants by improving the  Company's  visibility in
the tenant  community.  The Company believes its broad-based  market presence in
certain  Current  Markets  provides a wide  variety of Class A and Class B space
alternatives  for  prospective  tenants  and  existing  tenants  whose  facility
requirements evolve as their businesses grow.

         As part of its  leasing  strategy,  the Company  reviews the  financial
statements and other financial  information on prospective tenants to assess the
creditworthiness  of tenants as compared to the rents  required to be paid under
the tenants' leases and the aggregate dollar investment  required by the Company
for tenant improvements and leasing commissions.  The Company may require credit
enhancements  from tenants in the form of security  deposits,  letters of credit
and personal or corporate guarantees of lease obligations.

         Active Property  Management.  The Company believes that active property
management  is a  critical  aspect of the  Company's  activities,  and it is the
objective of  management  to  intensively  manage the  Company's  Properties  to
provide a high level of service and  flexibility to the Company's  tenants.  The
Company currently employs 36 individuals in its property management division.

         Economies  of Scale and Leasing  Flexibilities.  The  Company  seeks to
enhance  portfolio value by lowering total operating costs and expenses compared
to single-site  ownership and management and by  capitalizing  on its ability to
offer a range of leasing options in certain markets. The Company also strives to
minimize overhead by controlling corporate general and administrative expenses.


     Growth Strategies

     Internal Growth. The Company believes that opportunities  exist to increase
cash  flow  from the  Properties  as a result  of  general  improvements  in the
suburban  office markets in the Midwest Region and the improvement of individual
property  operations  by the  Company.  The Company  intends to pursue  internal
growth by (i) realizing fixed contractual base rental increases; (ii) re-leasing
expiring leases at increasing market rents that may result from increased demand
for and  decreased  supply of available  space in the areas in which the Company
owns  properties;  (iii)  continuing  to maintain  and improve  occupancy  rates
through active management and aggressive leasing; and (iv) controlling operating
expenses through the implementation of cost control management and systems.

         Contractual  base  rental  increases.  The  Company  expects to achieve
internal  growth in cash flow through leases which contain  provisions for fixed
contractual rental increases.

         Re-leasing  expiring  leases at increasing  market  rents.  Many of the
Company's tenants entered into leases at favorable rental rates, compared to the
current  prevailing  market  rates.  As a result,  as those leases  expire,  the
Company  believes that it will be able to re-lease the space at higher effective
rental rates.

         Maintaining and improving occupancy rates. The Company believes that it
has been successful in attracting, expanding and retaining a diverse tenant base
by actively  managing its  Properties  with an emphasis on tenant  retention and
satisfaction.  The Company  strives to be  responsive to the needs of individual
tenants  through  its on-site  professional  management  staff and by  providing
tenants with leasing  alternatives within the Company's portfolio to accommodate
their  changing space  requirements.  The Company's  success in maintaining  and
improving  occupancy rates is  demonstrated,  in part, by the number of existing
tenants which have renewed or released their space,  leased  additional space to
support  their  expansion  needs or moved to other  space  within the  Company's
portfolio. The Company has achieved a tenant retention rate of approximately 67%
(based on square feet renewed)  from January 1, 1993 through  December 31, 1997.
The  Company  also  seeks  to  improve  occupancies  by  aggressively  marketing
available space within its portfolio.

     As of December 31, 1997, the Properties  had a weighted  average  occupancy
rate of 92.9%  compared to 92.3% as of December  31,  1996 (or,  for  Properties
acquired during 1997, the date of acquisition).

     

     External  Growth.  Based on its historical  activities and its knowledge of
the Midwest Region, the Company believes that opportunities continue to exist to
acquire  additional office properties that (i) provide attractive initial yields
with potential for growth in cash flow; (ii) are in desirable  locations  within
submarkets  that exhibit  strong  growth  characteristics;  (iii) have  purchase
prices that represent a significant  discount to replacement  cost; and (iv) are
under performing or need renovation,  thereby  providing  opportunities  for the
Company to increase the cash flow and value of such  properties  through  active
management, rehabilitation and aggressive leasing.

         The Company  continues to evaluate  certain markets outside the Midwest
Region. In the event an appropriate  acquisition  opportunity is identified that
is  consistent  with  the  Company's  other  specified  criteria  and  operating
strategies,  the Company may acquire  properties in markets  outside the Midwest
Region.  In addition,  the Company may from time to time consider  opportunities
with respect to office properties  located in selected urban or central business
district areas.

         Acquisition Strategy.  The Company's primary acquisition strategy is to
acquire well-located, well-constructed suburban office properties that generally
contain  300,000  square  feet or  less,  are less  than 15  years  old and have
purchase  prices  of less  than $25  million.  The  Company  believes  that most
institutional  and  public-sector  buyers have tended to focus their acquisition
activities on  substantially  larger  properties in terms of square  footage and
purchase price. As a result of the purchasing  bias of these  institutional  and
public-sector  buyers,  the  Company  has  encountered  fewer   well-capitalized
competitors  for the  Company's  target  properties in its target  markets.  The
Company  believes it has been able to achieve more favorable  pricing because it
has been able to contract for the purchase of properties  without  financing and
other contingencies that are generally required by less  well-capitalized  local
buyers of these property types. In addition,  the Company has established a long
and  successful  track record and  reputation  for closing on  properties it has
contracted to purchase.

     The Company  believes that  attractive  opportunities  continue to exist to
acquire  well-located  suburban office properties in the Current Markets, in the
Midwest Region and in certain other markets,  at a discount to replacement cost.
Each  acquisition  opportunity  is reviewed to evaluate  whether it meets one or
more of the following criteria: (i) potential for higher occupancy levels and/or
rents as well as for lower turnover and/or operating  expenses;  (ii) ability to
generate  returns in excess of the Company's  weighted  average cost of capital,
taking into account the estimated  costs  associated with tenant turnover (i.e.,
tenant improvements,  leasing commissions and the loss of income due to vacancy)
and property  rehabilitation;  and (iii) availability for purchase at a price at
or below estimated replacement cost. The Company intends to focus its investment
activities on properties that are in one or more of the following categories:

         *  Under-managed properties: properties that have below market rents
         and/or occupancies.

         * Yield-oriented acquisitions: properties purchased below estimated
         replacement cost at attractive yields.

         *  Redevelopment   or  renovation   opportunities:   well  located  and
         fundamentally  sound properties that may require physical renovation or
         cosmetic improvement to achieve their full potential performance.

         * Opportunistic investments: opportunities to acquire under-valued
         assets using the Company's local market  knowledge and expertise.

         The Company  believes  that it  possesses a  competitive  advantage  in
identifying and  capitalizing on acquisition  opportunities  for targeted office
properties due to (i) its broad-based  market presence in certain of the Current
Markets,  (ii) the experience of its  management  team;  (iii) its  conservative
capital structure and its available liquidity, including amounts available under
its $100 million senior unsecured bank credit facility (the "Credit  Facility");
and (iv) its strong  relationships  with certain of the  region's  institutional
property owners and investment real estate brokers.

         Development.   Although   the  Company   will   continue  to  focus  on
acquisitions to provide the bulk of the Company's external growth opportunities,
the Company intends to pursue limited new property development  opportunities in
the event they are consistent with the overall business strategy of the Company.
The Company  recently  announced  its intention to pursue the  development  of a
96,000 square foot building in Pewaukee, Wisconsin, a suburb of Milwaukee, under
an  agreement  to purchase  the  to-be-built  property  for  approximately  $11
million.  The Company  intends to enhance its  leasing  flexibility  by offering
build-to-suit  development  options to current and prospective tenants requiring
space that is otherwise  unavailable in the  marketplace.  The Company will also
continue its  redevelopment  activities of older  buildings which have desirable
locations such as 777 Eisenhower in Ann Arbor, Michigan.

         Disposition  Strategy.  The Company  also seeks to enhance  stockholder
value  through the strategic  disposition  of its  Properties.  The Company will
consider  disposing of Properties on a tax-deferred  basis and  re-deploying any
proceeds from sales into properties with higher yield potential. The Company may
seek to  dispose  of  Properties  when one or more of the  following  conditions
apply: (i) market prices are at or near replacement cost; (ii) occupancy is high
and the potential to increase  cash flow and property  value within a reasonable
period is limited;  (iii) the Company  believes the capital received can be more
efficiently  redeployed;  or  (iv)  ownership  of  the  Property  is  no  longer
consistent with the Company's operating strategies.

         In 1996, the Company sold two  properties,  830 West End Court,  Vernon
Hills,   Illinois, and  10  Oak  Hollow,   Southfield,   Michigan,   aggregating
approximately 110,000 square feet. The Company's weighted average holding period
for the two properties was approximately 19 months. As a result of the Company's
value-added  operating  strategy  during the time the  Company  owned the Vernon
Hills and the 10 Oak Hollow  properties,  the weighted  average  occupancy  rate
increased from 90.4% to 99.4%. The total sale price of $12.1 million reflected a
36% increase over the Company's  aggregate cost of these  properties  (including
leasing  commissions).  Both properties were sold on a tax-deferred  basis using
like-kind exchanges.

Financing Strategy

     The Company seeks to maintain a  well-balanced,  conservative  and flexible
capital  structure by (i) targeting a total debt to total market  capitalization
ratio of no greater than 50%; and (ii)  limiting the use of the  Company's  bank
credit  facility to short-term  financing of  acquisitions  and working  capital
requirements.

Competition

         As a result of the  continued  expansion  of the number of public REITs
and a general  increase  in the  amount of public  and  private  debt and equity
capital  available to real estate  companies and for real estate  projects,  the
Company may be  competing  with other  owners and  developers  that have greater
resources and more experience than the Company. In addition,  an increase in the
quality and number of competitive  properties in any particular  market in which
the  Properties  are  located  could have a material  adverse  effect on (i) the
Company's  ability  to  lease  space  at the  Properties  or any  newly-acquired
property and (ii) the rents charged at the Properties.

Insurance

         The Company carries  comprehensive  liability,  fire, extended coverage
and  rental  loss  insurance  covering  all  of  the  Properties,   with  policy
specifications  and insured  limits that the Company  believes  are adequate and
appropriate under the circumstances. There are, however, certain types of losses
that are not  generally  insured  because  they are  either  uninsurable  or not
economically feasible to insure. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of
insured limits occur,  the Company could lose its capital invested in any of the
Properties,  as well as the anticipated  future revenues from such Property and,
in the case of  recourse  debt,  the  Company  would  remain  obligated  for any
mortgage debt or other financial obligations related to such Property.  Any such
loss would adversely affect the Company.  Moreover,  as a general partner of the
Operating  Partnership,  the  Company  will  generally  be liable for any of the
Operating   Partnership's   unsatisfied   obligations  other  than  non-recourse
obligations.  The Company  believes that the Properties are adequately  insured;
however,  no assurance can be given that material  losses in excess of insurance
proceeds will not occur in the future.

Environmental Regulations

         Under various federal,  state and local environmental laws,  ordinances
and  regulations,  a current or previous owner or operator of real estate may be
required to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic  substances or petroleum
product  releases  at such  property  and may be held  liable to a  governmental
entity  or to third  parties  for  property  damage  and for  investigation  and
clean-up  costs incurred by such parties in connection  with the  contamination.
Such laws typically impose clean-up  responsibility and liability without regard
to whether the owner knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants, and the
liability  under such laws has been  interpreted  to be joint and several unless
the harm is  divisible  and  there  is a  reasonable  basis  for  allocation  of
responsibility.

     The costs of  investigation,  remediation or removal of such substances may
be substantial,  and the presence of such substances, or the failure to properly
remediate the  contamination on such property,  may adversely affect the owner's
ability  to sell or rent such  property  or to borrow  using  such  property  as
collateral.  Persons who arrange for the  disposal or  treatment of hazardous or
toxic substances at a disposal or treatment  facility also may be liable for the
costs of removal or remediation of a release of hazardous or toxic substances at
such  disposal or treatment  facility,  whether or not such facility is owned or
operated by such person. In addition,  some  environmental laws create a lien on
the contaminated  site in favor of the government for damages and costs incurred
in  connection  with  the  contamination.  Finally,  the  owner of a site may be
subject  to  common  law  claims by third  parties  based on  damages  and costs
resulting from environmental contamination emanating from such site.

         During the last two years, independent  environmental  consultants have
conducted or updated Phase I Environmental  Assessments  ("Phase I Assessments")
at each of the  Properties.  In addition,  a  limited-scope  Phase II Assessment
("Phase II  Assessment")  has been  conducted  at the  University  Office  Plaza
property (the Phase I Assessments  and the Phase II Assessment are  collectively
referred to as the  "Environmental  Assessments").  The Phase I Assessments have
included,  among other things,  a visual  inspection of the  Properties  and the
surrounding  area  and a  review  of  relevant  state,  federal  and  historical
documents.  Except for the Phase II Assessment and certain  limited  sampling in
connection with  underground  tank and/or piping removals at the Arlington Ridge
Service Center and One Park Plaza  properties,  no invasive  techniques  such as
soil or  groundwater  sampling  were  performed  at any of the  Properties.  The
Company's  Environmental  Assessments  of the  Properties  have not revealed any
condition  giving rise to an  environmental  liability that the Company believes
would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  assets or
results of operations,  taken as a whole, nor is the Company  otherwise aware of
any such  condition.  There can be no  assurance,  however,  that the  Company's
Environmental   Assessments   would  reveal  all   conditions   giving  rise  to
environmental  liabilities.  Moreover, there can be no assurance that (i) future
laws,  ordinances  or  regulations  will not impose any  material  environmental
liability or (ii) the current environmental condition of the Properties will not
be affected by tenants,  by the  condition of land or operations in the vicinity
of the Properties  (such as the presence of underground  storage  tanks),  or by
third parties unrelated to the Company.

Employees

         As of December 31, 1997, the Company had 55 employees,  none of whom is
represented by a collective bargaining unit.
<PAGE>


ITEM 2--PROPERTIES

General

     As  of  March  20,  1998,  the  Company  owned  34  Properties   containing
approximately 4.1 million square feet. The Properties consist primarily of Class
A and Class B suburban office properties, which range in size from approximately
15,000 to 273,000  rentable  square feet. The Properties  consist of 28 suburban
office properties, 1 light industrial distribution facility and 5 office/service
centers  (generally   single-story  buildings  with  both  finished  office  and
unfinished storage area). The 34 Properties are located in the suburban areas of
Chicago (17),  Milwaukee (5),  Minneapolis  (2),  Detroit (5),  Columbus (4) and
Cincinnati (1). Many of the Properties  offer  amenities,  including  indoor and
outdoor parking, loading dock facilities, on-site property management,  in-house
conference facilities and lounge areas with food and beverage service.

         Management  believes that the location and quality of  construction  of
the  Properties,  as well as the Company's  reputation  for  providing  superior
tenant service,  enable the Company to attract and retain a diverse tenant base.
As of  December  31,  1997,  the  Properties  were leased to  approximately  500
tenants, no single tenant accounted for more than 5% of the aggregate annualized
base  rent  of  the  Company's  portfolio  and  only  14  tenants   individually
represented more than 1% of such aggregate annualized base rent.

         The  Company  holds fee  simple  title to each of the  Properties.  The
following  table sets forth  certain  of the  information  as of January 1, 1998
regarding the Properties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Property   Ownership Company                              Land Area                Occupancy
Property location           Type       Interest Ownership % Year Built Date Acquired  in Acres Square footage 31-Dec-97  Encumbrance
<S>                         <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>      <C>            <C>       <C>

SUBURBAN CHICAGO
1900 East Golf Road         Multi-story   Fee         100%        1980         Dec-96       12.9     259,730      96%           (1)
Schaumburg, IL              Office

1750 East Golf Road         Multi-story   Fee         100%        1985         Sep-97        7.7     213,346      95%            -
Schaumburg, IL              Office

160-185 Hansen Court        Single story  Fee         100%        1986         Jan-94       10.6     113,911      85%            -
Wood Dale, IL               Office/Office service

3455, 3550, 3555 Salt Creek Single story  Fee         100%        1984         Oct-97        8.7      97,910     100%           -
Arlington Heights, IL       Office/Office service

601 Campus Drive            Single story  Fee         100%          1987       May-93        6.0      96,219      98%            -
Arlington Heights, IL       Office/Office service

1251 Plum Grove Road        Single story  Fee         100%          1986       Jan-96        3.2      43,301      46%            -
Schaumburg, IL              Office

1011 Touhy Avenue           Multi-story   Fee         100%          1978       Dec-93        5.3     155,657      90%            -
Des Plaines, IL             Office

2800 River Road             Multi-story   Fee         100%          1983       Feb-95        2.0     100,527      93%          (1)
Des Plaines, IL             Office

1660 Feehanville Drive      Multi-story   Fee         100%          1989       Aug-95        7.3      85,874     100%          (1)
Mount Prospect, IL          Office

565 Lakeview Parkway        Single story  Fee         100%          1991       Dec-95        7.1      84,808      50%          (1)
Vernon Hills, IL            Office

175 E. Hawthorn Parkway     Multi-story   Fee         100%          1986       Sep-94        4.6      84,065      94%            -
Vernon Hills, IL            Office

Two Marriott Drive          Single story  Fee         100%          1985       Jul-96        3.4      41,500     100%          (1)
Lincolnshire, IL            Office

3400 Dundee Road            Multi-story   Fee         100%          1986       Oct-93        2.6      74,884     100%           -
Northbrook, IL              Office

3010 & 3020 Woodcreek Dr    Single story  Fee         100%          1986       Nov-96        8.8     127,713      96%          (1)
Downers Grove, IL           Office/Office service

823 Commerce Drive          Multi-story   Fee         100%          1969       Nov-95        2.6      45,162     100%          (1)
Oak Brook, IL               Office

1675 Holmes Road            Industrial    Fee         100%          1990       Feb-97        5.5     101,286     100%     $2,173,457
Elgin, IL

16601 S. Kedzie Avenue      Single story  Fee         100%          1984       Feb-97        1.5      15,000      55%            -
Markham, IL                 Office
SUBURBAN MILWAUKEE
11270 W. Park Place         Multi-story   Fee         100%          1984       Sep-95        7.9     197,122     100%          (1)
Milwaukee, WI               Office

11925 W. Lake Park Drive    Single story  Fee         100%          1989       Jun-93        3.4      36,069     100%           -
Milwaukee, WI               Office

2514 S. 102nd Street &      Multi-story   Fee         100%          1987       Nov-96        6.8     121,508      97%          (1)
10150 W. National Avenue    Office
West Allis, WI

150, 175, 250 Patrick Blvd. Single story  Fee         100%          1987       Jun-94       12.0     117,615     100%     $3,269,300
Brookfield, WI              Office/Office service

375 Bishop's Way            Multi-story   Fee         100%          1987       Apr-97        4.1      53,353     100%           -
Brookfield, WI              Office
SUBURBAN MINNEAPOLIS / ST. PAUL
2550 University Avenue W    Multi-story   Fee         100%          1985       Dec-96        4.4     199,670      98%          (1)
St. Paul, MN                Office

2221 University Avenue SE   Multi-story   Fee         100%          1979       May-95        2.8      97,658      97%     $5,030,000
Minneapolis, MN             Office

11100 Hampshire Avenue      Industrial    Fee         100%          1980       Jan-93        4.0      50,625       0%            -
Bloomington, MN
SUBURBAN DETROIT
777 East Eisenhower Parkway Multi-story   Fee         100%          1975       Dec-97       23.6     273,355      88%            -
Ann Arbor, MI               Office

32255 Northwestern Highway  Multi-story   Fee         100%          1986       Dec-97       12.9     230,314      97%    $12,125,000
Farmington Hills, MI        Office

1301 W. Long Lake Road      Multi-story   Fee         100%          1988       Nov-96       11.5     169,959      96%          (1)
Troy, MI                    Office

No. 40 OakHollow            Multi-story   Fee         100%          1989       Dec-96        5.7      80,281      98%          (1)
Southfield, MI              Office

24800 Denso Drive           Multi-story   Fee         100%          1986       Aug-95       10.5      79,546      99%          (1)
Southfield, MI              Office
SUBURBAN COLUMBUS
655 Metro Place South       Multi-story   Fee         100%          1986       Sep-97       15.0     218,377      90%            -
Dublin, OH                  Office

4860-5000 Blazer Mem Pky    Single story  Fee         100%          1986       Sep-96       13.7     124,929     100%          (1)
Dublin, OH                  Office

425 Metro Place North       Multi-story   Fee         100%          1982       Sep-97        6.3     101,302      94%            -
Dublin, OH                  Office
SUBURBAN CINCINNATI
30 Merchant Street          Multi-story   Fee         100%          1988       Apr-96        5.9      95,910     100%          (1)
Springdale, OH              Office

                                                                                                 -------------        --------------

Totals                                                                                              3,988,486          $22,597,757
                                                                                                 =============        ==============
</TABLE>

(1) These  properties  are pledged as security for the Company's  line of credit
 which totalled $72,500,000 at December 31, 1997.

(1) Weighted  average  calculation  based on aggregate leased square footage for
each tenant.

Leases

         The Company's leases are typically  structured for terms of five years.
The Company's  leases are a mixture of net leases (whereby tenants pay their pro
rata share of real estate tax and operating  expenses)  and full service,  gross
leases under which  tenants  typically pay for all real estate tax and operating
expenses above those for an established  base year or expense stop.  Leases on a
significant  portion of the rentable square feet in the Company's  portfolio are
net  leases  that  were in  existence  upon  the  Company's  acquisition  of the
Properties.  However, whether structured as net leases or gross leases with base
year or expense stop expense reimbursement clauses, virtually all leases entered
into by the Company  require  tenants to reimburse  the Company for the tenant's
pro-rata share of real estate tax and operating expense increases.

         Leases  often  contain  provisions   permitting  tenants  to  renew  at
prevailing market rates.  Under the Company's  leases,  the Company is generally
responsible  for structural  repairs.  Certain leases contain  provisions  which
permit the tenant to  terminate  its lease upon  written  notice to the Company,
subject  to  the  tenant's  obligation  to  pay  a  termination  penalty.   Such
termination  penalties  are generally  negotiated  with a tenant when a lease is
executed and are usually  calculated to compensate  the Company for  unamortized
tenant  improvements  and leasing  commissions at the termination  date, and, in
certain  instances,  for rent on the  space  for a period  of  months  after the
termination date.

         Lease  Distributions.   The  following  table  sets  forth  information
relating to the  distribution  of the Company's  leases based on rentable square
feet under lease, as of February 2, 1998.


                               Percentage                  Percentage
                               Of                          Of
                               Aggregate                   Aggregate
                               Portfolio      Annualized   Portfolio
     Square Feet               Leased         Base Rent    Annualized
     Under Lease               Square Feet    (000s)       Base Rent
     -----------               -----------    ------       ---------
                                               

2,500 or Less                     6.93%        3,943               7.83%
2,501 - 5,000                    11.47%        6,150              12.21%
5,001 - 7,500                    11.91%        6,037              11.99%
7,501 - 10,000                    8.38%        3,933               7.81%
10,001 - 20,000                  20.59%       10,419              20.69%
20,001 - 40,000                  18.77%        9,864              19.59%
40,001 +                         21.95%       10,001              19.86%
                              -------------------------------------------------

Totals                          100.00%      $50,347             100.00%
                              =================================================


         Lease  Expirations -- Portfolio Total. The following table sets forth a
summary schedule of the lease expirations for the Properties for leases in place
as of  February 2, 1998,  assuming  that none of the  tenants  exercise  renewal
options or termination rights, if any, at or prior to the scheduled expirations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          Annualized
                         Square         Percentage of     Base Rent           Percentage
          Year of        Footage        Total Leased      Of Expiring         Of Total
          Lease          Of Expiring    Square            Leases (000s)      Annualized
          Expriration    Leases         Footage           at 02/02/98         Base Rent
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          <S>            <C>            <C>               <C>                 <C>

            1998         442,721            11.82%         5,786                   11.49%
            1999         480,199            12.82%         6,089                   12.09%
            2000         593,574            15.84%         7,719                   15.33%
            2001         701,724            18.73%        10,001                   19.87%
            2002         759,611            20.28%         9,689                   19.24%
            2003         196,491             5.24%         3,339                    6.63%
            2004         131,857             3.52%         2,048                    4.07%
            2005          88,446             2.36%           886                    1.76%
            2006         117,317             3.13%         1,267                    2.52%
            2007         119,596             3.19%         1,658                    3.29%
            2008         115,146             3.07%         1,866                    3.71%
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Total             3,746,682           100.00%        50,347                  100.00%
                 ==========================================================================

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Historic Lease Renewals
The following table sets forth certain historical  information regarding tenants
at the Properties who renewed an existing lease at or prior to the expiration of
the existing lease:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   Average
                                                               1993         1994      1995      1996      1997          1993 - 1997
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>               <C>

Number of leases expired during calander year (1)                 3            7        25        34        85                  154
Number of leases renewed                                          3            4        18        26        53                  104
Percentage of leases renewed                                    100%          57%       72%       76%       62%                  68%
Aggregate rentable square footage of expiring leases (1)     54,157       26,716    92,205   139,615   347,150              659,843
Aggregate rentable square footage of lease renewals          54,157       19,645    72,586   118,142   175,247              439,777
Percentage of expiring rentable square footage renewed          100%          74%       79%       85%       50%                  67%

</TABLE>

(1) The Aggregate  rentable  square  footage of expiring  leases  excludes those
leases for tenants moving out where the Company believes the tenants decision to
vacate was made prior to the Company's acquisition of the property.


ITEM 3--LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         As of March 2, 1998,  the Company was not a party to any material legal
proceedings.


ITEM 4--SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         No matters were submitted to stockholders  during the fourth quarter of
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


                                     PART II

ITEM 5--MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy

         The  Company's  common stock (the "Common  Stock") is listed on the New
York Stock Exchange (the " NYSE") under the symbol "GL."

         As of March 2, 1998, there were  approximately 600 holders of record of
the Common  Stock,  which  excludes  beneficial  owners of shares  registered in
nominee or street name.

         The table below sets forth for the periods indicated, the reported high
and low sale  prices  of the  Common  Stock on the NYSE  Composite  Tape and the
quarterly  dividends  per share paid by the Company on such shares.  May 8, 1997
was the first day the Common Stock was listed on the NYSE. Prior to May 8, 1997,
there was no established trading market for the Common Stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

1997            1Q        2Q             3Q            4Q             1996            1Q           2Q        3Q        4Q

<S>             <C>      <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>      <C>
High            n/a       16 7/16        19 7/16       19 15/16       High            n/a          n/a       n/a       n/a
Low             n/a       15 3/8         16            18 1/8         Low             n/a          n/a       n/a       n/a
Dividend        $.30      $.30           $.30          $.30           Dividend        $.30         $.30      $.30      $.30
</TABLE>


         The Company,  in order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, is required
to  make   distributions   (other  than  capital  gain   distributions)  to  its
stockholders  with respect to each taxable year in amounts at least equal to (i)
the sum of (A) 95% of its "REIT taxable income"  (computed without regard to the
dividends paid deduction and its net capital gain) and (B) 95% of the net income
(after tax), if any, from  foreclosure  property,  minus (ii) the sum of certain
items of non-cash income. The Company's  distribution  strategy is to distribute
what it believes is a conservative  percentage of its cash flow,  permitting the
Company to retain funds for capital  improvements  and other  investments  while
funding its distributions.

         For federal income tax purposes,  distributions may consist of ordinary
income dividends,  nontaxable return of capital,  capital gains or a combination
thereof.  Distributions  in  excess of the  Company's  current  and  accumulated
earnings and profits  (calculated for tax purposes) will constitute a nontaxable
return of capital rather than a dividend and will reduce the stockholder's basis
in his or her shares of Common  Stock for tax  purposes.  To the  extent  that a
distribution  exceeds both the Company's  current and  accumulated  earnings and
profits and the  stockholder's  basis in his or her  shares,  the amount of such
excess  will  generally  be  treated as gain from the sale or  exchange  of that
stockholder's   shares.  The  Company  annually  notifies  stockholders  of  the
taxability of distributions  paid during the preceding year. The following table
sets forth the taxability of distributions paid in 1997, 1996 and 1995:

                                                 1997     1996     1995
                                                 ----     ----     ----

         Ordinary income.....................    88.4%   88.3%    87.4%
         Non-taxable return of capital.......    11.6%   11.7%    12.6%
                                                 -----   -----    -----

         Total...............................    100.0%  100.0%   100.0%
                                                 ======  ======   ======

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     On February 10, 1997, the Company issued 118,134 shares of Common Stock and
24,050 units in the Operating Partnership ("OP Units) in with the acquisition by
the Company of all of the partnership interests not already owned by the Company
in the  partnerships  that previously  owned two of the Properties for aggregate
consideration  of  $1,848,397.  Each OP Unit is  convertible  into one  share of
Common  Stock at the option of the holders of such OP Units.  The  Company  sold
such securities pursuant to the exemption from the registration  requirements of
the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  provided by
Section 4(2)  thereof,  including  in reliance  upon the  exemption  provided by
Regulation D thereunder  to  "accredited  investors" in those states in which it
was  authorized  to do so.  There was no  underwriter  involved  in such sale of
securities.

     During the quarter  ended  December 31, 1997,  the Company  issued  165,070
shares of Common Stock  pursuant to the exercise of  outstanding  stock  options
with an aggregate exercise price of $1,855,352.  These shares were issued to the
optionholders  pursuant to exemptions from the registration  requirements of the
Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof or Rule 701 thereunder.


ITEM 6--SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following sets forth selected  financial and operating  information
for the  Company  for each of the periods  and dates  indicated.  The  following
information  should be read in  conjunction  with the financial  statements  and
notes  thereto of the Company  included  elsewhere in this report.  The selected
historical  financial and operating  information for the Company at December 31,
1997 and 1996,  and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1997 has been derived from the Company's financial statements audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, independent  auditors,  whose report with respect thereto is included
elsewhere in this report. The selected  financial and operating  information for
the  Company  at  December  31,  1995,  1994,  and 1993 and for the years  ended
December  31,  1994,  and 1993  has been  derived  from  the  Company's  audited
financial statements.

(1) EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, gain on sale of properties,
taxes,  depreciation  and amortization  expenses.  Because of the Company's REIT
status,  the Company does not pay income taxes.  EBITDA should not be considered
as an  alternative  to net income  (determined  in  accordance  with GAAP) as an
indicator of the Company's financial  performance or to cash flow from operating
activities  (determined  in accordance  with GAAP) as a measure of the Company's
liquidity,  nor is it indicative of funds  available to fund the Company's  cash
needs, including its ability to make distributions.

(2) The White Paper on Funds From Operations  approved by the Board of Governors
of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts ("NAREIT") in March
1995 (the "White  Paper")  defines  Funds from  Operations  as net income (loss)
(computed  in  accordance  with GAAP),  excluding  gains (or  losses)  from debt
restructuring and sales of property,  plus real estate related  depreciation and
amortization  and after  adjustments for  unconsolidated  partnerships and joint
ventures.  Management  considers Funds from Operations an appropriate measure of
performance  of an equity REIT because it is predicated  on cash flow  analyses.
The  Company  computes  Funds  from  Operations  in  accordance  with  standards
established  by the  White  Paper  which may  differ  from the  methodology  for
calculating   Funds  from  Operations   utilized  by  other  equity  REITs  and,
accordingly,  may not be comparable to such other REITs.  Funds from  Operations
should  not be  considered  as an  alternative  to  net  income  (determined  in
accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of the Company's financial  performance or
to cash flow from operating activities (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a
measure of the Company's  liquidity,  nor is it indicative of funds available to
fund the Company's cash needs, including its ability to make distributions.

(3) The earnings per share  amounts prior to 1997 have been restated as required
to comply with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings Per
Share. For further  discussion of earnings per share and the impact of Statement
No. 128, see the Note 1 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.


ITEM 7--MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Impact of Year 2000

         The Year 2000 Issue is the result of computer  programs  being  written
using two digits  rather  than four to define the  applicable  year.  Any of the
Company's  computer programs that have  time-sensitive  software may recognize a
date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in
a  system  failure  or  miscalculations   causing   disruptions  of  operations,
including,  among other things, a temporary  inability to process  transactions,
send invoices, or engage in similar normal business activities.

         Based on a recent  assessment,  the Company determined that it will not
be required to modify or replace significant  portions of its financial software
so that its computer systems will function properly with respect to dates in the
year 2000 and thereafter.

         The  Company  has  initiated  formal  communications  with  all  of its
significant  suppliers  (including  operators  of heating  and air  conditioning
control systems,  building security  systems,  elevator  operating  software and
alarm  monitoring  systems) and large customers to determine the extent to which
the Company's  interface  systems are vulnerable to those third parties' failure
to remediate their own Year 2000 Issues.  (The Company's total Year 2000 project
cost and estimates to complete  include the estimated  costs and time associated
with the impact of third party Year 2000  Issues  based on  presently  available
information.)  However,  there can be no  guarantee  that the  systems  of other
companies  on which the  Company's  systems  rely will be  converted on a timely
basis and would not have an adverse  effect on the Company's  systems.  Based on
information  received to date, the Company  estimates that it will not incur any
material costs related to Year 2000 Issues.  However,  there can be no guarantee
that these estimates will be achieved and actual results could differ materially
from  those  anticipated.  Specific  factors  that  might  cause  such  material
differences  include,  but are not  limited  to,  the  availability  and cost of
personnel  trained in this area,  the ability to locate and correct all relevant
computer codes, and similar uncertainties.

Results of Operations

         1997 compared to 1996.

         The changes in the income  statement items in 1997 compared to 1996 are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       Increase (Decrease)



<S>                                                                   <C>
Rental and reimbursements                                             $21,856,000
Interest and other                                                        576,000
                                                                       ----------
     Total revenues                                                    22,432,000
                                                                       ----------
Real estate taxes                                                       3,748,000
Other property operating                                                5,421,000
General and administrative                                              1,138,000
Interest                                                                  530,000
Depreciation and amortization                                           4,199,000
                                                                       ----------
     Total expenses                                                    15,036,000
                                                                       ----------
     Income before gain on sale of properties                           7,396,000
     Gain on sale                                                     (3,140,000)
                                                                       ----------
     Net income                                                        $4,256,000
                                                                        =========
</TABLE>

     During 1997, the Company acquired nine properties. The operating results of
these properties have been included in the Company's  financial  statements from
the dates of their  respective  acquisitions.  In 1996, the Company acquired ten
properties,  and in 1997 a full year of operations of these  properties has been
included in the Company's financial statements.  In analyzing the 1997 operating
results of the Company,  the changes in rental  income,  real estate taxes,  and
other  property  operating  expenses from 1996 are due  principally  to: (i) the
addition of operating results from properties acquired in 1997 from the dates of
their  respective  acquisitions,  (ii) the  addition of a full year's  operating
results in 1997 of properties  acquired in 1996  compared to the partial  year's
operating  results from the dates of their  respective  acquisitions in 1996 and
(iii) improved  operations of properties during 1997 compared to 1996. A summary
of these  changes as they impact  rental  income,  real  estate  taxes and other
property operating expenses for 1997 follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Rental and                                Other Property
                                                            Reimbursement           Real Estate               Operating
                                                                   Income                 Taxes                Expenses
                                                                   ------                ------                  ------
<S>                                                        <C>                     <C>                   <C>
Increase due to 1997 acquisitions                              $4,315,000              $743,000              $1,032,000
Increase due to inclusion of full year of
properties acquired in 1996                                    17,717,000             2,957,000               4,291,000
Property dispositions in 1996                                 (1,695,000)             (160,000)               (446,000)
Improved operations in 1997 compared
to 1996                                                         1,519,000               208,000                 544,000
                                                           --------------         -------------          --------------
                                                               21,856,000             3,748,000               5,421,000
                                                                 ========               =======                ========
</TABLE>

         Interest expense  increased by $530,000 in 1997 compared to 1996 as the
Company increased  amounts of outstanding  short-term  indebtedness  during 1997
compared with 1996. This indebtedness was incurred to finance the acquisition of
properties acquired in 1997.

         General and  administrative  expenses increased by $1,138,000 due to an
increase in compensation costs as the Company hired additional employees in 1997
($735,000), one-time costs associated with the hiring of the Company's president
($191,000),  increased franchise taxes ($80,000),  and increased  administrative
costs related to the increase in employees ($131,000).

         Depreciation  and  amortization  increased in 1997 by $4,199,000 as the
Company  incurred  these  expenses on 34  properties  as of December 31, 1997 as
compared to 25 properties as of December 31, 1996.

         Gain on sale  decreased by  $3,140,000  as the Company did not sell any
properties in 1997 as compared to two dispositions in 1996.

         1996 compared to 1995.

         The changes in the income  statement items in 1996 compared to 1995 are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                Increase (Decrease)

<S>                                                                            <C>
Rental and reimbursements                                                      $10,299,000
Interest and other                                                                (33,000)
                                                                                ----------
Total revenues                                                                  10,266,000
                                                                                ----------
Real estate taxes                                                                1,330,000
Other property operating                                                         2,581,000
General and administrative                                                       1,319,000
Interest                                                                         1,482,000
Depreciation and amortization                                                    2,045,000
                                                                                ----------
Total expenses                                                                   8,757,000
                                                                                ----------
Income before gain on sale of properties                                         1,509,000
Gain on sale of properties                                                       3,140,000
                                                                                ----------
Net income                                                                      $4,649,000
                                                                                ==========
</TABLE>


         In analyzing  the operating  results for 1996,  the increases in rental
income, real estate taxes and other property operating expenses compared to 1995
are due principally to three factors: (i) the addition of operating results from
properties  acquired  in 1996 from the dates of their  respective  acquisitions,
(ii) a complete year's operating results  attributable to properties acquired in
1995 compared to the partial period of operating results from the dates of their
respective  acquisitions  in 1995 and (iii)  improved  operations  of properties
during 1996 compared to 1995.

         During 1996, the Company acquired 10 properties.  The operating results
of these  properties  have been included in the Company's  financial  statements
from the dates of their respective  acquisitions.  In 1995, the Company acquired
seven properties,  and in 1996 a full year of operations of these properties has
been included in the Company's financial statements.

         A summary of these  changes as they impact rental  income,  real estate
taxes and other property operating expenses for 1996 follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   Rental and                            Other Property
                                                                Reimbursement         Real Estate             Operating
                                                                       Income               Taxes              Expenses
                                                                       ------               -----              --------
<S>             <C>                                             <C>                 <C>                     <C>
Increase due to 1996 acquisitions                               $   3,392,000       $     462,000           $   940,000

Increase due to full year of results of                             5,413,000           1,040,000             1,220,000
properties acquired during 1995
Increase due to operations of                                         801,000              58,000               239,000
properties sold in 1996
1996 operations compared to 1995 for                                  693,000           (230,000)               182,000
properties owned at 12/31/95                                    -------------       -------------         -------------
Total increase in 1996                                          $  10,299,000       $   1,330,000           $ 2,581,000
                                                                   ==========           =========            ==========
</TABLE>

         Interest expense during 1996 increased by $1,482,000 as the Company had
greater amounts of long and short-term  debt  outstanding in 1996. This debt was
used to finance the acquisition of properties acquired in 1995 and 1996.

         General and administrative  expenses increased by $1,319,000 due to the
increase in the size of the Company  ($875,000),  increased audit and legal fees
($174,000), increased directors fees ($41,000), and the increase in amortization
of deferred compensation ($229,000).

         Depreciation  and  amortization  increased in 1996 by $2,045,000 as the
Company  incurred  these  expenses  on 25  properties  in  1996  compared  to 16
properties in 1995.

Forward-Looking Statements

         Certain  statements  in  this  document   constitute   "forward-looking
statements"  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Company intends that
such  "forward-looking  statements"  be  subject  to the  safe  harbors  created
thereby. The words "believe",  "expect" and "anticipate" and similar expressions
identify forward-looking  statements.  These forward-looking  statements reflect
the  Company's  current  views  with  respect  to future  events  and  financial
performance,  but are subject to many  uncertainties and factors relating to the
Company's  operations and business environment that may cause the actual results
of the Company to be materially  different from any future results  expressed or
implied  by such  forward-looking  statements.  Examples  of such  uncertainties
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  changes  in  interest  rates,   increased
competition for acquisition of new properties, unanticipated expenses and delays
in acquiring  properties or increasing occupancy rates and regional economic and
business conditions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Company's  Credit Facility was $75 million.  In March 1998, the Company
accepted a commitment  for a new $100 million  unsecured  credit  facility  (the
"Unsecured Facility").  The Company anticipates that the Unsecured Facility will
be used  primarily  to acquire  additional  properties  and for general  working
capital purposes.  The Unsecured Facility contains financial covenants including
requirements  for a minimum  tangible  net  worth,  interest  and  fixed  charge
coverage and overall  Company  leverage (all  calculated in accordance  with the
Unsecured Facility). The Unsecured Facility also contains restrictions on, among
other  things,  indebtedness,  investments,  distributions,  liens,  mergers and
development activities of the Company.

         The  Company  expects  to meet its  short-term  liquidity  requirements
generally  through  its  available  working  capital  and net cash  provided  by
operations.  The Company  believes that its net cash provided by operations will
be sufficient to allow the Company to make any distributions necessary to enable
the Company to continue  to qualify as a REIT under the Code.  The Company  also
believes that the foregoing  sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund its
short-term  liquidity  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future,  including  capital
expenditures, tenant improvements and leasing commissions.

         The Company expects to meet certain  long-term  liquidity  requirements
such  as  property   acquisitions,   scheduled  debt  maturities,   renovations,
expansions  and  other  non-recurring  capital  improvements  through  long-term
secured  and  unsecured  indebtedness  and the  issuance  of  additional  equity
securities.  The Company also expects to use funds available under the Unsecured
Facility to fund acquisitions,  development  activities and capital improvements
on an interim  basis.  At December 31, 1997,  the Company had  committed to fund
$6.5 million of improvements at its Ann Arbor,  Michigan  property.  In February
1998, the Company  committed to acquire a  to-be-constructed  office building in
Pewaukee,  Wisconsin,  for a contract  price of $11  million.  This  purchase is
expected  to close in June,  1999.  The  Company  intends  to use the  Unsecured
Facility, in part, to fund these commitments.

Statements of Cash Flows

         1997 compared to 1996

         Cash provided by operating  activities increased by $8.6 million as the
Company owned 34 properties during 1997 compared to 25 properties during 1996.

         Cash used by investing  activities primarily increased by $12.4 million
as the Company had property  sales proceeds of $11.7 million in 1996 compared to
none in 1997.

         Cash provided by financing  activities increased by $3.2 million as net
proceeds  from stock  sales  increased  by $44.0  million,  proceeds  from loans
increased by $60.9  million,  repayments  of loans  increased by $92.7  million,
distributions paid increased by $9.9 million,  and payment of deferred financing
costs decreased by $0.7 million.

         1996 compared to 1995.

         Cash flows from operating  activities  increased by $7.2 million as the
Company owned 25 properties during 1996 compared to 16 properties during 1995.

         Cash used by investing  activities  increased by $39.6  million in 1996
compared to 1995 as the Company  acquired 10 properties  during 1996 compared to
seven properties in 1995.

         Cash  provided by financing  activities  increased by $34.1  million as
proceeds from equity  offerings  increased by $28.6 million,  proceeds from bank
and mortgage loans increased by $12.0 million,  dividends paid increased by $3.4
million,  dividends  reinvested  decreased by $2.6 million and cash  provided by
other items declined by $0.5 million.


ITEM 8--FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The financial  statements and supplementary data required by Regulation
S-X are included in this Report on Form 10-K commencing on Page F-1.


ITEM 9--CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.

<PAGE>
                                    PART III

ITEM 10--DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Executive Officers and Directors

         The Board of  Directors  consists of seven  directors,  all of whom are
elected for one-year terms at each annual meeting of stockholders. The Company's
bylaws  (the  "Bylaws")  require  that a majority of the Board of  Directors  be
comprised of persons who are not officers or employees of the Company (each such
director is referred to herein as an "Independent Director").  Holders of shares
of Common Stock have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Consequently,  at each annual meeting,  a majority of the  stockholders  will be
able to elect all of the directors. The Company's executive officers are elected
annually by the Board of Directors;  however, they may be removed at any time by
the Board of Directors.

         The following table sets forth certain  information with respect to the
executive officers and directors of the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                                        Age                 Position
- ---                                         ----                --------
<S>                                         <C>                 <C>
Richard A. May                              53                  Chairman of the Board  and Chief
                                                                Executive Officer
Patrick R. Hunt                             44                  President and Chief Operating Officer

Richard L. Rasley                           41                  Executive Vice President, Secretary, Co-
                                                                General Counsel and Director
James Hicks                                 42                  Senior Vice President - Finance, Chief
                                                                Financial Officer and Treasurer
Raymond M. Braun                            38                  Senior Vice President - Acquisitions
Kim S. Mills                                49                  Senior Vice President - Asset Management
                                                                and Leasing
Edith M. Scurto                             32                  Senior Vice President - Property
                                                                Management
James J. Brinkerhoff                        47                  Director
Daniel E. Josephs                           66                  Director
Edward Lowenthal                            53                  Director
Donald E. Phillips                          65                  Director
Walter H. Teninga                           70                  Director
</TABLE>

     Richard A. May.  Mr. May  co-founded  the Company in 1992 and has served as
principal  executive  officer and as Chairman of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company since its inception. Mr. May is currently the Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  In 1986, Mr. May co-founded the Advisor
and from 1987 until April 1, 1996, Mr. May was an officer and shareholder of the
Advisor.  Mr. May is a licensed real estate broker in the States of Illinois and
Indiana and holds several inactive National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.  ("NASD")  licenses.  He is also a member of National  Association  of Real
Estate Investment Trusts  ("NAREIT").  Mr. May received his Bachelor's Degree in
mechanical  engineering  from the University of Illinois and received his M.B.A.
degree from The University of Chicago.

     Patrick R. Hunt. Mr. Hunt,  President and Chief Operating  Officer,  joined
the  Company  in August  1997 and has  general  supervisory  responsibility  for
Company operating activities. From 1983 until August 1997, Mr. Hunt was employed
by LaSalle Partners  Incorporated ("LaSalle Partners"), a Chicago-based provider
of international real estate services. Mr. Hunt served as a managing director of
LaSalle  Partners  from 1996  until  August  1997.  Mr.  Hunt is a member of the
Pension Real Estate  Association and NAREIT.  He received his Bachelor's  Degree
from  Northwestern  University  and his M.B.A.  degree  from The  University  of
Chicago.

     Richard L. Rasley. Mr. Rasley co-founded the Company in 1992 and has served
as  Secretary  of the Company and a member of the Board of  Directors  since its
inception.  Mr.  Rasley is currently the Executive  Vice  President,  Co-General
Counsel and Secretary of the Company and has general supervisory  responsibility
for administrative and legal matters.  From 1987 until April l, 1996, Mr. Rasley
was an officer and shareholder of the Advisor.  Mr. Rasley is a Certified Public
Accountant,  holds  several  inactive  NASD  licenses,  and is a  member  of the
Illinois Bar and NAREIT.  Mr.  Rasley  received his  Bachelor's  Degree from the
University of Iowa and received his M.B.A.  and J.D. degrees from the University
of Illinois.

         James Hicks. Mr. Hicks, Senior Vice President-Finance,  Chief Financial
Officer and  Treasurer of the Company,  joined the Advisor in 1994 and currently
has general supervisory responsibility for the finance and accounting activities
of the Company.  From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Hicks was employed by JMB  Institutional
Realty  Corporation,  which was a real estate adviser to pension funds and other
institutional  investors,  as a vice  president  of  portfolio  management  with
responsibility  for overall asset management of a portfolio of international and
domestic commercial real estate properties. He received his Bachelor's Degree in
Accounting and  Mathematics  from Augustana  College and his M.B.A.  degree from
Northwestern  University.  Mr. Hicks is a Certified  Public  Accountant and is a
member of the Illinois CPA Society and  American  Institute of Certified  Public
Accountants.

     Raymond M. Braun. Mr. Braun, Senior Vice President-Acquisitions, joined the
Advisor in May 1990 and  currently  has  primary  responsibility  for all of the
Company's real estate acquisition activities.  Prior to joining the Advisor, Mr.
Braun was employed from 1986 to 1990 by The Balcor Company,  a major real estate
investment company involved in all aspects of real estate including development,
management,  syndication and mortgage lending. Mr. Braun received his Bachelor's
Degree from the  University  of Illinois.  Mr. Braun is a member of the National
Association of Industrial and Office Park Realtors.

     Kim S. Mills. Mr. Mills, Senior Vice President-Leasing,  joined the Advisor
in January 1996. Mr. Mills has primary  responsibility  for all of the Company's
leasing  activities.  Prior to joining the  Advisor,  Mr.  Mills was employed by
Simon  Property Group REIT, a commercial  property REIT,  from 1992 to 1995 as a
regional manager with  responsibility  for overall portfolio  management of high
rise office buildings totaling over four million square feet. Mr. Mills received
his  Bachelor's  Degree from Ohio  Northern  University  and has a Real Property
Administrator designation from the Building Owners and Managers Association.

     Edith M. Scurto.  Ms. Scurto,  Senior Vice  President-Property  Management,
joined  the  Advisor  in  December   1984.   In  August  1987,   she  was  given
responsibility for the Advisor's property management activities. Since that date
she has individually  managed or overseen the management of all of the Advisor's
and the Company's properties,  and has been involved with virtually every aspect
of property  management,  reporting,  improvement and  maintenance.  In December
1997, Ms. Scurto became the Company's Senior Vice President-Property Management.
Ms. Scurto currently oversees the management of all of the Company's properties.
Ms.  Scurto is a current  member of the  Institute  of Real  Estate  Management,
maintains  an  Illinois  Real  Estate  Sales  Person  License and is a Certified
Property Manager.

     James J. Brinkerhoff.  Mr.  Brinkerhoff has served as a member of the Board
of Directors  since August 1996. Mr.  Brinkerhoff  was nominated to the Board of
Directors pursuant to Fortis Benefits Insurance  Company's right to nominate one
director  under the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of August 20, 1996 (the
"Stock Purchase Agreement") by and among the Company,  Fortis Benefits Insurance
Company;  Morgan Stanley  Institutional Fund, Inc. - U.S. Real Estate Portfolio;
Morgan Stanley SICAV Subsidiary S.A., Wellsford Karpf Zarrilli Ventures, L.L.C.;
Logan,  Inc.; and Pension Trust Account No. 104972 Held by Bankers Trust Company
as Trustee.  Mr.  Brinkerhoff is Senior Vice President,  Real Estate,  of Fortis
Advisers,  Inc. ("Fortis Advisers"),  the New York-based  investment  management
affiliate  of Fortis,  Inc.  Prior to joining  Fortis  Advisers in 1994,  he was
Senior Vice  President  and Portfolio  Manager with  Aldrich,  Eastman & Waltch,
responsible  for managing the United States Real Estate  Portfolio of the Church
Commissioners  for England.  From 1983 to 1993, he was an officer and partner of
Chesterton  International,  a London-  based real estate  adviser,  where he was
responsible for the creation and management of the Church  Commissioners' United
States Real Estate Portfolio.  Mr. Brinkerhoff  received his M.B.A.  degree from
the Wharton School,  University of Pennsylvania,  and his Bachelor's Degree from
Boston University. He is a full member of the Urban Land Institute.

     Daniel  E.  Josephs.  Mr.  Josephs  has  served as a member of the Board of
Directors  since March 1993. Mr.  Josephs is currently an  independent  business
consultant.  From 1985 through 1995, Mr. Josephs served as the President,  Chief
Operating Officer and Director of Dominick's Finer Foods of Northlake, Illinois,
a major Chicago-area retail grocery company. Mr. Josephs currently serves on the
Boards of Directors of Grand Union Company, a regional grocery firm, and Options
for People,  Inc., a Chicago-area  non-profit concern.  Mr. Josephs received his
Bachelor's  Degree from Northwestern  University and received his M.B.A.  degree
from The University of Chicago.

     Edward  Lowenthal.  Mr.  Lowenthal  has  served as a member of the Board of
Directors  since  August  1996.  Mr.  Lowenthal  was  nominated  to the Board of
Directors  pursuant to Wellsford  Karpf  Zarrilli  Ventures,  L.L.C.'s  right to
nominate one director under the Stock Purchase  Agreement.  Mr.  Lowenthal was a
Founder,  Trustee and President of Wellsford Residential Property Trust ("WRP"),
a  NYSE-listed  multi-family  REIT  that  was  acquired  by  Equity  Residential
Properties Trust ("Equity Residential"),  a publicly-traded apartment properties
REIT, on May 30, 1997.  Upon completion of Equity  Residential's  acquisition of
WRP, Mr.  Lowenthal (i) joined the Board of Trustees of Equity  Residential  and
(ii) became  President of Wellsford Real Properties  Inc., a real estate company
that is listed on the American Stock Exchange.  Mr. Lowenthal is a member of the
Executive  Committee of NAREIT and was Co-chair of its 1993 Annual Meeting.  Mr.
Lowenthal  currently  serves as a member of the  Boards  of  Directors  of Omega
Healthcare  Investors,  Inc., a  health-care  REIT,  and  Corporate  Renaissance
Partners,  a securities mutual fund. Mr. Lowenthal is also a member of the Board
of Trustees of Corporate  Realty Income Trust, a REIT that invests in triple-net
leased commercial and industrial  properties.  He received his Bachelor's Degree
from  Case  Western  Reserve  University  and  received  his  J.D.  degree  from
Georgetown University Law Center.

     Donald E.  Phillips.  Mr.  Phillips  has served as a member of the Board of
Directors since September  1992. Mr.  Phillips is currently  retired.  From 1960
until  1980,  Mr.  Phillips  served as a  corporate  executive  in a variety  of
capacities  for  International  Minerals & Chemicals  Corporation of Northbrook,
Illinois and,  from 1976 to 1980,  he was Group  President & CEO of IMC Industry
Group,  Inc.  ("IMC"),  a chemical and minerals  firm.  From 1980 until 1988, he
served as Group  President  and CEO of Pitman Moore,  Inc.,  then a wholly owned
subsidiary  of IMC. Mr.  Phillips  currently  serves as Chairman of the Board of
Directors  of  Synbiotics   Corporation  of  Rancho  Bernardo,   California,   a
manufacturer and distributor of veterinary devices and products. Mr. Phillips is
also a member of the Board of Directors of Potash  Corporation of  Saskatchewan,
Canada,  a miner and distributer of minerals for agricultural  application.  Mr.
Phillips  received his Bachelor's  Degree from Mississippi  College and received
his M.B.A.  degree from the University of Mississippi.  He is also a graduate of
the  Executive  Program in Business  Administration  in the  Graduate  School of
Business,  Columbia  University  and he is a recipient of an Honorary  Doctor of
Laws degree from Mississippi College.

     Walter  H.  Teninga.  Mr.  Teninga  has  served as a member of the Board of
Directors  since  September  1992.  From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Teninga served as the
President and Chief  Executive  Officer of American Club Stores,  Inc., a wholly
owned  subsidiary of American  Stores Company,  a grocery and food  distribution
business. Prior to 1991, Mr. Teninga served as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and  Director  of the  Warehouse  Club,  a  wholesale  cash-and-carry  warehouse
business that he founded in 1982. Mr. Teninga is currently a member of the Board
of Directors of Developers  Diversified Realty  Corporation,  a NYSE-listed REIT
and Solo Serve Corporation,  an off-price apparel retailer. Mr. Teninga received
his Bachelor's Degree from the University of Michigan and his M.B.A. degree from
Michigan State University.

Committees of the Board of Directors

         Audit  Committee.  The Audit  Committee was established by the Board of
Directors in 1993 and is responsible for making  recommendations  concerning the
engagement of independent  public  accountants,  reviewing with the  independent
accountants   the  plans  and  results  of  the  audit   engagement,   approving
professional   services   provided  by  the  independent   public   accountants,
considering  the range of audit and  non-audit  professional  fees and reviewing
with the  independent  accountants  and management the adequacy of the Company's
internal accounting controls. The Audit Committee is required to be comprised of
two or more  Independent  Directors.  The current members of the Audit Committee
are Messrs. Phillips (Chairman), Brinkerhoff and Teninga.

     Compensation  Committee.  The Compensation Committee was established by the
Board of  Directors in 1995 and is  responsible  for  establishing  remuneration
levels for  executive  officers of the Company and  administering  the Company's
Stock  Incentive  Plan  and  any  other  incentive  programs.  The  Compensation
Committee is required to be comprised  of three or more  Independent  Directors.
The Compensation  Committee  currently consists of Messrs.  Josephs  (Chairman),
Phillips, and Lowenthal.

         Nominating  Committee.  The Nominating Committee was established by the
Board of Directors in 1997 and is  responsible  for:  recommending  criteria for
membership on the Board;  soliciting  potential Board candidates when there is a
need to fill a current  or future  Board  position;  propose  to the full  Board
recommendations  to  fill  vacant  positions  on  the  Board;   considering  and
recommending to the full Board the types and functions of Board committees.  The
Nominating  Committee is required to be  comprised of three or more  independent
Directors.  The Nominating  Committee currently consists of Messrs.  Brinkerhoff
(Chairman),  Josephs,  and  Lowenthal.  In the year ended December 31, 1997, the
Nominating  Committee  held two meetings,  in-person or by  teleconference.  The
Committee has adopted the policy that it will consider  nominees  recommended by
security  holders.  Any such  nominations  should be submitted to the  Committee
through a written recommendation addressed to the Secretary of the Company.

             SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

         Section 16(a) of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934 requires the
Company's  Directors and executive  officers,  and holders of 10% or more of the
outstanding  Common Stock to file an initial  report of  ownership  (Form 3) and
reports  of  changes  of  ownership  (Forms 4 and 5) of  Common  Stock  with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  Such persons are required to furnish the
Company  with  copies of all Section  16(a)  forms that they file.  Based upon a
review of these filings and written representations from the Company's directors
and executive  officers that no other reports were  required,  the Company notes
that the following  Section 16(a) reports related to 1997 were  delinquent:  Mr.
Braun reported on a Form 5 two transactions that should have been reported on an
earlier Form 4.


ITEM 11--EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of Directors

         Members of the Board of Directors  and  committees  thereof who are not
also officers of the Company receive an annual retainer fee of $12,000 plus fees
of $1,000 for each day on which they attend an in-person meeting of the Board of
Directors,  $500 for each day on which  they  attend an  in-person  meeting of a
committee  of the  Board of  Directors  and  $250  for  each  day on which  they
participate telephonically in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee
thereof. The Company reimburses each Director for expenses incurred in attending
meetings.  In addition,  Directors  who are not also officers of the Company are
currently eligible to be granted options to acquire up to 5,000 shares of Common
Stock under the  Company's  Stock  Option Plan for  Independent  Directors  (the
"Directors  Plan") at a price  equal to the fair market  value of the  Company's
Common  Stock as  determined  by the  Board of  Directors  as of the end of each
fiscal year. As compensation for services performed during 1997, each of Messrs.
Brinkerhoff,  Josephs,  Lowenthal,  and Phillips  received an option to purchase
5,000  shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $19.45 per share.  Such
options were exercisable when granted and will expire on the earlier of December
31, 2007 or six months after a Director is removed by the stockholders for cause
pursuant to the Bylaws.  Mr.  Brinkerhoff  assigned  his stock  option to Fortis
Benefits Insurance Company ("FBIC"), the parent company of his employer.

     During  the  period of 30 days  after any  "change  in  control,"  a person
entitled to exercise an option  granted  under the  Directors  Plan may elect to
require the Company to purchase  all or any portion of such option at a purchase
price  equal to the  difference  between  the fair  market  value and the option
exercise price.  For purposes of the Directors Plan, a "change in control" means
(i) certain  consolidations or mergers of the Company, (ii) certain sales of all
or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Company;  (iii)  the  filing of a
Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 under the Exchange Act disclosing that any person
had become  the  beneficial  owner of 20% or more of the issued and  outstanding
shares of voting  securities  of the  Company  or (iv)  during any period of two
consecutive  years,  individuals  who  at  the  beginning  of  any  such  period
constitute the Board of Directors  cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority  thereof  unless the election,  or the  nomination  for election by the
Company's  stockholders,  of each  new  member  of the  Board of  Directors  was
approved  by a vote of at  least  two-thirds  of the  members  of the  Board  of
Directors then still in office at the beginning of any such period.

     As cash  compensation for their services in 1997 the Independent  Directors
earned the  following:  Mr.  Brinkerhoff  $17,000;  Mr.  Josephs,  $19,500;  Mr.
Lowenthal $19,250; and Mr. Phillips,  $20,750. Mr. Brinkerhoff assigned the cash
compensation earned for his service on the Board to FBIC.

Compensation of Executive Officers.

         Until April 1, 1996, the Company had no employees and all services were
provided by the  Advisor  pursuant to various  fee-for-service  agreements.  The
table below sets forth the summary  compensation of the Chief Executive  Officer
and the four other most highly  paid  executive  officers  of the  Company  (the
"Named  Executive  Officers") based on the aggregate  compensation  paid to such
officers in 1997. All of the 1995 options to purchase Common Stock and a portion
of the 1996  options  to  purchase  Common  Stock  held by the  Named  Executive
Officers were  originally  granted to the Advisor  pursuant to various  services
agreements  and  the  Advisor  subsequently  transferred  such  options  to  its
employees as permitted by the Advisor's stock option plan.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Long-Term
                                           Annual Compensation                                Compensation Awards

                                                                      Restricted        Securities
                                                                     Stock Awards    Underlying Options  All Other Compensation
  Name & Principal Position     Year  Salary ($)(1)      Bonus ($)     ($)(2)                (#)(3)                      ($)(4)
- ------------------------------  ----  -------------  -------------  -------------- -------------------- -------------------------
<S>                             <C>       <C>            <C>           <C>                 <C>                              <C>
Richard A. May                  1997      225,000        112,500                           320,000                          4,152
Chief Executive Officer         1996      180,000         72,000                            49,578                          4,038
                                1995      150,000         15,000                           229,568                          4,432
Richard L. Rasley               1997      125,000         50,000                           172,000                          4,090
Executive Vice President        1996      115,000         34,500         102,852            20,785                          4,007
                                1995      100,000         10,000                            86,310                          4,438
Raymond M. Braun                1997      125,000         62,500                           149,000                          4,328
Senior Vice President-          1996      105,000         36,750         222,852            18,800                          4,224
Acquisitions                    1995       86,875          9,000                            36,300                          4,421

James Hicks                     1997      125,000         43,750                           149,000                          4,340
Senior Vice President,          1996      100,000         30,000          51,432            14,800                          4,213
Chief Financial Officer         1995       86,875          9,000                            18,200                          4,421

Kim S. Mills                    1997      120,000         48,000                            88,000                            552
Senior Vice President-          1996      100,000         30,000                            12,000                            255
Asset Management (5)

</TABLE>

(1) The salary information  represents the individual's salary compensation paid
(i) by the Company in 1997 and in 1996 for the period beginning on April 1, 1996
and ending December 31, 1996 and (ii) by the Advisor for the period from January
1, 1996 to April 1, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1995.

(2) Effective April 1, 1996 and in connection with the Merger,  Messrs.  Rasley,
Braun and Hicks  received  8,571,  8,571 and 4,286  restricted  shares of Common
Stock ("Restricted Stock"),  respectively, as an inducement to accept employment
with the Company. Effective May 1, 1996, Mr. Braun received an additional 10,000
shares of Restricted Stock as an inducement to remain employed with the Company.
Such shares of  Restricted  Stock were valued at prices equal to the fair market
value on the dates of grant,  which in all cases  was  deemed to be  $12.00.  On
April  1,  1997,  the  restrictions  lapsed  with  respect  to 4,285  shares  of
Restricted  Stock  held by Messrs.  Rasley  and Braun and with  respect to 2,143
shares of Restricted  Stock held by Mr. Hicks. On May 13, 1997, upon the closing
of the  Company's  initial  public  offering of Common Stock,  the  restrictions
lapsed with respect to the remaining  shares of Restricted Stock held by Messrs.
Rasley and Hicks and with  respect to 4,286 shares of  Restricted  Stock held by
Mr. Braun.  As of December 31, 1997,  the number of shares of  Restricted  Stock
held by Mr. Braun was 10,000.  As of December 31, 1997,  the value of the shares
of Restricted Stock held by Mr. Braun was $194,400, based upon the closing price
of the Common Stock on the NYSE  Composite  Tape on December 31, 1997  ($19.44).
Dividends are paid on all shares of Restricted Stock held by Mr. Braun.

(3) Options  granted during 1997 and 1996 were issued at exercise prices greater
than or equal to the fair  market  value of Common  Stock on the dates of grant.
Since May 8, 1997,  the first day the Common Stock was listed on the NYSE,  fair
market value has been determined by reference to the closing price of the Common
Stock on the NYSE  Composite Tape on the last trading day prior to the effective
date of the grant.  Prior to May 8, 1997,  fair  market  value of the  Company's
Common Stock was  determined by the Board of Directors.  Options  granted during
1995 and options to purchase  17,578,  6,785,  2,800 and 2,800  shares of Common
Stock  deemed to have been  granted to  Messrs.  May,  Rasley,  Braun and Hicks,
respectively,  in 1996 represent  Advisor  Options (as defined herein) that were
assigned to such  individuals  by the Advisor during 1995 from a pool of options
that  had been  granted  to the  Advisor  by the  Company  pursuant  to  service
agreements during the period from the Company's  incorporation  through December
31, 1995. Advisor Options were exercisable on the date of grant. Options granted
in 1996 under the Company's  1996 Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Option Plan") and
in 1997  under the 1997  Incentive  Plan (as  defined  herein)  expire  upon the
earliest of (i) ten years  following the date of grant,  (ii) one year after the
termination  of the  optionee's  employment  due to death or disability or (iii)
three months after the  termination of the  optionee's  employment for any other
reason.  One-third  of the  options  granted in 1996 under the 1996  Option Plan
became  exercisable on September 24, 1997 and the balance of such options become
exercisable at the rate of one-third of the shares covered  thereby on September
24 in each of 1998 and 1999.  One-half  of the options  granted on February  27,
1997 became  exercisable  on September  11, 1997 and the balance of such options
will become  exercisable  August 27, 1998.  The options  granted on December 31,
1997 become  exercisable at the rate of one-third of the shares covered  thereby
on  December  31,  in each of 1998,  1999 and  2000.  All  such  options  become
exercisable  in  full  upon  a  "change  in  control"  of the  Company  (defined
substantially the same as under "-Change in Control Agreements" herein).

(4) These amounts represent group life and health insurance premiums paid by the
Advisor  (for 1995),  the Advisor and the Company  (for 1996) and by the Company
(for 1997).


(5)      Mr. Mills became an employee of the Advisor in January 1996; therefore,
no information is presented for 1995.


         The following  tables set forth  certain  information  regarding  stock
options granted to and exercised by the Named Executive Officers during 1997 and
the stock options held by them as of December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>

                        Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

                                       Individual Grants

<CAPTION>


                        Number of          % of Total                                               Potential Realizable Value at
                       Securities             Options                                                     Assumed Annual Rates of
                       Underlying          Granted To        Exercise Price                          Stock Price Appreciation for
                          Options        Employees in                ($/sh)     Expiration Date                       Option Term
Name                      Granted         Fiscal Year
                                                                                                         5%($)(3)          10%($)(3)
- ----------------- --------------- ------------------- -------------------  ------------------- ----------------  -----------------
<S>                     <C>                     <C>                  <C>               <C>            <C>                <C>
Richard A. May          295,000(1)              22.72%               16.00              2/27/07        2,968,383          7,522,464
                         25,000(2)               1.93%               19.63             12/31/07          308,551            781,930
Richard L. Rasley       158,000(1)              12.17%               16.00              2/27/07        1,589,845          4,028,981
                         14,000(2)               1.08%               19.63             12/31/07          172,789            437,881
Raymond M. Braun        135,000(1)              10.40%               16.00              2/27/07        1,358,412          3,442,483
                         14,000(2)               1.08%               19.63             12/31/07          172,788            437,880
James Hicks             135,000(1)              10.40%               16.00              2/27/07        1,358,412          3,442,483
                         14,000(2)               1.08%               19.63             12/31/07          172,788            437,880
Kim S. Mills             75,000(1)               5.78%               16.00              2/27/07          754,673          1,912,490
                         13,000(2)               1.00%               19.63             12/31/07          160,447            406,603

</TABLE>

(1) Such options were  granted on February  27, 1997,  under the 1997  Incentive
Plan. One-half of the shares covered thereby became exercisable on September 11,
1997 and such  options  become  exercisable  in full on August  27,  1998.  Such
options expire upon the earliest of: (i) February 27, 2007,  (ii) one year after
the termination of the optionee's employment due to death or disability or (iii)
three months after the  termination of the  optionee's  employment for any other
reason.

(2) Such options were  granted on December  31, 1997,  under the 1997  Incentive
Plan and become  exercisable  at the rate of  one-third  of the  shares  covered
thereby on December 31 in each of 1998,  1999 and 2000. Such options expire upon
the earliest of: (i) December 31, 2007,  (ii) one year after the  termination of
the optionee's employment due to death or disability or (iii) three months after
the  termination  of the optionee's  employment  for any other reason.  All such
options  become  exercisable  in full upon a "change in  control" of the Company
(defined  substantially  the  same as  under  "-Change  in  Control  Agreements"
herein).

(3) Assumed annual rates of stock price  appreciation for illustrative  purposes
only as required by the rules of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  The
actual  price of Common  Stock  will vary from time to time  based  upon  market
factors and the Company's financial performance.  No assurance can be given that
such rates will be achieved.
<PAGE>

 <TABLE>

                       Aggregated Option Exercises in Last
                  Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

<CAPTION>
                                                                         Number of Securities
                                                                        Underlying Unexercised              Value of Unexercised In-
                                   Shares                                  Options at Fiscal                  The-Money Options at
                                 Acquired on           Value                 Year-End (#)                         Year-End ($)
           Name                 Exercise (#)          Realized         Exercisable/Unexercisable           Exercisable/Unexercisable
                                                                                                                       (1)
- --------------------------- ---------------------  -------------- -----------------------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>                          <C>                          <C>
Richard A. May                             64,196        $446,535                     147,500/193,833              $507,031/639,675
Richard L. Rasley                          97,761        $802,947                      79,000/102,334              $271,563/329,025
Raymond M. Braun                           12,025        $110,411                       91,833/92,167              $266,362/298,075
James Hicks                                11,600         $78,450                       67,500/89,500              $232,031/280,906
Kim S. Mills                                4,000         $25,750                       37,500/58,500              $128,906/177,969
</TABLE>

(1) Value is  calculated  by  multiplying  the number of shares of Common  Stock
underlying  the  options by the  difference  between the  exercise  price of the
options and the  closing  sale price of the Common  Stock on the NYSE  Composite
Tape on December 31, 1997($19.44).

Change in Control Agreements

     The Company has entered into change in control agreements with Messrs. May,
Rasley,  Braun, Hicks, and Mills providing for the payment of specified benefits
under the  circumstances  described  below  after a "change  in  control."  If a
"change in control"  occurs,  the executive  will receive an amount equal to two
times the sum of his base salary plus two times the amount that would  otherwise
be earned under certain existing  executive  compensation plans and arrangements
if within the period  commencing on the date of a "change in control" and ending
on the last day of the  month in which  occurs  the  second  anniversary  of the
"change in control" of the Company (the  "Employment  Period"),  the executive's
employment  with the  Company is  terminated  (a  "Termination")  other than for
death,  disability or "cause" or termination by the executive for "good reason,"
defined as (i) the  executive's  resignation  or  retirement is requested by the
Company other than for cause; (ii) any significant change in the nature or scope
of the executive's  duties or level of authority and  responsibility;  (iii) any
reduction in the  executive's  applicable  total  compensation or benefits other
than a reduction in compensation or benefits  applicable to substantially all of
the  Company's  employees;  (iv) a breach by the  Company of any other  material
provision of the change in control agreement; or (v) a reasonable  determination
by the  executive  that, as a result of a change in control of the Company and a
change in  circumstances  thereafter  significantly  affecting  the  executive's
position,  the  executive is unable to exercise the prior level of the executive
authority and responsibility. A "change in control" is deemed to occur under the
change in control  agreements  if (i) any person  other than  certain  "excluded
persons"  becomes  the  beneficial  owner  of  20%  or  more  of  the  Company's
outstanding Common Stock (a "20% Beneficial  Owner"),  (ii) during any 24- month
period,  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of
Directors (the "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority  of the Board of  Directors;  provided,  however,  that any  individual
becoming a director  during  such  period  whose  election,  or  nomination  for
election by the  Company's  stockholders,  was  approved by a vote of at least a
majority  of  the  directors  then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board  shall  be
considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent  Board,  but
excluding  for this purpose any such  individual  whose  initial  assumption  of
office is in connection with an actual or threatened contest for the election of
directors (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation  14A  promulgated
under the Exchange  Act, or any  successor  rule) or other actual or  threatened
solicitation  of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person  other than the
Board of Directors,  (iii) certain  consolidations  or mergers of the Company or
(iv)  certain  sales,   leases,   exchanges  or  other   transfers  of  all,  or
substantially  all,  of the assets of the  Company.  An  executive  subject to a
Termination  will be subject to a  non-competition  agreement for the Employment
Period.

Limited Purpose Employee Loan Program

     The Company has established the Limited Purpose  Employee Loan Program (the
"Employee Loan Program") for the purpose of attracting and retaining certain key
employees by  facilitating  their ability to implement  the Company's  long term
incentive programs.  Under the Employee Loan Program, the Compensation Committee
has  authorized  the  Company to make loans and loan  guarantees  to, or for the
benefit of any employee of the Company to facilitate the  implementation  of the
Company's long term incentive plans. Under the Employee Loan Program,  employees
may borrow to fund up to 100% of (i) the cost of  exercising  stock options held
by the employee or (ii) individual  income tax obligations  which may arise as a
result of aspects of the  implementation  of the Company's  long term  incentive
plans.  Such loans bear  interest  payable  quarterly at the  interest  rate for
borrowings  under the  Company's  bank  credit  facility,  are  recourse  to the
employees  and are  secured by a pledge of the stock  acquired  by the  employee
through this program.  Such loans expire on the earlier of the fifth anniversary
of the loan date and the date  sixty  days  following  the date such  employee's
employment  with the  Company  ends.  As of December  31,  1997,  employees  had
acquired an  aggregate of 356,231  shares of Common  Stock  through this program
with  aggregate  outstanding  loan amounts of $4,654,176  due the Company.  Such
amount is reflected as a reduction of  stockholders'  equity until the loans are
repaid.  Mr. May has borrowed  $801,275 in 1997 under the Employee Loan Program,
all of which was  outstanding  at December 31,  1997.  The proceeds of Mr. May's
loan were used to pay the purchase price for options  covering  64,196 shares of
Common  Stock.  Mr.  Rasley  borrowed  $1,100,934  in  1997,  all of  which  was
outstanding  at December 31, 1997.  The proceeds of Mr.  Rasley's loan were used
together with other funds  supplied by Mr. Rasley to pay the exercise  price for
options covering 97,761 shares of Common Stock and withholding  taxes related to
the lapse of  restrictions  in May 1997 on Restricted  Stock that he received in
1996.  Mr.  Braun  borrowed  $136,952  in 1997 all of which was  outstanding  at
December 31,  1997.  The proceeds of Mr.  Braun's loan were used  together  with
other funds supplied by Mr. Braun to pay the exercise price for options covering
12,025  shares of Common  Stock and  withholding  taxes  related to the lapse of
restrictions in May 1997 on Restricted Stock that he received in 1996. Mr. Hicks
borrowed $97,279 in 1997, $85,500 of which was outstanding at December 31, 1997.
The proceeds of Mr. Hick's loan were used to pay the exercise  price for options
covering  11,600  shares of Common Stock and  withholding  taxes  related to the
lapse of restrictions in May 1997 on Restricted  Stock that he received in 1996.
Mr. Mills borrowed $46,800 in 1997, all of which was outstanding at December 31,
1997.  The  proceeds  of Mr.  Mills'  loan were used  together  with other funds
supplied  by Mr.  Mills to pay the  exercise  price for options  covering  4,000
shares of Common Stock.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

     The  Compensation   Committee   currently   consists  of  Messrs.   Josephs
(Chairman),  Phillips  and  Lowenthal.  None of the members of the  Compensation
Committee  is or has ever been an officer or  employee of the Company or had any
other  relationship  with  the  Company,  except  as a  member  of the  Board of
Directors and as a stockholder.

ITEM 12--SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT

The following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding the  beneficial
ownership of Common Stock as of March 2, 1998 by (i) each director, (ii) each of
the Named Executive Officers,  (iii) all directors and executive officers of the
Company as a group and (iv) each other  person who is known by the Company to be
the beneficial  owner of 5% or more of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock.
Unless  otherwise  indicated in a footnote,  all such shares of Common Stock are
owned directly, and the indicated person has sole voting and investment power.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Number of Shares of             Percentage
          Name and Address of Beneficial Owner                      Common Stock                Beneficially
                                                               Beneficially Owned (1)              Owned
- --------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------- --------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                      <C>
Fortis Benefits Insurance Company (2)                                             1,010,000                6.37%
    One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 41st Floor
    New York, New York  10005
Morgan Stanley Asset Management Inc. (3)                                          1,005,000                6.34%
    1221 Avenue of the Americas, 21st Floor
    New York, New York  10020
Raymond M. Braun (4)                                                                130,504                    *
James J. Brinkerhoff                                                                     --                    *
James Hicks (5)                                                                      97,786                    *
Raymond M. Braun (4)                                                                130,504                    *
Daniel E. Josephs (6)                                                                67,356                    *
Edward Lowenthal (7)                                                                 97,553                    *
Richard A. May (8)                                                                  479,469                3.00%
Kim S. Mills (9)                                                                     42,821                    *
Donald E. Phillips (10)                                                              48,980                    *
Richard L. Rasley (13)                                                              198,679                1.25%
Walter E. Teninga (12)                                                               49,424                    *
All directors and executive officers as a                                         1,212,572                7.43%
group (10 persons) (13)

</TABLE>

*  Less than 1%

(1) All share amounts reflect beneficial  ownership  determined pursuant to Rule
13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(2) Based on the most recent Schedule 13D on file with the SEC. Includes options
exercisable within 60 days of March 2, 1998 to purchase 10,000 shares of Common
Stock,  which options were granted to Mr.  Brinkerhoff as director  compensation
and assigned by Mr. Brinkerhoff to FBIC.

(3) As reported in Amendment  No. 3 to a Schedule 13D filed by MSAM on March 11,
1997,  (i) MSAM has shared  voting power as to 1,059,339  shares of Common Stock
and shared dispositive power as to 1,059,339 shares of Common Stock, (ii) Morgan
Stanley  Institutional  Fund,  Inc. - U.S.  Real Estate  Portfolio  ("MSIF") has
shared voting power as to 646,200 shares of Common Stock and shared  dispositive
power  as to  646,200  shares  of  Common  Stock,  (iii)  Morgan  Stanley  SICAV
Subsidiary S.A. (the "SICAV  Subsidiary")  has shared voting power as to 413,139
shares of Common  Stock and shared  dispositive  power as to  413,139  shares of
Common Stock,  (iv) Morgan Stanley - SICAV U.S. Real Estate  Securities Fund has
shared  voting ower as to 413,139  share of Common Stock and shared  disposition
power as to 413,139  shares of Common Stock.  (v) Morgan  Stanley Group Inc. has
shared  voting  power  as  to  1,059,339  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  shared
dispositive  power as to 1,059,339 shares of Common Stock.  Such 13D included an
aggregate of 54,399  shares of Common Stock that were  issuable  pursuant to the
conversion of outstanding  shares of Preferred  Stock.  Such shares of Preferred
Stock were cancelled upon the  consumation of the initial public offering of the
Common Stock. MSAM acts as investment  adviser to MSIF and the SICAV Subsidiary.
Includes options  exercisable within 60 days of March 25, 1998 to purchase 5,000
shares of Common Stock,  which options were granted to a former  director of the
Company, as director  compensation and assigned to MSIF and the SICAV subsidiary
in accordance with each entity's prorata investments in the Company.

(4) Includes  options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 2, 1998 to purchase
91,833 shares of Common Stock.

(5) Includes  options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 2, 1998 to purchase
67,500 shares of Common Stock.

(6) Includes  options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 2, 1998 to purchase
19,000 shares of Common Stock.

(7)  Includes  76,293  shares of Common  Stock  that are  beneficially  owned by
Wellsford Karpf Zarrilli Ventures, L.L.C. ("WKZV"). Mr. Lowenthal is a member of
and may be deemed to beneficially own the 76,923 shares of Common Stock that are
beneficially owned by WKZ., Mr. Lowenthal disclaims  beneficial ownership of all
such shares.  Includes  options  exercisable  within 60 days to purchase  10,000
shares of Common Stock.

(8) Includes  options  exercisable  within 60 days to purchase 147,500 shares of
Common  Stock and  Indemnification  Shares (as Defined  herein under the caption
"Certain  Relationships and Related Transactions Advisor  Relationship") held in
escrow pursuant to the terms of the Merger.

(9) Includes  options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 2, 1998 to purchase
37,500 shares of Common Stock.

(10) Includes  options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 2, 1998 to purchase
13,000 shares of Common Stock.

(11) Includes  options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 2, 1998 to purchase
79,000 shares of Common Stock and Indemnification Shares held in escrow pursuant
to the terms of the Merger.

(12) Includes  options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 2, 1998 to purchase
20,000 shares of Common Stock. Also includes 13,952 shares owned by Mr. 
Teninga's spouse.

(13)  Includes options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 2, 1998 to purchase
an aggregate of 570,333 shares of Common Stock.


ITEM 13--CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Advisor Relationship

     From the Company's  incorporation until the completion of the Merger on May
1, the Advisor  provided various services to the Company pursuant to an Advisory
Agreement  dated  July  2,  1992  as  restated  July 1,  1994,  relating  to the
selection,  purchase,  financing and operation of the Company's  properties (the
"Advisory  Agreement"),  and  pursuant to other  agreements  regarding  property
management and offering administration activities.

     In connection with the Merger,  the  shareholders  of the Advisor  received
100,000 shares of Common Stock,  15,000 of which were placed in escrow to secure
the  indemnification  obligations  of  the  shareholders  of  the  Advisor  (the
"Indemnification  Shares").  Indemnification  Shares  that  are not  applied  to
indemnifiable  damages will be  distributed to the  shareholders  of the Advisor
upon the later of (a) April 1, 2001 or (b) the expiration of the last applicable
statute of limitations  within which tax-based  claims can be made. In addition,
certain  employees of the Advisor received  restricted shares of Common Stock as
an inducement to accept employment with the Company,  including 8,571, 8,571 and
4,286  shares of  Restricted  Stock issued to Messrs.  Rasley,  Braun and Hicks,
respectively.  The  restrictions  on one-half of the shares of Restricted  Stock
lapsed on April 1,  1997 and May 13,  1997 (the  closing  date of the  Company's
public offering of Common Stock),  respectively.  In addition,  effective May 1,
1996,  Mr. Braun received an additional  10,000 shares of Restricted  Stock that
vest in equal  annual  installments  on May 1 of each of the years 1999  through
2002 provided that Mr. Braun is then employed by the Company.

Consultant Arrangement

     Beginning in December  1996,  the Company  retained  Karpf,  Zarrilli & Co.
Incorporated  ("Karpf  Zarrilli")  as a consultant  in  connection  with certain
matters. In its capacity as consultant, the Company paid Karpf Zarrilli $118,750
plus  expenses of $10,884  through the closing of the public  offering,  May 13,
1997.  Steven A. Karpf and  Frederick P.  Zarrilli are (i)  Principals  of Karpf
Zarrilli and (ii) members of WKZV. WKZV is the beneficial owner of 76,923 shares
of Common Stock and has certain  registration rights with respect to such shares
of Common Stock. In 1996, WKZV nominated Mr.  Lowenthal,  a member of WKZV, as a
member of the Board of Directors.  (See "Directors and Executive Officers of the
Registrant").

Registration Rights

     Pursuant to the  Registration  Rights Agreement dated as of August 20, 1996
(the  "Registration  Rights  Agreement")  by and among the  Company  and  Fortis
Benefits Insurance Company ("FBIC"); Morgan Stanley Institutional Fund, Inc. -
U.S.  Real Estate  Portfolio  ("MSIF");  Morgan  Stanley SICAV  Subsidiary  S.A.
("MSSICAV");  Wellsford Karpf Zarrilli Ventures,  L.L.C.  ("WKZV");  Logan, Inc.
("Logan"); and Pension Trust Account No. 104972 Held by Bankers Trust Company as
Trustee ("Pension Trust Account No. 104972;" FBIC, MSIF, MS SICAV, WKZV, Logan
and Pension Trust Account No. 104972 are collectively  referred to herein as the
"Institutional  Investors")  the  Company  granted the  Institutional  Investors
certain registration rights with respect to the 3,867,000 shares of Common Stock
(the  "Registrable  Shares")  acquired by them  pursuant  to the Stock  Purchase
Agreement.  Certain of the Institutional Investors are principal stockholders of
the Company. On December 5, 1997, a Registration  Statement on Form S-3 covering
the  Registrable  Shares became  effective under the Securities Act of 1933. See
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."

Management Loans

         Pursuant to the Employee  Loan  Program,  an aggregate of $4,654,176 in
aggregate  principal amount of loans made to certain  executive  officers by the
Company was  outstanding  at December 31, 1997.  Such loans bear interest at the
interest rate of borrowings under the Credit Facility and are payable quarterly.
See "Executive Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers--Limited Purpose
Employee Loan Program" for a description of such loans.


<PAGE>





                                     PART IV

ITEM 14--EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM
8-K.

         (a)      1. See Index to Financial Statements.

                  2. See Index to Financial Statements.

         All other  schedules are not submitted  because the required  criterias
not  been  met,  or  because  the  required   information  is  included  in  the
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 
        (b) Reports on Form 8-K:

         During the fourth  quarter ended  December 31, 1997,  the Company filed
the following reports on Form 8-K.

         Report on Form 8-K dated October 14, 1997 reporting the following item:

         Item 2. Acquisition or Disposition of Assets

         Report on Form 8-K/A dated  November 14, 1997  reporting  the following
item:

         Item 2. Acquisition or Disposition of Assets

         Report on Form 8-K/A dated December 12, 1997:

         Item 2. Acquisition on Disposition of Assets

         Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 1997

         Item 2. Acquisition on Disposition of Assets

         Report on Form 8-K dated December 30, 1997

         Item 2. Acquisition on Disposition of Assets

  
       (c) Exhibits

Exhibit
Number                     Description of Document
- ------                     -----------------------

  3.1                      Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company
                           filed with the Maryland State Department of
                           Assessments and Taxation September 23, 1997
                           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
                           Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                           period end June 30, 1997

  3.2                      Amended and restated bylaws of the Company dated
                           September 11, 1997 (incorporated by reference to
                           Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Registration Statement
                           on Form S-3 dated November 13, 1997) (No. 333-40129)

  4.1                      Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 20,
                           1996 by and among the Company, Fortis Benefits
                           Insurance Company, Morgan Stanley Institutional Fund,
                           Inc. - U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Morgan Stanley
                           SICAV Subsidiary SA, Wellsford Karpf Zarrilli
                           Ventures, L.L.C., Logan, Inc.; and Pension Trust
                           Account 104972 Held by Bankers Trust Company as
                           Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to 
                           the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August
                           28, 1996)

  10.1                     Form of Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as
                           of January 6, 1998 among Great Lakes REIT, L.P., and
                           Bank of America National Trust Savings Association.

  10.2                     Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership
                           of Great Lakes REIT, L.P., dated December 27, 1996
                           (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5 to the
                           Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 
                           14, 1997 (the "January 1997 8-K"))

  10.3                     First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Agreement
                           of Limited Partnership of Great Lakes REIT, L.P.,
                           dated February 6, 1997 (incorporated by reference
                           to Exhibit 10.31 in the Company's Registration 
                           Statement on Form S-11) (No. 333-22619)

* 10.4                     The Company's 1997 Equity and Performance Incentive 
                           Plan 

  10.5                     Indemnification Escrow Agreement dated April 1, 1996
                           between the Company, Richard A. May, Richard L.
                           Rasley, Tim A. Grodrian, and American National Bank
                           and Trust Company of Chicago (incorporated by
                           reference to Exhibit 10.8 from the Company's Form 10 
                           Registration Statement (the "Form 10"))(Commission
                           File No. 0-28354)

* 10.6                     Restricted  Stock Agreement dated May 1, 1996 between
                           the Company and Raymond  Braun  (Incorporated  by
                           reference  to Exhibit 10.8.6 to the S-11)

* 10.7                     Stock Option Plan for Independent Directors and
                           Brokers (the "Directors Plan") dated July 2, 1992 as
                           amended November 18, 1997

* 10.8                     Form of  Non-Qualified  Stock Option Certificate 
                           dated December 31, 1997, between the Company and Jay
                           Brinkerhoff (assigned to Fortis Benefits Insurance 
                           Company), Daniel E. Josephs, Edward Lowenthal, Donald
                           E. Phillips, and Walter Teninga for 5,000 shares of 
                           Common Stock for use in connection with options 
                           granted pursuant to the Directors Plan (incorporated
                           by reference to Exhibit 10.11.12 to the S-11)

  10.9                     Form of Change in Control  Agreement between
                           the Company and Messrs.  May, Hunt,  Rasley,
                           Braun, Hicks, Mills and Scurto 

* 10.10                    Form of Stock Option Agreement for use in connection
                           with incentive stock option, and pursuant to the 
                           Company's 1997 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan;
                           Richard A. May, Patrick R. Hunt, Richard L. Rasley,
                           James Hicks, Raymond Braun, Kim S. Mills and Edith M.
                           M. Scurto entered into agreements in 1997 that 
                           evidenced 320,000, 174,000, 172,000, 149,000, 
                           149,000, 88,000 and 86,000 options to purchase Common
                           Stock,  respectively under the Company's  1997 Equity
                           and Performance Incentive Plan

* 10.11                    Limited Purpose Employee Loan Program of the Company
                           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 of the
                           Form 10/A filed with the SEC on January 9, 1997) 

  10.12                    Form  of  Limited   Purpose   Employee  Loan
                           Program   Promissory   Note   for   use   in
                           connection  with  limited  purpose  employee
                           loans  

  10.13                    Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (the
                           "Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement")
                           Dated as of December 27, 1996 among the Operating
                           Partnership and the Company and The First National
                           Bank of Boston and Bank of America Illinois and First
                           Bank National Association and Other Banks Which May
                           Become Parties to the Agreement and The First
                           National Bank of Boston as Agent (incorporated by
                           reference to Exhibit 3 of the January 1997 8-K)

  10.14                    Form of Amendment to the Amended and Restated
                           Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of March 1, 1997
                           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the
                           S-11)

  23.1                     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

  24.1                     Powers of Attorney

  27.1                     Financial Data Schedule for year ended December 31,
                           1997

  27.2                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Nine Months
                           ended September 30, 1997

  27.3                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Six Months ended
                           June 30, 1997

  27.4                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Three Months
                           ended March 31, 1997

  27.5                     Restated Financial Data Schedules for year ended
                           December 31, 1996

  27.6                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Nine Months
                           ended September 30, 1996

  27.7                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Six Months ended
                           June 30, 1996

  27.8                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Three Months
                           ended March 31, 1996
  
* Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

- -------------------------

         
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  City of
Chicago, State of Illinois on the 27th day of March, 1998.


                                    GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.


                                    By: /s/ Richard A. May
                                    -----------------------------------
                                    Richard A. May
                                    Chairman of the Board of Directors
                                    and Chief Executive Officer



         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the 27th day of March, 1998.

                                    Title

/s/ Richard A. May                  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
- ----------------                    Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Richard A. May                      Officer)

/s/ Richard L. Rasley               Executive Vice President,
- -----------------                   Secretary, Co-General Counsel and Director
Richard L. Rasley

/s/ James Hicks                     Senior Vice President-Finance,
- ------------------                  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
James Hicks                         (Principal Financial Officer and
                                    Principal Accounting Officer)

          *                         Director
- ---------------------
James J. Brinkerhoff

          *                         Director
- ---------------------
Daniel E. Josephs

          *                         Director
- ---------------------
Edward Lowenthal

          *                         Director
- ---------------------
Donald E. Phillips

          *                         Director
- ---------------------
Walter H. Teninga


*The  undersigned  by signing his name  hereunto  has hereby  signed this Annual
Report  Form 10-K on behalf of the  above-named  directors,  on March 31,  1998,
pursuant to a power of attorney  executed  on behalf of each such  director and
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

By: /s/ James Hicks
- ---------------------
James Hicks

By: /s/ Richard A. May
- ---------------------
Richard A. May

<PAGE>




                             Great Lakes REIT, Inc.

                          Index to Financial Statements
                                  (Item 14(a))


Financial Statements

Report of Independent Auditors                                   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996     F-3

Consolidated  Statements of Income for the years ended  
December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995                                F-4

Consolidated  Statements of Changes in Stockholders'  
Equity for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 
and 1995                                                         F-5

Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows for the years 
ended  December  31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                         F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                       F-8


Financial Statement Schedules

  Schedule III - Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation 
  as of December 31, 1997                                        S-1



Schedules,  other than as listed above, are omitted for the reason that they are
not applicable or equivalent information has been included elsewhere herein.



                                      F-1
<PAGE>



                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Great Lakes REIT, Inc.

         We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Great
Lakes REIT,  Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related  consolidated
statements of income,  changes in stockholders'  equity, and cash flows for each
of the three  years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1997.  Our audit  also
included the  financial  statement  schedule  listed in the Index at Item 14(a).
These financial  statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements and schedule based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly, in all material respects,  the consolidated  financial position of Great
Lakes REIT, Inc. at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the consolidated  results of
its  operations  and its cash  flows for each of the three  years in the  period
ended  December  31,  1997 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered  in  relation  to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.


Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago,  Illinois January 29, 1998, except for Note 14, as to which the date is
March 13, 1998


                                      F-2

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Great Lakes REIT, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  December 31,
                                                                      ------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>
                                                                            1997              1996
Assets
Properties:
Land                                                                        $46,044,153       $31,529,000
Buildings, improvements and equipment                                      251,352,961       157,902,629
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------

                                                                            297,397,114       189,431,629
Less accumulated depreciation                                                11,456,297         5,309,666
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------

                                                                            285,940,817       184,121,963
Cash and cash equivalents                                                     1,436,542         1,688,173
Real estate tax escrows                                                         331,597         1,065,182
Rents receivable                                                              3,279,354         2,130,935
Deferred financing and leasing costs,                                         3,444,404         2,976,902
net of accumulated amortization
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization                                     1,358,742         1,433,194
Other assets                                                                  1,345,098           732,533
                                                                      ------------------------------------

Total assets                                                               $297,136,554      $194,148,882
                                                                      ====================================

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Bank loan payable                                                           $72,500,000       $63,802,368
Mortgage loans payable                                                       17,567,757        17,073,979
Bonds payable                                                                 5,030,000         5,235,000
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                      3,464,500         4,153,800
Accrued real estate taxes                                                     7,776,804         5,423,160
Prepaid rent                                                                  2,780,816         1,170,101
Security deposits                                                               924,938           695,570
                                                                      ------------------------------------

Total liabilities                                                           110,044,815        97,553,978
                                                                      ------------------------------------

Preferred stock ($0.01 par value, 10,000,000 authorized;                                            2,101
none issued in 1997 and 210,128 issued in 1996)
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 60,000,000 authorized;                           158,628            88,323
15,862,811 and 8,832,268 shares issued in 1997 and
1996 respectively)
Paid-in-capital                                                             196,430,927        98,096,085
Retained earnings (deficit)                                                  (4,500,901)          177,320
Employee stock loans                                                         (4,654,176)       (1,247,351)
Deferred compensation                                                           (72,500)         (251,335)
Treasury stock, at cost (21,784 shares)                                        (270,239)         (270,239)
                                                                      ------------------------------------

Total stockholders' equity                                                  187,091,739        96,594,904
                                                                      ------------------------------------

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                 $297,136,554      $194,148,882
                                                                      ====================================

</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Great Lakes REIT, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  Years Ended December 31,
                                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      1997                1996                1995
<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>                <C>

Revenues
Rental                                                                         $36,231,301          $20,249,565        $12,410,510
Reimbursements                                                                  10,688,046            4,814,005          2,354,598
Interest and other                                                                 744,514              168,739            200,818
                                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------

Total revenues                                                                  47,663,861           25,232,309         14,965,926
                                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------

Expenses
Real estate taxes                                                                7,702,203            3,954,144          2,624,588
Other property operating                                                        11,969,092            6,548,057          3,967,543
General and administrative                                                       3,379,121            2,242,165            922,652
Interest                                                                         4,308,173            3,778,065          2,296,457
Depreciation and amortization                                                    8,199,846            4,000,736          1,954,885
                                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------

Total expenses                                                                  35,558,435           20,523,167         11,766,125
                                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------

Income before gain on sale of properties                                        12,105,426            4,709,142          3,199,801

Gain on sale of properties                                                                            3,139,892
                                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------

Net income                                                                     $12,105,426           $7,849,034         $3,199,801
                                                                         ===========================================================

Earnings per common share                                                            $0.92                $1.33              $0.89
                                                                         ===========================================================

Weighted average common shares outstanding                                      13,140,124            5,884,708          3,605,450
                                                                         ===========================================================

Diluted earnings per common share                                                    $0.91                $1.32              $0.88
                                                                         ===========================================================


Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted                            13,304,540            5,927,208          3,650,133
                                                                         ===========================================================

</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Great Lakes REIT, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995
<CAPTION>

                                                 Preferred  Stock                          Common  Stock
                                        Shares             Amount              Shares             Amount             Paid in
                                        Outstanding                            Outstanding                           Capital
<S>                                     <C>            <C>                    <C>         <C>                      <C>
Balance at 1/1/95                                                              2,561,418            $25,614         $24,121,806

Net proceeds from the sale
of common stock                                                                1,698,610             16,986          18,810,244
Exercise of stock options                                                         32,410                324             322,571
Net income
Distributions/ dividends
($1.13 per share)
Distributions/ dividends
reinvested                                                                       228,458              2,285           2,606,731
Purchase of treasury stock                                                       (12,951)
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at 12/31/95                                                            4,507,945             45,209          45,861,352

Net proceeds from the sale
of stock                                 210,128              2,101            3,867,000             38,670          47,378,490
Exercise of stock options                                                        304,372              3,044           3,247,071
Net income
Distributions/ dividends
($1.20 per share)
Issuance of shares in
acquisition of Advisor,                                                          100,000              1,000           1,129,572
net of issuance costs of $219,428
Restricted stock awards                                                           40,000                400             479,600
Purchase of treasury stock                                                        (8,833)
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at 12/31/96                      210,128              2,101            8,810,484             88,323          98,096,085

Net proceeds from the sale
of common stock                         (210,128)            (2,101)           6,555,000             65,550          92,939,810
Exercise of stock options                                                        357,409              3,574           3,860,465
Net income
Distributions / dividends
($1.20 per share)
Issuance of shares for
property acquisitions                                                            118,134              1,181           1,534,567
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at 12/31/97                                                           15,841,027           $158,628        $196,430,927
                                        ============================================================================================

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

                                        Retained                                                                Total
                                        Earnings           Employee            Deferred           Treasury      Stockholders'
                                        (Deficit)          Stock Loans         Compensation       Stock         Equity

Balance at 1/1/95                        ($85,298)                                                             $24,062,122
<S>                                    <C>                <C>                 <C>               <C>           <C>

Net proceeds from the sale
of common stock                                                                                                          0
Exercise of stock options                                                                                                0
Net income                              3,199,801                                                                3,199,801
Distributions/ dividends
($1.13 per share)                      (3,900,456)                                                              (3,900,456)
Distributions/ dividends
reinvested                                                                                                               0
Purchase of treasury stock                                                                         (155,411)      (155,411)
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at 12/31/95                      (785,953)                                                 (155,411)    23,206,056

Net proceeds from the sale
of stock                                                                                                                 0
Exercise of stock options                                     (1,247,351)                                       (1,247,351)
Net income                              7,849,034                                                                7,849,034
Distributions/ dividends
($1.20 per share)                      (6,885,761)                                                              (6,885,761)
Issuance of shares in
acquisition of Advisor,                                                                                                  0
net of issuance costs of $219,428
Restricted stock awards                                                            (480,000)                      (480,000)
Purchase of treasury stock                                                                         (114,828)      (114,828)
Amortization of deferred                                                            228,665                        228,665
compensation
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at 12/31/96                       177,320             (1,247,351)          (251,335)       (270,239)    22,555,815

Net proceeds from the sale
of common stock                                                                                                          0
Exercise of stock options                                     (3,406,825)                                       (3,406,825)
Net income                             12,105,426                                                               12,105,426
Distributions / dividends
($1.20 per share)                     (16,783,647)                                                             (16,783,647)
Issuance of shares for
property acquisitions                                                                                                    0
Amortization of deferred 
 compensation                                                         178,835                         178,835
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at 12/31/97                   ($4,500,901)           ($4,654,176)         ($72,500)       ($270,239)   $14,649,604
                                ============================================================================================
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Great Lakes REIT, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Years  Ended December 31,
                                                                               -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      1997               1996               1995

<S>                                                                             <C>                 <C>                 <C>

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income                                                                            $12,105,426         $7,849,034     $3,199,801
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
     flows from operating activities
   Depreciation and amortization                                                        8,378,681          4,229,401      1,954,885
   Gain on sale of properties                                                                             (3,139,892)
Net changes in assets and liabilities
   Rents receivable                                                                    (1,148,419)          (846,619)      (714,156)
   Real estate tax escrows and other assets                                               421,020            293,536     (1,053,270)
   Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities                             1,150,783          3,513,972      1,124,108
   Accrued real estate taxes                                                            2,353,644          2,222,590      1,699,512
   Payment of deferred leasing costs                                                   (1,832,010)        (1,293,616)      (561,373)
                                                                               -----------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                              21,429,125         12,828,406      5,649,507
                                                                               -----------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of properties                                                                (97,757,922)       (97,563,034)   (47,838,629)
Additions to buildings, improvements and equipment                                     (5,999,111)        (6,305,673)    (2,861,135)
Proceeds from property sales, net                                                                         11,707,438
Other investing activities                                                               (300,000)           514,846       (950,000)
                                                                               -----------------------------------------------------
Net cash used by investing activities                                                (104,057,033)       (91,646,423)   (51,649,764)
                                                                               -----------------------------------------------------

Proceeds from sale of common and preferred stock                                      101,602,500         50,271,000     20,628,232
Payment of stock offering costs                                                        (8,599,241)        (2,851,739)    (1,801,002)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                                   457,214          2,002,764        322,895
Proceeds from bank and mortgage loans payable                                         100,425,000         39,549,220     27,503,148
Distributions/ dividends                                                              (16,783,647)        (6,885,761)    (3,523,211)
Distributions/ dividends reinvested                                                                                       2,609,016
Purchase of treasury stock                                                                                  (114,828)      (155,411)
Payment of bank and mortgage loans and bonds                                          (94,428,005)        (1,745,043)      (740,996)
Payment of deferred financing costs                                                      (297,544)        (1,022,151)      (216,280)
                                                                               -----------------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                              82,376,277         79,203,462     44,626,391
                                                                               -----------------------------------------------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                     (251,631)           385,445     (1,373,866)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR                                            1,688,173          1,302,728      2,676,594
                                                                               -----------------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR                                                 $1,436,542         $1,688,173     $1,302,728
                                                                               =====================================================

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
Interest paid                                                                          $4,136,198         $3,542,064     $2,311,568
                                                                               =====================================================


Non cash financing transactions
Issuance of shares to acquire Advisor                                                                     $1,350,000
                                                                               =====================================================
Restricted stock awards                                                                                     $480,000
                                                                               =====================================================
Employee stock loans                                                                   $3,406,825         $1,247,351
                                                                               =====================================================
Issuance of shares to acquire properties                                               $1,535,748
                                                                               =====================================================
Mortgages and bonds assumed to acquire properties                                      $2,989,415                        $5,590,000
                                                                               =====================================================
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                             GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

         Nature of Activities

         Great Lakes REIT, Inc., ( the "Company"),  a Maryland corporation,  was
formed on June 22,  1992,  to  invest in  income-producing  real  property.  The
principal  business  of the  Company  is  the  ownership,  management,  leasing,
renovation and acquisition of suburban office and industrial  properties located
in the Midwest. At December 31, 1997, the Company owned and operated 34
 properties   located  in  suburban  areas  of  Chicago,   Detroit,   Milwaukee,
Cincinnati,  Columbus and Minneapolis.  The Company leases office and industrial
space to over 500 tenants in a variety of businesses.

         Principles of Consolidation

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of the
Company and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries  and  partnership,  each of which was
formed in 1996.  Significant  intercompany  accounts and transactions  have been
eliminated in consolidation.

         Properties

         Costs  incurred  for the  acquisition,  development,  construction  and
improvement of properties are capitalized.  Certain costs of yet-to-be  acquired
properties,  including  deposits and professional fees, are capitalized as other
assets.  These costs are subsequently  capitalized as property acquisition costs
or charged to expense when it becomes  apparent that acquisition of a particular
property is not  probable.  Maintenance  and repairs are charged to expense when
incurred.

         Depreciation  of buildings is computed using the  straight-line  method
over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally 40 years.  Depreciation
of tenant  improvements  is  computed  using the  straight-line  method over the
shorter of the lease term or useful life. For the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995,  depreciation  expense  amounted to $6,463,342,  $3,169,182,  and
$1,665,730, respectively.

         Properties  are  carried  at  cost,  which  is  not  in  excess  of net
realizable  value. The Company  recognizes  impairment losses for its properties
when indicators of impairment are present and a property's expected undiscounted
cash flows are not sufficient to recover the property's carrying amount.

         Deferred Costs

         Deferred  costs  consist  principally  of  financing  fees and  leasing
commissions that are amortized over the terms of the respective agreements.

         Revenue Recognition

         Minimum rentals are recognized on a  straight-line  basis over the term
of the related leases.  Additional rents from expense  reimbursements for common
area maintenance  expenses and real estate taxes are recognized in the period in
which the related expenses are incurred.

         Cash and Cash Equivalents

         The Company  considers all highly liquid  investments  purchased with a
maturity of three  months or less to be cash  equivalents.  At December 31, 1997
and 1996,  the Company had  $1,411,796  and $418,528,  respectively,  in a money
market fund.

         Income Taxes

         The Company has elected to be treated as a real estate investment trust
("REIT") under the applicable  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended. In order to qualify as a REIT, the Company is required to distribute
to stockholders at least 95% of its taxable income and to meet certain asset and
income tests as well as certain other  requirements.  Accordingly,  no provision
for income taxes has been reflected in the financial statements.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

         As of December 31, 1997,  properties,  rents  receivable,  goodwill and
prepaid  rent have a federal  income  tax basis of  approximately  $284,250,000,
$1,018,000, $-0- and $-0-, respectively.

         Earnings Per Share

         In 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
128,  Earnings Per Share.  Statement 128 replaced the calculation of primary and
fully  diluted  earnings  per share with basic and diluted  earnings  per share.
Unlike  primary  earnings  per share,  basic  earnings  per share  excludes  any
dilutive  effects of  options,  warrants  and  convertible  securities.  Diluted
earnings  per share is very similar to the  previously  reported  fully  diluted
earnings per share.  All  earnings  per share  amounts for all periods have been
presented,  and where  appropriate,  restated  to conform to the  Statement  128
requirements.

         Stock Options

         The Company has elected to follow  Accounting  Principles Board Opinion
No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25), in accounting for
its stock options.  Under APB 25, no compensation  expense is recognized because
the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options equals or exceeds the
market price of the underlying stock at the date of grant.

         Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The Company  discloses  information  concerning the fair value of financial
instruments for which it is practical to estimate such fair values. The carrying
amounts reported for cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying  consolidated
balance sheets  approximate its fair value. The carrying amount of the Company's
long-term debt  approximates  its fair value at December 31, 1997 and 1996 based
upon (a) the fixed  interest  rates on mortgage  loans payable are comparable to
interest  rates offered in the market as of the  respective  balance sheet dates
and (b) the variable interest rates on other long-term debt.

         Use of Estimates

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2.       Deferred Costs

         Deferred  costs  consisted  of the  following  at December 31, 1997 and
1996:

                                                  1997              1996
Deferred financing costs                          $1,439,491        $1,526,503
Deferred leasing costs                             4,072,356         2,345,455
                                            ----------------  ----------------
                                                   5,511,847         3,871,958
Less accumulated amortization                      2,067,443           895,056
                                            ----------------  ----------------
                                                  $3,444,404        $2,976,902
                                            ================  ================

         During the years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  amortization
of financing costs was $1,098,829,  $427,375,  and $130,500,  respectively,  and
amortization   of  leasing   costs  was   $563,223,   $348,340,   and  $158,655,
respectively.

3.       Long-Term Debt

         Mortgage  loans  payable  aggregated  $17,567,757  and  $17,073,979  at
December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The mortgage  loans payable  require
monthly payments of principal and interest. Interest rates at December 31, 1997,
ranged from 7.08% to 8.95%.

         The Company has obtained a bank letter of credit to secure repayment of
the bonds payable in an amount of  approximately  $5.3 million.  The Company has
guaranteed  repayment  of the  letter of credit to the  issuing  bank as well as
granted the issuing bank a first mortgage on the property.  The interest rate on
the bonds  (4.25% per annum at December  31,  1997) is reset  weekly by the bond
placement agent.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
     On March 13, 1998, the Company accepted a commitment for a new $100 million
unsecured  credit  facility (the  "Unsecured  Facility")  (see Note 14) which is
expected  to be  funded  upon  closing  of the  transaction.  The  terms  of the
Unsecured  Facility  include  maturity  in March 2001 and  interest at a rate of
LIBOR plus 1% to 1.3% depending on overall  Company  leverage,  as defined.  The
borrowings   under  the   Unsecured   Facility   would  be  limited  by  certain
loan-to-value  covenants  related to the  Company's  properties.  The  Unsecured
Facility will replace the Company's  prior facility under which  $72,500,000 was
outstanding at December 31, 1997.  This prior facility  provided for interest at
LIBOR plus 1.5% (7.5% at December 31, 1997).

         The following is a summary of principal  maturities  of mortgage  loans
and bonds payable after giving consideration to the Unsecured Facility described
above:

      Year Ending December 31,              Amount
                1998                             $553,978
                1999                              615,975
                2000                              675,506
                2001                           73,237,448
                2002                              801,999
             Thereafter                        19,212,851
                                               ----------
                                              $95,097,757
                                              ===========

         At  December  31,   1997,   properties   with  a  carrying   amount  of
approximately  $181.1 million were pledged as collateral  under the various debt
agreements.

4.       Related Parties
         On April 1, 1996, the Company  acquired all the  outstanding  shares of
Equity  Partners  Ltd.  (the  "Advisor")  in exchange for 100,000  shares of its
common stock (the "Merger"). The Merger has been accounted for as a purchase. Of
the total purchase price of $1,565,726,  $1,489,033 was assigned to goodwill and
$76,693 to the net  tangible  assets of the  Advisor  acquired  by the  Company.
Goodwill  amortization  is  computed  on a  straight-line  basis  over a 20-year
period.  As of April 1, 1996, the Company  employed the employees of the Advisor
and is now self-managed and self-advised.  Certain employees of the Advisor have
received 40,000  restricted  shares of common stock.  Certain  restricted shares
(30,000  shares) vested to the recipients in 1997. The other  restricted  shares
(10,000  shares)  vest 25% on May 1,  1999,  and 25% on May 1 of the next  three
years (2000-2002)  provided the recipient is still employed by the Company.  The
fair  value of the  restricted  shares  at the  dates of  grant  ($480,000)  was
deferred  and is being  recognized  as  compensation  expense  over the  vesting
periods.

         Pursuant to various advisory and management  agreements,  the following
fees were  incurred  with respect to the  Advisor,  or  affiliates  prior to the
Merger. Two directors of the Company were shareholders of the Advisor.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                1996                   1995
                                                            --------               --------
<S>                                                        <C>                     <C>
Property acquisition fees                                  $  15,750               $787,256
Stock offering fees                                               --                131,747
Stock selling commissions (a)                                     --                217,046
Advisory fees (b)                                            203,697                608,612
Property management fees (b)                                 217,971                564,369
Construction management fees                                 107,717                 73,549
Other, primarily legal fees                                   17,712                 30,703
</TABLE>

(a)      Selling commissions were paid to owners and/or employees of the Advisor
who are registered representatives.

(b) Advisory fees are classified as general and administrative expenses in these
financial  statements.  Property  management  fees are  classified  as  property
operating expenses in these financial statements.

         Certain computer  hardware and software owned by the Company was leased
to the Advisor  under a five-year  lease that would have expired  April 1, 1999.
Semi-annual  rental payments of $9,103 were made to the Company from the Advisor
until the lease agreement was terminated on the date of the Merger.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
5.       Stock Options
         Prior to 1996,  the Company had a stock  option plan that  provides for
the granting of options to non-employee directors. At December 31, 1997, options
on 130,590 shares were available for future grant.

         In 1996, the Company  adopted the 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the
"1996 Plan") which  authorized the issuance of 500,000 shares of common stock to
key employees.  The 1996 Plan was superseded by the 1997 Equity and  Performance
Incentive Plan (the "1997 Plan").

         In 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Plan whereby  2,250,000 shares of
common stock were reserved for issue to key  employees.  In connection  with the
1997 Plan,  options on shares issued  pursuant to the 1996 Plan (94,000) are now
covered by the 1997 Plan. At December 31, 1997,  838,000  shares were  available
for future grant under the 1997 Plan.

         For options  granted in 1997, 1996 and 1995, the exercise prices at the
dates of grant  were equal to or  greater  than the fair value of the  Company's
stock. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized in these years.

         A  summary  of  the  Company's   stock  option   activity  and  related
information for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 1997                                1996                              1995

                              Options            Weighted         Options           Weighted        Options        Weighted
                                                  Average                            Average                        Average
                                                 Exercise                           Exercise                       Exercise
                                                    Price                              Price                          Price
<S>     <C>                 <C>                  <C>            <C>                 <C>           <C>              <C>
Balance 1/1                   601,628              $11.69         735,576             $11.02        451,129          $10.10
                            1,343,000               16.52         170,424              12.76        316,857           12.24
Exercised                     370,725               11.30         304,372              10.68         32,410            9.96
                      ---------------  ------------------  -------------- ------------------ -------------- ---------------
Balance 12/31               1,573,903              $15.91         601,628             $11.69        735,576          $11.02
                      ===============  ==================  ============== ================== ============== ===============

Exercisable                   779,847              $15.29         507,628             $11.45        735,576          $11.02
                      ===============  ==================  ============== ================== ============== ===============
</TABLE>

         The weighted  average  fair value of the options  granted in 1997 where
the stock price equals the exercise  price is $3.18.  The weighted  average fair
value of options  granted where the stock price is less than the exercise  price
is $1.43.  The weighted  average fair value of options granted in 1996 where the
stock price equals the exercise price is $0.13 per share.  The weighted  average
fair value of options  granted in 1995 where the stock price equals the exercise
price at date of grant is $0.12 per share.  The  weighted  average fair value of
options granted in 1995 where the stock price is less than the exercise price at
the date of grant is $0.02 per  share.  The  weighted  average  life of  options
outstanding at December 31, 1997, was 8.96 years.

         Pro forma  information  regarding  net income and earnings per share is
required by FASB Statement 123 "Accounting for  Stock-Based  Compensation,"  and
has been  determined  as if the Company had  accounted  for its  employee  stock
options under the fair value method of that Statement.  The fair value for these
options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes  option pricing
model  with the  following  weighted-average  assumptions  for  1997:  risk-free
interest rate of 5.75%;  dividend yields of 6.17% to 7.5%; volatility factors of
the expected market price of the Common Stock of 0.341%;  and a weighted-average
expected life of the options of three years.

         The  Black-Scholes  option  valuation  model was  developed  for use in
estimating  the fair value of traded  options that have no vesting  restrictions
and are fully  transferable.  In addition,  option  valuation models require the
input of highly  subjective  assumptions  including  the  expected  stock  price
volatility.  Because the Company's  employee stock options have  characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially  affect the fair value estimate,  in
management's  opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
         The  effects  on 1997 and 1996  pro  forma  net  income  and pro  forma
earnings per common share, both basic and diluted,  of amortizing to expense the
estimated fair value of stock options are not necessarily  representative of the
effects on net income to be reported  in future  years due to such things as the
vesting  period  of the  stock  options,  and  the  potential  for  issuance  of
additional stock options in future years.

         For purposes of pro forma disclosures,  the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period.  The Company's
unaudited pro forma  information  follows for the years ended  December 31, 1997
and 1996:

                                               1997               1996
Pro forma net income                           $10,567,711         $7,838,767
Pro forma basic earnings per
common share                                         $0.80              $1.33
Pro forma diluted earnings
per common share                                     $0.79              $1.32

         The  Company  has a  limited  purpose  employee  loan  program  whereby
employees may borrow up to 100% of the cost of exercising  stock options held by
the employee.  Such loans bear  interest at the Company's  cost of funds payable
quarterly, are recourse to the employees, have a term of five years provided the
employee  remains  employed by the  Company,  and are secured by a pledge of the
common stock acquired by the employee  through this program.  As of December 31,
1997,   employees  had  acquired   356,231  shares  through  this  program  with
outstanding loan amounts of $4,654,176 due the Company. Such amount is reflected
as a reduction of stockholders' equity until the loans are repaid.

6.       Stock Offerings

         In 1996, the Company sold  3,867,000  shares of common stock at $13 per
share and issued  210,128  shares of Class A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock (the
"Preferred  Shares").  The Company  received  proceeds of $47.4  million (net of
offering  costs of  $2,851,739)  from the sale of these  shares.  The  Preferred
Shares were canceled in 1997.

         In February  1997,  the Company  issued  118,134 shares of common stock
with a total value at issuance of $1,535,748 in connection  with the acquisition
of the Markham, Illinois and Elgin, Illinois properties.

         In May 1997,  the  Company  closed the initial  public  offering of its
common shares. The Company sold 6.55 million shares of common stock at the price
of $15.50 per share including  shares issued upon exercise of the  underwriter's
over  allotment  option.  Net  proceeds to the Company  were  approximately  $93
million,  substantially  all of which was used to repay its bank lines of credit
and  other  indebtedness  including  certain  mortgage  debt  on  the  Company's
properties.  With the completion of the initial public  offering,  the Preferred
Shares were canceled.

7.       Leases

         The Company  leases office and  industrial  properties to tenants under
noncancellable  operating  leases that expire at various dates through 2008. The
lease  agreements   typically  provide  for  a  specific  monthly  payment  plus
reimbursement of certain operating expenses.

The following is a summary of minimum future rental revenue under noncancellable
operating leases:

      Year ending December 31,              Amount
                1998                           $44,166,562
                1999                            38,827,645
                2000                            31,993,193
                2001                            22,409,580
                2002                            14,463,867
             Thereafter                         24,688,289
                                     ---------------------
                                              $176,549,136
                                     =====================

         Minimum  future  rentals do not include  amounts that are received from
tenants as a reimbursement of property operating expenses.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
8.       Distributions

         The Company declared periodic distributions of $16,783,647, $6,885,761,
and $3,900,456 to  stockholders  of record during the calendar years 1997,  1996
and 1995,  respectively.  Of the $3,900,456 of distributions for 1995,  $504,564
were paid in January of the next calendar  year,  respectively.  The Company has
determined the stockholders'  treatment for Federal income tax purposes to be as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       1997                          1996             1995
<S>                                             <C>                            <C>                           <C>
Ordinary income                                 $14,848,493                    $6,078,061                    $3,410,249
Return of capital                                 1,935,154                       807,700                       490,207
                              ----------------------------- ----------------------------- -----------------------------
Total                                           $16,783,647                    $6,885,761                    $3,900,456
                              ============================= ============================= =============================
</TABLE>

9.       Property Acquisitions

         The following properties were acquired in 1997 and 1996 and the results
of their  operations  are  included  in the  statements  of  income  from  their
respective dates of acquisition.

<TABLE>

                                              Total Acquisition Price

<CAPTION>
Location                                                          Date               1997                 1996
                                    Acquired
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>                  <C>
Markham, IL                                                    2/10/97         $1,262,887
Elgin, IL                                                      2/10/97          3,816,230
375 Bishop's Way
Brookfield, WI                                                 4/18/97          4,961,434
1750 East Golf Road
Schaumburg, IL                                                 9/01/97         19,831,768
425 Metro Place North
Dublin, OH                                                     9/30/97          7,158,772
655 Metro Place South
Dublin, OH                                                     9/30/97         19,639,612
3455, 3550, 3555 Salt Creek Lane
Arlington Heights, IL                                         10/10/97          5,176,641
Farmington Hills, MI                                          12/10/97         23,828,038
Ann Arbor, MI                                                 12/17/97         16,607,703
1251 Plum Grove Rd.
Schaumburg, IL                                                 1/01/96                              $1,080,911
Springdale, OH                                                 4/17/96                               6,145,650
Lincolnshire, IL                                               7/24/96                               2,840,378
4860-5000 Blazer Memorial Parkway
Dublin, OH                                                     9/25/96                               8,382,268
Downers Grove, IL                                             11/01/96                               9,373,393
West Allis, WI                                                11/08/96                               7,994,581
Troy, MI                                                      11/22/96                              16,100,416
St. Paul, MN                                                  12/13/96                              14,327,418
40 Oak Hollow
Southfield, MI                                                12/18/96                               7,306,200
Centennial Center
Schaumburg, IL                                                12/27/96                              24,011,819

</TABLE>

10.      Property Dispositions

         In October 1996,  the Company sold for cash its property  located at 10
Oak Hollow,  Southfield,  Michigan,  for a contract  price of  $9,300,000  (less
selling  costs  of  approximately  $278,771)  resulting  in a gain  on  sale  of
$2,273,800.  The  proceeds  from the sale were  invested in the  Downers  Grove,
Illinois property (see Note 9) via a tax-deferred exchange.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
         In December 1996, the Company sold for cash its property located at 830
West End Court in Vernon  Hills,  Illinois,  for a contract  price of $2,778,000
(less selling  costs of  approximately  $91,791)  resulting in a gain on sale of
$866,092.  Long term debt in an amount of $926,051 was retired  concurrent  with
the sale.  The proceeds from the sale were  invested in the St. Paul,  Minnesota
property (see Note 9) via a tax-deferred exchange.


11.      Earnings Per Share

         The  following  table sets forth the  computation  of basic and diluted
earnings per share:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               1997        1996                    1995
Numerator:
<S>                                                                     <C>                <C>               <C>
Net income                                                              $12,105,426        $7,849,034        $3,199,801
Numerator for basic and fully diluted earnings
per share                                                                12,105,426         7,849,034         3,199,801

Denominator:
Denominator for basic earnings per share
Weighted average shares                                                  13,140,124         5,884,708         3,605,450

Effect of dilutive securities
Employee stock options                                                      164,416            42,500            44,683
                                                               --------------------  ----------------  ----------------

Denominator for fully diluted earnings per share                         13,304,540         5,927,208         3,650,133
                                                               ====================  ================  ================

Basic earnings per share                                                      $0.92             $1.33             $0.89
                                                               ====================  ================  ================

Diluted earnings per share                                                    $0.91             $1.32             $0.88
                                                               ====================  ================  ================

</TABLE>

12.      Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

         The 1996 and first three  quarters of 1997  earnings per share  amounts
have been restated to comply with  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 128, Earnings per Share.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         3/31/97                 6/30/97                 9/30/97                12/31/97
<S>                                  <C>                     <C>                     <C>                     <C>
Revenues                             $10,643,218             $11,074,050             $11,817,223             $14,129,370
Net income                            $1,808,634              $2,303,731              $4,115,734              $3,877,327
Basic earnings
per share                                  $0.20                   $0.19                   $0.26                   $0.25
Diluted earnings
per share                                  $0.20                   $0.18                   $0.26                   $0.24

<CAPTION>
                                         3/31/96                 6/30/96                 9/30/96                12/31/96
Revenues                              $5,543,783              $5,927,282              $6,141,521              $7,619,723
Net income                              $971,412                $939,374              $1,001,779              $4,936,469
Basic earnings
per share                                  $0.21                   $0.20                   $0.17                   $0.59
Diluted earnings
per share                                  $0.21                   $0.19                   $0.17                   $0.58
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
13.      Pro Forma Information (unaudited)

         The following  unaudited pro forma summary  presents  information as if
the Company's property acquisitions,  property dispositions, and sales of common
stock through  December 31, 1997 had occurred at the beginning of each year. The
pro forma information is provided for  informational  purposes only. It is based
on historical  information and does not  necessarily  reflect the actual results
that would have occurred nor is it  necessarily  indicative of future results of
operations of the Company.

 
                                          1997                      1996
Total revenue                             $63,195,000               $57,792,000
Net income                                $16,674,000               $14,564,000
Basic earnings per share                  $1.05                     $0.92
Diluted earnings per share                $1.04                     $0.92

14.      Subsequent Events

         On January 6, 1998,  the Company  entered into a $35 million  unsecured
revolving  loan  agreement  with a  commercial  bank.  Amounts  due  under  this
agreement mature July 6, 1998.

         On January 7,  1998,  the  Company  bought  the Star Bank  Building  in
Columbus, Ohio, for a contract price of $22 million.

         In February,  1998,  the Company  entered into a contract to purchase a
96,000  square  foot  to-be-constructed  office  building  located in  Pewaukee,
Wisconsin,  for a contract  price of  approximately  $11  million.  The  Company
expects to complete this purchase in June 1999 subject to the seller meeting the
terms and conditions of the purchase contract.

         In February 1998, the Company sold its Bloomington,  Minnesota property
for a contract  price of $1.4 million which  approximated  the net book value of
the property.

         On March 13, 1998,  the Company  accepted a  commitment  for a new $100
million unsecured credit facility (Note 3).






                                      F-15
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE III
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Costs Capitalized
                                        Initial Cost to the Company    Subsequent to Acquisition
                                        ---------------------------    -------------------------
                                                       Buildings &            Buildings &
                            Encumbrance         Land  Improvements       Land Improvements
<S>                         <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>    <C>

1900 East Golf Road                 (B)   $3,800,000   $20,211,819     -         $951,707
Schaumburg, IL

1750 East Golf Road                   -   $2,300,000   $17,531,768     -          $26,155
Schaumburg, IL

160-185 Hansen Court                  -   $2,100,000    $3,210,289     -         $870,371
Wood Dale, IL

3455, 3550, 3555 Salt Creek Lane      -     $850,000    $4,326,641     -               $0
Arlington Heights, IL

601 Campus Drive                      -     $900,000    $2,263,967     -       $1,059,986
Arlington Heights, IL

1251 Plum Grove Road                  -     $372,750      $708,161     -         $257,651
Schaumburg, IL

1011 Touhy Avenue                     -     $720,000    $3,932,248     -       $2,095,378
Des Plaines, IL

2800 River Road                     (B)   $1,300,000    $3,461,053     -         $655,665
Des Plaines, IL

1660 Feehanville Drive              (B)   $1,100,000    $4,302,526     -         $285,166
Mount Prospect, IL

565 Lakeview Parkway                (B)   $1,300,000    $3,581,675     -         $372,175
Vernon Hills, IL

175 E. Hawthorn Parkway               -   $1,600,000    $4,721,338     -         $936,899
Vernon Hills, IL

Two Marriott Drive                  (B)     $610,000    $2,230,378     -          $27,526
Lincolnshire, IL

3400 Dundee Road                      -     $607,500    $3,475,922     -         $676,689
Northbrook, IL

3010 & 3020 Wood Creek Drive        (B)   $2,385,000    $6,988,393     -          $39,364
Downers Grove, IL

823 Commerce Drive                  (B)     $500,000    $1,260,930     -       $3,198,566
Oak Brook, IL

1675 Holmes Road             $2,173,457     $842,609    $2,973,621     -               $0
Elgin, IL

16601 S. Kedzie Avenue                -     $132,544    $1,130,342     -          $31,152
Markham, IL

11270 W. Park Place                 (B)     $940,000   $14,735,908     -         $573,226
Milwaukee, WI

11925 W. Lake Park Drive              -     $318,750    $1,819,058     -         $286,834
Milwaukee, WI

2514 S. 102nd Street & 10150        (B)     $975,000    $7,019,581     -         $219,226
W. National Avenue
West Allis, WI

150, 175, 250 Patrick Blvd.  $3,269,300   $2,600,000    $3,964,742     -         $822,923
Brookfield, WI

                                      S-1
<PAGE>
375 Bishop's Way                      -     $600,000    $4,361,434     -          $19,665
Brookfield, WI

2550 University Avenue West         (B)     $850,000   $13,477,418     -         $272,905
St. Paul, MN

2221 University Avenue SE    $5,030,000   $1,100,000    $7,090,374     -         $198,655
Minneapolis, MN

11100 Hampshire Avenue                -     $310,000    $1,123,932     -          $24,353
Bloomington, MN

777 East Eisenhower Parkway           -   $4,000,000   $12,607,703     -          $32,782
Ann Arbor, MI

32255 Northwestern Highway  $12,125,000   $3,700,000   $20,128,038     -               $0
Farmington Hill, MI

1301 W. Long Lake Road              (B)   $2,500,000   $13,600,416     -         $418,091
Troy, MI

No. 40 OakHollow                    (B)   $1,250,000    $6,056,200     -         $244,804
Southfield, MI

24800 Denso Drive                   (B)   $1,400,000    $4,546,304     -         $784,726
Southfield, MI

655 Metro Place South                 -   $1,470,000   $18,169,612     -           $7,635
Dublin, OH

4860-5000 Blazer Memorial Pkwy      (B)   $1,340,000    $7,042,268     -         $348,215
Dublin, OH

425 Metro Place North                 -     $620,000    $6,538,772     -           $6,202
Dublin, OH

30 Merchant Street                  (B)     $650,000    $5,495,650     -       $1,133,088
Springdale, OH

                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
Totals                      $22,597,757  $46,044,153  $234,088,482         $0 $16,877,782
                           ===============================================================

                                      S-2
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                             Gross Amount at which
                             Carried at December 31, 1997
                                           Buildings &               Accumulated   Date    Method of
                                    Land  Improvements        Total Depreciation Acquired  Depreciation
<S>                           <C>       <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>

1900 East Golf Road           $3,800,000   $21,163,526  $24,963,526     $577,620  Dec-96      (A)
Schaumburg, IL

1750 East Golf Road           $2,300,000   $17,557,923  $19,857,923     $130,334  Sep-97      (A)
Schaumburg, IL

160-185 Hansen Court          $2,100,000    $4,080,660   $6,180,660     $659,930  Jan-94      (A)
Wood Dale, IL

3455, 3550, 3555 Salt Creek Ln  $850,000    $4,326,641   $5,176,641      $22,535  Oct-97      (A)
Arlington Heights, IL

601 Campus Drive                $900,000    $3,323,953   $4,223,953     $630,631  May-93      (A)
Arlington Heights, IL

1251 Plum Grove Road            $372,750      $965,812   $1,338,562      $96,947  Jan-96      (A)
Schaumburg, IL

1011 Touhy Avenue               $720,000    $6,027,626   $6,747,626     $774,402  Dec-93      (A)
Des Plaines, IL

2800 River Road               $1,300,000    $4,116,718   $5,416,718     $446,943  Feb-95      (A)
Des Plaines, IL

1660 Feehanville Drive        $1,100,000    $4,587,692   $5,687,692     $264,829  Aug-95      (A)
Mount Prospect, IL

565 Lakeview Parkway          $1,300,000    $3,953,850   $5,253,850     $227,522  Dec-95      (A)
Vernon Hills, IL

175 E. Hawthorn Parkway       $1,600,000    $5,658,237   $7,258,237     $735,025  Sep-94      (A)
Vernon Hills, IL

Two Marriott Drive              $610,000    $2,257,904   $2,867,904      $82,056  Jul-96      (A)
Lincolnshire, IL

3400 Dundee Road                $607,500    $4,152,611   $4,760,111     $714,468  Oct-93      (A)
Northbrook, IL

3010 & 3020 Wood Creek Drive  $2,385,000    $7,027,757   $9,412,757     $199,124  Nov-96      (A)
Downers Grove, IL

823 Commerce Drive              $500,000    $4,459,496   $4,959,496     $299,479  Nov-95      (A)
Oak Brook, IL

1675 Holmes Road                $842,609    $2,973,621   $3,816,230      $65,048  Feb-97      (A)
Elgin, IL

16601 S. Kedzie Avenue          $132,544    $1,161,494   $1,294,038      $67,362  Feb-97      (A)
Markham, IL

11270 W. Park Place             $940,000   $15,309,134  $16,249,134     $966,942  Sep-95      (A)
Milwaukee, WI

11925 W. Lake Park Drive        $318,750    $2,105,892   $2,424,642     $310,205  Jun-93      (A)
Milwaukee, WI

2514 S. 102nd Street & 10150    $975,000    $7,238,807   $8,213,807     $210,865  Nov-96      (A)
W. National Avenue
West Allis, WI

150, 175, 250 Patrick Blvd.   $2,600,000    $4,787,665   $7,387,665     $731,286  Jun-94      (A)
Brookfield, WI

375 Bishop's Way                $600,000    $4,381,099   $4,981,099      $77,921  Apr-97      (A)
Brookfield, WI

2550 University Avenue West     $850,000   $13,750,323  $14,600,323     $388,665  Dec-96      (A)
St. Paul, MN

                                      S-3
<PAGE>


2221 University Avenue SE     $1,100,000    $7,289,029   $8,389,029     $482,305  May-95      (A)
Minneapolis, MN

11100 Hampshire Avenue          $310,000    $1,148,285   $1,458,285     $143,679  Jan-93      (A)
Bloomington, MN

777 East Eisenhower Parkway   $4,000,000   $12,640,485  $16,640,485      $13,133  Dec-97      (A)
Ann Arbor, MI

32255 Northwestern Highway    $3,700,000   $20,128,038  $23,828,038      $21,649  Dec-97      (A)
Farmington Hill, MI

1301 W. Long Lake Road        $2,500,000   $14,018,507  $16,518,507     $416,943  Nov-96      (A)
Troy, MI

No. 40 OakHollow              $1,250,000    $6,301,004   $7,551,004     $166,384  Dec-96      (A)
Southfield, MI

24800 Denso Drive             $1,400,000    $5,331,030   $6,731,030     $501,044  Aug-95      (A)
Southfield, MI

655 Metro Place South         $1,470,000   $18,177,247  $19,647,247     $132,547  Sep-97      (A)
Dublin, OH

4860-5000 Blazer Memorial Pkwy$1,340,000    $7,390,483   $8,730,483     $231,902  Sep-96      (A)
Dublin, OH

425 Metro Place North           $620,000    $6,544,974   $7,164,974      $48,541  Sep-97      (A)
Dublin, OH

30 Merchant Street              $650,000    $6,628,738   $7,278,738     $475,300  Apr-96      (A)
Springdale, OH

                             ----------------------------------------------------
Totals                       $46,044,153  $250,966,264 $297,010,417  $11,313,566
                             ====================================================

<FN>

(A)  Depreciation  of  buildings  is  computed  over a 15 to 40  year  life on a
     straight line basis.  Tenant  improvements are depreciated over the shorter
     of the estimated useful life of the improvements or the term of the lease.
(B)  These  properties  are pledged as security for the Company's  line of 
     credit which  totalled  $72,500,000 at December 31, 1997.
(C)  At December 31, 1997, the aggregate cost of land, buildings, & improvements
     for  Federal  income  tax purposes was approximately $295,417,000.
(D)  Reconciliation of Real Estate Owned and Accumulated Depreciation

Real Estate Owned:                                                    Accumulated Depreciation:
                               1997          1996           1995                                     1997         1996        1995
Balance beginning of year  $189,113,668  $94,265,979    $37,976,215   Balance beginning of year   $5,239,656   $2,462,187   $817,114
Property acquisitions      $102,283,086  $97,563,034    $53,428,629   Depreciation expenses       $6,073,910   $3,119,829 $1,645,073
Additions                    $5,613,663   $6,136,428     $2,861,135   Retirements                          -            -          -
Disposals                             -   $8,851,773              -   Disposals                            -     $342,360          -
                            ---------------------------------------                               ----------------------------------

Balance end of year        $297,010,417  $189,113,668   $94,265,979   Balance end of year        $11,313,566   $5,239,656 $2,462,187
                            =======================================                               ==================================

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-4

<PAGE>




                       Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                         -----------------------------

                                    EXHIBITS

                                       To

                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                               FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                               DECEMBER 31, 1997


<PAGE>

Exhibit
Number                     Description of Document
- ------                     -----------------------

  3.1                      Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company
                           filed with the Maryland State Department of
                           Assessments and Taxation September 23, 1997
                           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
                           Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                           period end June 30, 1997

  3.2                      Amended and restated bylaws of the Company dated
                           September 11, 1997 (incorporated by reference to
                           Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Registration Statement
                           on Form S-3 dated November 13, 1997) (No. 333-40129)

  4.1                      Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 20,
                           1996 by and among the Company, Fortis Benefits
                           Insurance Company, Morgan Stanley Institutional Fund,
                           Inc. - U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Morgan Stanley
                           SICAV Subsidiary SA, Wellsford Karpf Zarrilli
                           Ventures, L.L.C., Logan, Inc.; and Pension Trust
                           Account 104972 Held by Bankers Trust Company as
                           Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to 
                           the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August
                           28, 1996)

  10.1                     Form of Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as
                           of January 6, 1998 among Great Lakes REIT, L.P., and
                           Bank of America National Trust Savings Association.

  10.2                     Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership
                           of Great Lakes REIT, L.P., dated December 27, 1996
                           (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5 to the
                           Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 
                           14, 1997 (the "January 1997 8-K"))

  10.3                     First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Agreement
                           of Limited Partnership of Great Lakes REIT, L.P.,
                           dated February 6, 1997 (incorporated by reference
                           to Exhibit 10.31 in the Company's Registration 
                           Statement on Form S-11) (No. 333-22619)

* 10.4                     The Company's 1997 Equity and Performance Incentive 
                           Plan 

  10.5                     Indemnification Escrow Agreement dated April 1, 1996
                           between the Company, Richard A. May, Richard L.
                           Rasley, Tim A. Grodrian, and American National Bank
                           and Trust Company of Chicago (incorporated by
                           reference to Exhibit 10.8 from the Company's Form 10 
                           Registration Statement (the "Form 10"))(Commission
                           File No. 0-28354)

* 10.6                     Restricted  Stock Agreement dated May 1, 1996 between
                           the Company and Raymond  Braun  (incorporated  by
                           reference  to Exhibit 10.8.6 to the S-11)

* 10.7                     Stock Option Plan for Independent Directors and
                           Brokers (the "Directors Plan") dated July 2, 1992 as
                           amended November 18, 1997

* 10.8                     Form of  Non-Qualified  Stock Option Certificate 
                           dated December 31, 1997, between the Company and Jay
                           Brinkerhoff (assigned to Fortis Benefits Insurance 
                           Company), Daniel E. Josephs, Edward Lowenthal, Donald
                           E. Phillips, and Walter Teninga for 5,000 shares of 
                           Common Stock for use in connection with options 
                           granted pursuant to the Directors Plan (incorporated
                           by reference to Exhibit 10.11.12 to the S-11)

  10.9                     Form of Change in Control  Agreement between
                           the Company and Messrs.  May, Hunt,  Rasley,
                           Braun, Hicks, Mills and Scurto 

* 10.10                    Form of Stock Option Agreement for use in connection
                           with incentive stock option, and pursuant to the 
                           Company's 1997 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan;
                           Richard A. May, Patrick R. Hunt, Richard L. Rasley,
                           James Hicks, Raymond Braun, Kim S. Mills and Edith M.
                           M. Scurto entered into agreements in 1997 that 
                           evidenced 320,000, 174,000, 172,000, 149,000, 
                           149,000, 88,000 and 86,000 options to purchase Common
                           Stock, respectively, under the Company's  1997 Equity
                           and Performance Incentive Plan

* 10.11                    Limited Purpose Employee Loan Program of the Company
                           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 of the
                           Form 10/A filed with the SEC on January 9, 1997) 

  10.12                    Form  of  Limited   Purpose   Employee  Loan
                           Program   Promissory   Note   for   use   in
                           connection  with  limited  purpose  employee
                           loans  

  10.13                    Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (the
                           "Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement")
                           Dated as of December 27, 1996 among the Operating
                           Partnership and the Company and The First National
                           Bank of Boston and Bank of America Illinois and First
                           Bank National Association and Other Banks Which May
                           Become Parties to the Agreement and The First
                           National Bank of Boston as Agent (incorporated by
                           reference to Exhibit 3 of the January 1997 8-K)

  10.14                    Form of Amendment to the Amended and Restated
                           Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of March 1, 1997
                           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the
                           S-11)

  23.1                     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

  24.1                     Powers of Attorney

  27.1                     Financial Data Schedule for year ended December 31,
                           1997

  27.2                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Nine Months
                           ended September 30, 1997

  27.3                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Six Months ended
                           June 30, 1997

  27.4                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Three Months
                           ended March 31, 1997

  27.5                     Restated Financial Data Schedules for year ended
                           December 31, 1996

  27.6                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Nine Months
                           ended September 30, 1996

  27.7                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Six Months ended
                           June 30, 1996

  27.8                     Restated Financial Data Schedule for Three Months
                           ended March 31, 1996


  


<PAGE>

Exhibit 10.1

                      UNSECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           DATED AS OF JANUARY 6, 1998

                                      AMONG

                       GREAT LAKES REIT, L.P., AS BORROWER

                                       AND

             BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                                       AND

                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                                   AS LENDERS

                                       AND

                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                             AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT

                                       AND

             BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,

                             AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT



<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS




ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS..................................1
         1.1 Definitions.....................................................1
         1.2 Financial Standards.............................................5

ARTICLE II  THE FACILITY.....................................................5
         2.1 The Facility....................................................5
         2.2 Principal Payments..............................................5
         2.3 Requests for Advances: Responsibility for Advances..............5
         2.4 Evidence of Credit Extensions...................................5
         2.5 Ratable Loans...................................................5
         2.6 Unused Commitment Fee...........................................5
         2.7 Other Fees......................................................5
         2.8 Minimum Amount of Each Advance..................................5
         2.9 Interest........................................................5
         2.10 Selection of Rate Options and LIBOR Interest Periods...........5
         2.11 Method of Payment..............................................5
         2.12 Default........................................................5
         2.13 Lending Installations..........................................5
         2.14 Non-Receipt of Funds by Administrative Agent...................5
         2.15 Application of Moneys Received.................................5
         2.16Voluntary Reduction of Aggregate Commitment Amount..............5

ARTICLE III  INTENTIONALLY DELETED...........................................5

ARTICLE IV  CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES..........................................5
         4.1 Yield Protection................................................5
         4.2 Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations.........................5
         4.3 Availability of LIBOR Advances..................................5
         4.4 Funding Indemnification.........................................5
         4.5 Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity........................5

ARTICLE V  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..............................................5
         5.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing.................................5
         5.2 Conditions Precedent to Subsequent Advances.....................5

ARTICLE VI  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................5
         6.1 Existence.......................................................5
         6.2 Corporate/Partnership Powers....................................5
         6.3 Power of Officers...............................................5
         6.4 Government and Other Approvals..................................5
         6.5 Solvency........................................................5
         6.6 Compliance With Laws and Agreements.............................5
         6.7 Enforceability of Agreement.....................................5
         6.8 Title to Property...............................................5
         6.9 Litigation......................................................5
         6.10 Events of Default..............................................5
         6.11 Investment Company Act of 1940.................................5


<PAGE>




         6.12 Public Utility Holding Company Act.............................5
         6.13 Regulation U...................................................5
         6.14 No Material Adverse Financial Change...........................5
         6.15 Financial Information..........................................5
         6.16 Factual Information............................................5
         6.17 ERISA..........................................................5
         6.18 Taxes..........................................................5
         6.19 Environmental Matters..........................................5
         6.20 Insurance......................................................5
         6.21 No Brokers.....................................................5
         6.22 No Violation of Usury Laws.....................................5
         6.23 Not a Foreign Person...........................................5
         6.24 No Trade Name..................................................5
         6.25 Subsidiaries...................................................5
         6.26 Properties.....................................................5
         6.27 Relationship of the Borrower...................................5
         6.28 No Side Deals..................................................5

ARTICLE VII  FINANCIAL COVENANTS.............................................5
         7.1 Minimum Consolidated Net Worth..................................5
         7.2 Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio.............................5
         7.3 Minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio....................5
         7.4 Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.............................5
         7.5 Maximum Unencumbered Asset Coverage Ratio.......................5
         7.6 Minimum Unencumbered Asset NOI to Unsecured Interest............5
         7.7 Maximum Secured Debt to Gross Asset Value.......................5
         7.8 Maximum Dividend Payout Ratio...................................5

ARTICLE VIII  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS..........................................5
         8.1 Notices.........................................................5
         8.2 Financial Statements, Reports. Etc..............................5
         8.3 Existence and Conduct of Operations.............................5
         8.4 Maintenance of Properties.......................................5
         8.5 Insurance.......................................................5
         8.6 Payment of Obligations..........................................5
         8.7 Compliance with Laws............................................5
         8.8 Adequate Books..................................................5
         8.9 ERISA...........................................................5
         8.10 Maintenance of Status..........................................5
         8.11 Use of Proceeds................................................5
         8.12 Pre-Acquisition Environmental Investigations...................5
         8.13 New Subsidiaries...............................................5
         8.14 Distributions..................................................5

ARTICLE IX  NEGATIVE COVENANTS...............................................5
         9.1 Change in Business..............................................5
         9.3 Change of Borrower Ownership....................................5
         9.4 Use of Proceeds.................................................5
         9.5 Transfers of Unencumbered Assets................................5
         9.6 Liens...........................................................5
         9.7 Regulation U....................................................5


<PAGE>




         9.8 Mergers and Dispositions........................................5
         9.9 Negative Pledge.................................................5
         9.10 Consolidated Secured Recourse Debt.............................5

ARTICLE X  DEFAULTS..........................................................5
         10.1 Nonpayment of Principal........................................5
         10.2 Certain Covenants..............................................5
         10.3 Nonpayment of Interest and Other Obligations...................5
         10.4 Cross Default..................................................5
         10.5 Loan Documents.................................................5
         10.6 Representation or Warranty.....................................5
         10.7 Covenants, Agreements and Other Conditions.....................5
         10.8 No Longer General Partner......................................5
         10.9 Material Adverse Financial Change..............................5
         10.10 Bankruptcy....................................................5
         10.11 Legal Proceedings.............................................5
         10.12 ERISA.........................................................5
         10.13 Failure to Satisfy Judgments..................................5
         10.14 Environmental Remediation.....................................5

ARTICLE XI  ACCELERATION, WAIVERS AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES....................5
         11.1 Acceleration...................................................5
         11.2 Preservation of Rights; Amendments.............................5

ARTICLE XII  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT........................................5
         12.1 Appointment....................................................5
         12.2 Powers.........................................................5
         12.3 General Immunity...............................................5
         12.4 No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc.....................5
         12.5 Action on Instructions of Lenders..............................5
         12.6 Employment of Administrative Agents and Counsel................5
         12.7 Reliance on Documents..........................................5
         12.8 Administrative Agent's Reimbursement and Indemnification.......5
         12.9 Rights as a Lender.............................................5
         12.10 Commitment as a Lender........................................5
         12.11 Lender Credit Decision........................................5
         12.12 Successor Administrative Agent................................5
         12.13 Notice of Defaults............................................5
         12.14 Requests for Approval.........................................5
         12.15 Copies of Documents...........................................5
         12.16 Defaulting Lenders............................................5
         12.17 Withholding Tax...............................................5
         12.18 Borrower's Default; Enforcement...............................5
         12.19 Workout.......................................................5
         12.20 Bankruptcy of Borrower........................................5
         12.21 Relationship of Parties.......................................5
         12.22 Counsel.......................................................5

ARTICLE XIII  BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS..............5
         13.1 Successors and Assigns.........................................5
         13.2 Participations.................................................5


<PAGE>




         13.3 Assignments....................................................5
         13.4 Dissemination of Information...................................5
         13.5 Tax Treatment..................................................5

ARTICLE XIV  GENERAL PROVISIONS..............................................5
         14.1 Survival of Representations....................................5
         14.2 Governmental Regulation........................................5
         14.3 Taxes..........................................................5
         14.4 Headings.......................................................5
         14.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries...................................5
         14.6 Expenses: Indemnification......................................5
         14.7 Severability of Provisions.....................................5
         14.8 Nonliability of the Lenders....................................5
         14.9 Choice of Law..................................................5
         14.10 Consent to Jurisdiction.......................................5
         14.11 Waiver of Jury Trial..........................................5
         14.12 Successors and Assigns........................................5
         14.13 Entire Agreement; Modification of Agreement...................5
         14.14 Dealings with the Borrower....................................5
         14.16 Counterparts..................................................5
         14.17 Discretion....................................................5

ARTICLE XV  NOTICES..........................................................5
         15.1 Giving Notice..................................................5
         15.2 Change of Address..............................................5





<PAGE>




                      UNSECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


     THIS UNSECURED  REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of January 6,
1998, by and among the following:

     GREAT LAKES REIT, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership having its principal
place of business at 823 Commerce  Drive,  Suite 300, Oak Brook,  Illinois 60521
("Borrower"),  the sole  general  partner of which is Great Lakes REIT,  Inc., a
Maryland corporation;

     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION ("BOFA"), a national
banking  association  organized  under the laws of the United States of America,
having its  principal  place of business at 231 South LaSalle  Street,  Chicago,
Illinois 60697;

     THE FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK OF CHICAGO  ("First  Chicago"),  a national  bank
organized  under the laws of the United States of America,  having its principal
place of business at One First National Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60670;

     First Chicago, as documentation agent ("Documentation Agent");

     BOFA,  as  administrative  agent (the  "Agent") for the Lenders (as defined
below).

                                                     RECITALS

     A.           Borrower is primarily engaged in the business of acquiring, 
developing, owning and operating suburban office and light industrial 
properties.

     B. The Borrower has requested that the Lenders make loans  available to the
Borrower in the maximum  aggregate  principal amount of $35,000,000  outstanding
from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (the "Facility"),  and
that the  Administrative  Agent act as administrative  agent for the Lenders and
that the  Documentation  Agent act as documentation  agent for the Lenders.  The
Agent and the Lenders have agreed to do so.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual covenants and agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                                     ARTICLE I

                                         DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

         1.1      Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms 
have the respective meanings set forth below:

     "Adjusted Base Rate" means a floating  interest rate equal to the Base Rate
changing when and as the Base Rate changes.

     "Adjusted EBITDA" means, for any quarter, the sum of (i) EBITDA (calculated
by  annualizing  actual EBITDA for such quarter),  reduced by a capital  reserve
equal to the product of $1.25 and the  aggregate  amount of Leased  Space at the
Projects  for such period,  plus (ii) EBITDA for any  Projects  acquired or sold
during such quarter  (calculated on an annualized  basis),  reduced by a capital
reserve


<PAGE>




equal to the product of $1.25 and the weighted average amount of Leased Space at
the Projects during such quarter.

     "Adjusted  LIBOR  Rate"  means,  with  respect to a LIBOR  Advance  for the
relevant  LIBOR  Interest  Period,  the sum of (i) the quotient of (a) the LIBOR
Rate  applicable  to such LIBOR  Interest  Period,  divided by (b) one minus the
Reserve  Requirement  (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such LIBOR Interest
Period, plus (ii) one and one tenths percent (1.10%).

     "Administrative  Agent" means BOFA, acting as administrative  agent for the
Lenders in connection with the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement, and
its successors in such capacity.

     "Advance"  means a Loan  to the  Borrower  hereunder  by one or more of the
Lenders pursuant to Section 2.l(a) hereof, including the initial Advance and all
subsequent  Advances,  whether such Advances  are, from time to time,  Base Rate
Advances or LIBOR Advances.

     "Affiliate" means any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled
by or under direct or indirect  common  control with any other Person.  A Person
shall be deemed to control  another  Person if the  controlling  Person owns ten
percent (10%) or more of any class of voting securities of the controlled Person
or possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction
of  the  management  or  policies  of the  controlled  Person,  whether  through
ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise.

     "Aggregate  Commitment"  means,  as of  any  date,  the  sum  of all of the
Lenders' then-current Commitments,  provided that the Aggregate Commitment shall
not at any time exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $35,000,000 and (ii)
the maximum amount that permits compliance with Article VII hereof.

     "Agreement"  means  this  Unsecured  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  and  all
amendments, modifications and supplements hereto.

     "Agreement  Execution  Date" shall mean January 6, 1998,  the date on which
all of the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement.

     "Allocated Facility Amount" means, at any time, the sum of all then
outstanding Advances.

     "Applicable Laws" is defined in Section 6.26(b) hereof.

     "Base Rate" means a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest  announced
by BOFA  from  time to time as its  reference  rate,  changing  when and as such
reference rate changes.

     "Base Rate  Advance"  means an Advance that bears  interest at the Adjusted
Base Rate.

     "BOFA" means Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association.

     "Borrower"  means Great  Lakes  REIT,  L.P.,  together  with its  permitted
successors and assigns.

     "Borrowing Date" means a Business Day on which an Advance is made to the
Borrower.

     "Borrowing Notice" is defined in Section 2.10(a) hereof.


<PAGE>





     "Business  Day" means a day, other than a Saturday,  Sunday or holiday,  on
which banks are open for business in Chicago,  Illinois and,  where such term is
used in reference to the selection or  determination of the Adjusted LIBOR Rate,
in London, England.

     "Capital  Stock"  means any and all shares,  interests,  participations  or
other equivalents  (however  designated) of capital stock of a corporation,  any
and all  equivalent  equity  ownership  interests  in a  Person  which  is not a
corporation  and  any  and  all  warrants  or  options  to  purchase  any of the
foregoing.

     "Cash  Equivalents"  shall  mean (i)  short-term  obligations  of, or fully
guaranteed by, the United States of America,  (ii) commercial paper rated A-1 or
better by S&P's or P-1 or better  by  Moody's,  (iii)  certificates  of  deposit
issued by and time deposits with commercial banks (whether  domestic or foreign)
having  capital  and  surplus in excess of  $100,000,000,  or (iv) shares of any
money market mutual fund rated at least AAA or the equivalent by S&P or at least
Aaa or the equivalent by Moody's.

      "Code"  means the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986 as amended from time to
time, or any replacement or successor statute,  and the regulations  promulgated
thereunder from time to time.

     "Commitment" means the obligation of each Lender,  subject to the terms and
conditions  of this  Agreement  and in  reliance  upon the  representations  and
warranties  herein,  to make  Advances not exceeding in the aggregate the amount
set forth opposite its signature  below,  or the amount stated in any subsequent
amendment hereto.

     "Consolidated  Operating  Partnership"  means  the  Borrower,  the  General
Partner  and any other  subsidiary  partnerships  or  entities of either of them
which are  required  under GAAP to be  consolidated  with the  Borrower  and the
General Partner for financial reporting purposes.

     "Consolidated Secured Debt" means, as of any date of determination, (i) the
aggregate  principal amount of all  Indebtedness of the  Consolidated  Operating
Partnership, plus the allocable percentage of all Indebtedness of any Investment
Affiliate,  whether recourse or non-recourse,  equal to the applicable  economic
interest in such  Investment  Affiliate  held by any entity in the  Consolidated
Operating Partnership, all of which Indebtedness is outstanding at such date and
secured by a Lien on any asset or Capital Stock,  including  without  limitation
loans secured by  mortgages,  stock,  or  partnership  interests,  plus (ii) the
aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of any Investment Affiliate which
Indebtedness  is outstanding at such date and not secured by a Lien or any asset
or Capital  Stock but only to the extent same is recourse to the Borrower or any
other entity in the Consolidated Operating Partnership.

     "Consolidated  Net  Worth"  means,  as of any  date of  determination,  the
stockholders'  equity as shown on the balance sheet of the General Partner as of
that date.

     "Consolidated Total  Indebtedness"  means, as of any date of determination,
(i) all Indebtedness of the Consolidated  Operating  Partnership  outstanding at
such date,  determined in accordance with GAAP, after  eliminating  intercompany
items, plus (ii) the allocable  percentage of any Indebtedness of any Investment
Affiliate outstanding at such date, equal to the applicable economic interest in
such  Investment  Affiliate  held by any  entity in the  Consolidated  Operating
Partnership, in the aggregate, without duplication.



<PAGE>




     "Consolidated  Unsecured Debt" means, as of any date of determination,  the
aggregate  principal amount of all  Indebtedness of the  Consolidated  Operating
Partnership, plus the allocable percentage of all Indebtedness of any Investment
Affiliate equal to the applicable economic interest in such Investment Affiliate
held by any  entity  in the  Consolidated  Operating  Partnership,  all of which
Indebtedness  is  outstanding  at such date,  but excluding  that portion of the
Consolidated Secured Debt described under clause (i) of such definition.

     "Controlled  Group" means all members of a controlled group of corporations
and all trades or businesses  (whether or not incorporated) under common control
which,  together with all or any of the entities in the  Consolidated  Operating
Partnership, are treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b) or 414(c) of
the Code.

     "Credit Parties" means, collectively, Borrower and each Guarantor.

     "Debt Service" means for any period,  (a) Interest  Expense for such period
plus (b) the  aggregate  amount of  regularly  scheduled  principal  payments of
Indebtedness  (excluding optional prepayments and balloon principal payments due
on  maturity  in respect of any  Indebtedness)  required  to be made during such
period by the Borrower, or any entity in the Consolidated  Operating Partnership
(and, if such period is less than a full fiscal year,  annualized by calculating
all of the payments  required to be made during the entire  fiscal year in which
such  period  falls),  plus (c) a  percentage  of all such  regularly  scheduled
principal  payments  required to be made  during  such period by any  Investment
Affiliate on Indebtedness  (excluding optional prepayments and balloon principal
payments due on maturity in respect of any  Indebtedness)  taken into account in
calculating  Interest Expense,  equal to the allocable economic interest in such
Investment  Affiliate  held by the Borrower  and any entity in the  Consolidated
Operating  Partnership,  in the  aggregate,  without  duplication  (and, if such
period is less than a full fiscal year,  annualized  by  calculating  all of the
payments  required to be made during the entire fiscal year in which such period
falls), plus (d) Senior Preferred Stock Expense for such period.

     "Default" means an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
become an Event of Default.

     "Default  Rate"  means  with  respect to any  Advance,  a rate equal to the
interest rate applicable to such Advance plus three percent (3%) per annum.

     "Defaulting  Lender" means any Lender which fails or refuses to perform its
obligations   under  this  Agreement   within  the  time  period  specified  for
performance  of such  obligation,  or, if no time  frame is  specified,  if such
failure or refusal  continues  for a period of five  Business Days after written
notice from the  Administrative  Agent;  provided that if such Lender cures such
failure or refusal, such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender.

     "Documentation  Agent" means First Chicago,  acting as documentation  agent
for the  Lenders  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement, and its successors in such capacity.

              "Dollars" and "$" mean United States Dollars.

     "EBITDA" means, as to any period,  net income,  adjusted by excluding gains
and losses from property sales,  debt  restructurings  and property  write-downs
(and reduced to eliminate any income from Investment Affiliates), as reported by
the Consolidated Operating Partnership in accordance


<PAGE>




with GAAP, plus Interest Expense, depreciation,  amortization and income tax (if
any) expense plus a percentage of such income  (adjusted as described  above) of
any  Investment  Affiliate  equal to the  allocable  economic  interest  in such
Investment   Affiliate  held  by  any  entity  in  the  Consolidated   Operating
Partnership,  in the aggregate (provided that no item of income or expense shall
be included more than once in such calculation even if it falls within more than
one of the  foregoing  categories).  For purposes of this  definition,  items of
income and  expense  from any  Properties  acquired or sold during the period in
question shall be excluded.

     "Effective  Date" means each  Borrowing  Date and, if no Borrowing Date has
occurred  in the  preceding  calendar  month,  the  first  Business  Day of each
calendar month.

     "Eligible  Joint  Ventures"  means  those joint  ventures  (i) in which any
entity in the  Consolidated  Operating  Partnership  either is the  managing  or
co-managing  general  partner or equivalent,  or has an equity interest equal or
greater than fifty percent (50%), and (ii) in which such entity has the ability,
in its sole discretion,  to sell, encumber or otherwise transfer any interest in
the assets of such joint venture,  and (iii) for which no restrictions  exist on
the upstreaming of Net Operating Income,  and (iv) which have agreed to maintain
no Indebtedness.

     "Eligible  Land" means any Land for which all  permits and other  approvals
required  of  any  applicable   governmental  authority  or  otherwise  for  the
development thereof have been received.

     "Environmental  Laws" means any and all Federal,  state, local or municipal
laws,  rules,  orders,  regulations,   statutes,   ordinances,  codes,  decrees,
requirements  of  any  governmental   authority  having  jurisdiction  over  the
Borrower, its Subsidiaries or Investment Affiliates, or their respective assets,
and  regulating  or  imposing  liability  or  standards  of  conduct  concerning
protection  of  human  health  or the  environment,  as  now or may at any  time
hereafter be in effect,  in each case to the extent the foregoing are applicable
to the operations of the Borrower,  any Investment Affiliate,  or any Subsidiary
or any of their respective Properties or other Assets.

     "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

     "Event of Default" means any event set forth in Article X hereof.

     "Existing  Facility"  means that certain  existing  credit  facility in the
maximum  principal  amount of $75,000,000  from Bank of Boston and certain other
lenders to Borrower, as same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

     "Facility" means the unsecured revolving credit facility described in 
Section 2.1.

     "Facility Fee" and "Facility Fee Rate" are defined in Section 2.7(b).

     "Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate" means,  for any day, an interest rate per
annum equal to the  weighted  average of the rates on  overnight  Federal  funds
transactions  with  members of the Federal  Reserve  System  arranged by Federal
funds  brokers on such day, as published  for such day (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York,  or, if such rate is not so  published  for any day which is a
Business Day, the average of the quotations at  approximately  10 a.m.  (Chicago
time) on such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from
three   Federal  funds   brokers  of   recognized   standing   selected  by  the
Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.


<PAGE>





     "Fixed Charges" means, for any quarter, the sum of dividends payable on any
preferred  stock of the General  Partner  and any  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower,
calculated on an annualized basis, and Debt Service.

     "Funded  Percentage"  means,  with  respect  to any  Lender at any time,  a
percentage  equal to a  fraction  the  numerator  of which is the  amount of the
Aggregate  Commitment  actually  disbursed and  outstanding  to Borrower by such
Lender at such time,  and the  denominator  of which is the total  amount of the
Aggregate Commitment disbursed and outstanding to Borrower by all of the Lenders
at such time.

     "Funds  From  Operations"  shall mean GAAP net  income of the  Consolidated
Operating  Partnership,  plus a percentage of GAAP net income of any  Investment
Affiliate equal to the allocable economic interest in such Investment  Affiliate
held by any entity in the Consolidated Operating Partnership,  in the aggregate,
all of which  income  shall be adjusted by (i)  excluding  gains and losses from
property sales, debt  restructurings  and property  write-downs and adjusted for
the non-cash effect of  straight-lining of rents, (ii)  straight-lining  various
ordinary  operating  expenses  which are payable  less  frequently  than monthly
(e.g., real estate taxes) and (iii) adding back  depreciation,  amortization and
all non-cash items. In calculating Funds From Operations,  no deduction shall be
made from net income for closing  costs and other  one-time  charges  associated
with the formation and capitalization of such Person.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles in the United States
of America  consistent  with those  utilized in preparing the audited  financial
statements  of the Borrower  required  hereunder and applied  consistently  from
period to period.

     "General  Partner"  means Great Lakes REIT,  Inc.,  a Maryland  corporation
whose common stock is listed on the New York Stock  Exchange and is qualified as
a real estate investment  trust.  General Partner is the sole general partner of
Borrower;

     "Gross Asset Value" means,  for any Person for any quarter,  the sum of (i)
total  unrestricted cash and Cash  Equivalents,  provided that in no event shall
the amounts be added to Gross Asset Value in violation of the  restrictions  set
forth in Section  8.3  hereof,  plus (ii) Real Estate  Asset  Value,  plus (iii)
Eligible Land, valued at the lesser of cost or market value, provided that in no
event shall the  aggregate  amount  added to Gross Asset Value  pursuant to this
clause  (iii) exceed ten percent  (10%) of the Gross Asset  Value,  plus (iv) an
amount  equal to fifty  percent  (50%) of the cost of all 50%  Preleased  Assets
Under  Development  and  one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of the  cost  of all 75%
Preleased Assets Under Development,  provided,  however,  that in no event shall
the  aggregate  amount  added to Gross Asset Value  pursuant to this clause (iv)
exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the Gross Asset Value, and further provided that
the  aggregate  amount added to Gross Asset Value  pursuant to clauses (iii) and
(iv) shall in no event exceed $50,000,000.

     "Gross Revenues" means total revenues, calculated in accordance with GAAP.

     "Guarantee Obligation" means as to any Person (the "guaranteeing  person"),
any obligation  (determined without  duplication) of the guaranteeing person (or
any other Person [including,  without  limitation,  any bank under any letter of
credit] if the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counter indemnity
or similar  obligation in favor of such other Person)  guaranteeing or in effect
guaranteeing  any  Indebtedness,  leases,  dividends or other  obligations  (the
"primary  obligations") of any other third Person (the "primary obligor") in any
manner, whether directly or


<PAGE>




indirectly,  including,  without limitation,  any obligation of the guaranteeing
person,  whether or not contingent,  (i) to purchase any such primary obligation
or any  property  constituting  direct or indirect  security  therefor,  (ii) to
advance or supply  funds (1) for the  purchase  or  payment of any such  primary
obligation or (2) to maintain  working  capital or equity capital of the primary
obligor or  otherwise  to  maintain  the net worth or  solvency  of the  primary
obligor,  (iii) to purchase  property,  securities or services primarily for the
purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary  obligation  of the ability of
the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise
to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss
in respect thereof; provided,  however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall
not  include  endorsements  of  instruments  for  deposit or  collection  in the
ordinary  course of  business.  The amount of any  Guarantee  Obligation  of any
guaranteeing  person  shall be deemed  to be the  maximum  stated  amount of the
primary  obligation  relating to such  Guarantee  Obligation  (or, if less,  the
maximum stated  liability set forth in the  instrument  embodying such Guarantee
Obligation),  provided,  that in the absence of any such stated amount or stated
liability,  the amount of such Guarantee  Obligation shall be such  guaranteeing
person's  maximum  reasonably   anticipated  liability  in  respect  thereof  as
reasonably   determined   by  the  Borrower  in  good  faith,   subject  to  the
Administrative  Agent's  approval,  which  approval  shall  not be  unreasonably
withheld.

     "Guarantor"  means,  collectively,  the General  Partner,  each  Subsidiary
listed on Schedule 1 attached  hereto,  and each other Person that  executes and
delivers the Guaranty.

     "Guaranty"  means the Guaranty  executed and delivered in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit A.

     "Hedging  Agreements"  means interest rate protection  agreements,  foreign
currency exchange  agreements,  commodity purchase or option agreements or other
interest, exchange rate or commodity price hedging agreements.

         "Indebtedness" of any Person at any date means without  duplication (i)
all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such
Person for the  deferred  purchase  price of property  or  services  (other than
current trade  liabilities  and other  accounts  payable,  and accrued  expenses
incurred in the  ordinary  course of business  and  payable in  accordance  with
customary practices), to the extent such obligations constitute indebtedness for
the  purposes of GAAP,  (iii) any other  indebtedness  of such  Person  which is
evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (iv) all obligations
of such Person under financing leases and capital leases, (v) all obligations of
such Person in respect of acceptances  issued or created for the account of such
Person,  (vi)  all  Guarantee  Obligations  of  such  Person  (excluding  in any
calculation of consolidated indebtedness of the Borrower,  Guarantee Obligations
of the Borrower in respect of primary obligations of any Subsidiary),  (vii) all
reimbursement  obligations  of such  Person  for  letters  of  credit  and other
contingent  liabilities,  (viii) all liabilities secured by any Lien (other than
Liens for taxes not yet due and  payable) on any  property  owned by such Person
even  though  such Person has not  assumed or  otherwise  become  liable for the
payment thereof,  (ix) any repurchase  obligation or liability of such Person or
any of its  Subsidiaries  with respect to accounts or notes  receivable  sold by
such Person or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (x) Senior Preferred Stock,  (xi) such
Person's allocable percentage of debt of any Investment  Affiliates equal to the
greater of (a) the percentages of the principal amount of such debt(s) for which
such  Person  is  liable  and  (b)  the  applicable  economic  interest  in such
Investment  Affiliate(s)  held by  such  Person,  in the  aggregate,  (xii)  all
obligations to make advances and  contributions  to Investment  Affiliates,  and
(xiii) to the extent not included in Interest  Expense all  obligations  to make
payments under any Hedging Agreements.



<PAGE>




     "Insolvency"  means  insolvency as defined in the United States  Bankruptcy
Code, as amended. "Insolvent" when used with respect to a Person, shall refer to
a Person who satisfies the definition of Insolvency.

     "Interest  Expense"  means,  for  any  period,  the sum  (calculated  on an
annualized  basis) of (i) all  interest  expense of the  Consolidated  Operating
Partnership  determined in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) capitalized  interest
not  covered  by an  interest  reserve  from a loan  facility,  plus  (iii)  the
allocable  portion (based on liability) of any accrued or paid interest incurred
on any obligation for which any entity in the Consolidated Operating Partnership
is wholly or partially  liable under  repayment,  interest carry, or performance
guarantees, or other relevant liabilities, plus (iv) the allocable percentage of
any accrued or paid  interest  incurred on any  Indebtedness  of any  Investment
Affiliate,  whether recourse or non-recourse,  equal to the applicable  economic
interest in such  Investment  Affiliate  held by any entity in the  Consolidated
Operating  Partnership,  in the  aggregate,  provided  that no expense  shall be
included  more than once in such  calculation  even if it falls within more than
one of the foregoing categories.

         "Interest Period" means a LIBOR Interest Period.

     "Investment  Affiliate"  means  any  Person  in  which  any  entity  in the
Consolidated  Operating  Partnership,  directly or indirectly,  has an ownership
interest but which is not a member of the Consolidated Operating Partnership.

     "Land"  means any  parcel of real  property  wholly-owned  in fee simple of
record by any entity in the Consolidated Operating Partnership or any Investment
Affiliate  (provided,  however,  that any such parcel of an Investment Affiliate
shall be included only to the extent of the allocable  economic interest in such
Investment   Affiliate  held  by  any  entity  in  the  Consolidated   Operating
Partnership, in the aggregate), which parcel is not improved.

     "Leased Space" means, as of any date of  determination,  the total rentable
area, then leased,  subleased,  licensed or otherwise occupied under any written
agreement at market rates  (determined as of the time such agreement was entered
into), in all of the Projects.

     "Lenders" means,  collectively,  BOFA and the other Persons  executing this
Agreement  in such  capacity,  or any Person  which  subsequently  executes  and
delivers any  amendment  hereto in such  capacity  and each of their  respective
permitted  successors and assigns.  Where  reference is made to "the Lenders" in
any Loan Document it shall be read to mean "all of the Lenders"

     "Lending  Installation"  means any U.S. office of any Lender  authorized to
make loans similar to the Advances described herein.

     "LIBOR  Advance" means an Advance that bears interest at the Adjusted LIBOR
Rate.

     "LIBOR Interest Period" means, with respect to a LIBOR Advance, a period of
30, 60, 90 or 180 days (to the extent that periods in excess of three months are
generally available from the Lenders), as selected in advance by the Borrower.

     "LIBOR Rate" means,  with respect to a LIBOR Advance for the relevant LIBOR
Interest Period,  the per annum rate of interest,  rounded upward, if necessary,
to the nearest 1/16th of one percent (0.0625%), determined by the Administrative
Agent to be the rate at which  deposits in immediately  available  funds in U.S.
Dollars would be offered by BOFA's London branch to first-class banks in


<PAGE>




the London interbank  eurodollar market at approximately  11:00 a.m. London time
two Business Days prior to the first day of such LIBOR Interest  Period,  in the
approximate  amount  of  the  relevant  LIBOR  Advance  and  having  a  maturity
approximately equal to such LIBOR Interest Period.

     "Lien" means any  mortgage,  pledge,  hypothecation,  deposit  arrangement,
preference,  priority,  security interest,  collateral assignment,  statutory or
consensual  lien,  charge,  restriction or  encumbrance of any kind  (including,
without  limitation,  any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or
lease in the  nature  thereof,  any  filing  or  agreement  to file a  financing
statement as debtor under the Uniform  Commercial Code on any property leased to
any Person  under a lease  which is not in the nature of a  conditional  sale or
title retention  agreement,  or any subordination  agreement in favor of another
Person).  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  a Lien on the Capital  Stock of any
Person shall be deemed to constitute a Lien on the assets of said Person.

     "Loan"  means,  with  respect  to a Lender,  such  Lender's  portion of any
Advance.

     "Loan Documents" means this Agreement,  the Notes, the Guaranty and any and
all  other  agreements  or  instruments  required  and/or  provided  to  Lenders
hereunder or  thereunder,  as any of the  foregoing  may be amended from time to
time.

     "Majority  Lenders" means Lenders in the aggregate  having in excess of 50%
of the Aggregate Commitment or, if the Aggregate Commitment has been terminated,
Lenders  in the  aggregate  holding  in  excess of 50% of the  aggregate  unpaid
principal amount of the outstanding Advances.

     "Margin Stock" has the meaning  ascribed to it in Regulation U of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

      "Material  Adverse  Effect" means,  with respect to any matter,  that such
matter  constitutes a Material  Adverse  Financial  Change or (x) materially and
adversely affects the business,  properties,  condition or results of operations
of the Consolidated Operating Partnership taken as a whole, or (y) constitutes a
nonfrivolous  challenge  to the  validity  or  enforceability  of  any  material
provision of any Loan Document against any obligor party thereto.

     "Material  Adverse  Financial Change" shall be deemed to have occurred if a
material  adverse  financial  change has  occurred  which  could  reasonably  be
expected to materially impair  Borrower's or any Guarantor's  ability to perform
its obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

     "Materials  of  Environmental  Concern"  means any  gasoline  or  petroleum
(including  crude oil or any  fraction  thereof)  or  petroleum  products or any
hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such
in or under any Environmental  Law,  including,  without  limitation,  asbestos,
radon, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

     "Maturity  Date"  means  July 6,  1998 or such  earlier  date on which  the
principal  balance of the Facility and all other sums due in connection with the
Facility shall be due as a result of the acceleration of the Facility.

     "Monetary  Default" means any Default involving  Borrower's  failure to pay
any of the Obligations when due.

     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.



<PAGE>




     "Net Operating  Income" means, as to any Property for any fiscal period, an
amount equal to (a) rents and other  revenues  received in the  ordinary  course
from such Property  (including  proceeds of rent loss  insurance),  less (b) all
expenses paid or accrued  related to the ownership,  operation or maintenance of
such  Property,   excluding  capital   expenditures,   but  including,   without
limitation,  taxes,  assessments  and the like,  insurance,  utilities,  payroll
costs,  maintenance,  repair and landscaping expenses,  management fees, leasing
commissions and on-site marketing expenses.

     "Non-Use Fee" is defined in Section 2.7 hereof.

     "Note" means the promissory note payable to the order of each Lender in the
amount  of such  Lender's  maximum  Commitment  in the form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit B (collectively, the "Notes").

     "Obligations"  means the  Advances  and all accrued and unpaid fees and all
other obligations of Borrower to the  Administrative  Agent or any or all of the
Lenders arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

     "Partial Advance" is defined in Section 2.3 hereof.

     "Participants" is defined in Section 13.2.1 hereof.

     "PBGC"  means  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  or any  entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

     "Percentage" means, with respect to each Lender, the applicable  percentage
of  the  then-current   Aggregate   Commitment   represented  by  such  Lender's
then-current Commitment.

     "Permitted Liens" are defined in Section 9.6 hereof.

     "Person"  means  an  individual,  a  corporation,   a  limited  or  general
partnership,   an   association,   a  joint  venture  or  any  other  entity  or
organization,  including a governmental or political  subdivision or an agent or
instrumentality thereof.

     "Plan" means an employee  benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA,
whether  or not  terminated,  as to which  the  Borrower  or any  member  of the
Controlled Group may have any liability.

     "Preleased Assets Under Development" means as of any date of determination,
any Project which (i) is under  construction  and then treated as an asset under
development  under GAAP,  and (ii) has, as of such date,  at least fifty percent
(50%) of its projected total rentable area leased at market rates to third party
tenants  similar to those at  Borrower's  other  properties,  both such land and
improvements  under  construction to be valued for purposes of this Agreement at
then-current  book value,  as  determined  in  accordance  with GAAP;  provided,
however,  in no event  shall  Preleased  Assets  Under  Development  include any
Project  after  the date on  which a  certificate  of  occupancy  or  comparable
authorization  has been issued for such Project by the  applicable  governmental
authority.  Preleased Assets Under Development shall be comprised of two groups:
"75% Preleased Assets Under  Development"  which shall mean,  collectively,  any
Preleased  Assets Under  Development that has, as of such date, at least seventy
five percent (75%) of its  projected  total  rentable  area so leased;  and "50%
Preleased  Assets  Under  Development"  which  shall  mean,  collectively,   any
Preleased Asset Under  Development  that has, as of such date, less than seventy
five


<PAGE>




percent (75%) but at least fifty percent (50%) of its projected  total  rentable
area so leased.

     "Project"  means any parcel of real property  wholly-owned in fee simple of
record by any entity in the Consolidated Operating Partnership or any Investment
Affiliate  (provided,  however,  that any such parcel of an Investment Affiliate
shall be included only to the extent of the allocable  economic interest in such
Investment   Affiliate  held  by  any  entity  in  the  Consolidated   Operating
Partnership, in the aggregate), together with all improvements thereon, which is
fully  improved for use and operated as a office or light  industrial  property,
and with respect to which a certificate of occupancy or comparable authorization
has been issued by the applicable governmental authority.

     "Property" means each parcel of real property wholly-owned in fee simple of
record by any entity in the Consolidated Operating Partnership or any Investment
Affiliate,  together with all improvements,  if any, thereon, provided, however,
that any such parcel of an  Investment  Affiliate  shall be included only to the
extent of the allocable  economic interest in such Investment  Affiliate held by
any entity in the Consolidated Operating Partnership, in the aggregate.

     "Purchasers" is defined in Section 13.3.1 hereof.

     "Qualified  Officer" means, with respect to any entity, the chief financial
officer,  chief  accounting  officer  or  controller  of such  entity if it is a
corporation or of such entity's  general  partner if it is a partnership or such
other appropriate individual approved by the Bank.

     "Rate Option" means the Adjusted Base Rate or the Adjusted  LIBOR Rate. The
Rate Option in effect on any date shall  always be the Adjusted  Corporate  Base
Rate unless the Borrower has properly  selected the Adjusted LIBOR Rate pursuant
to Section 2.10 hereof.

     "Real Estate Asset Value" means, for any Person for any quarter, the sum of
(i) the quotient of (x) EBITDA for such Person during such quarter (which EBITDA
shall be calculated  by  annualizing  actual EBITDA for such quarter,  but shall
exclude EBITDA,  if any,  attributable to Preleased  Assets Under  Development),
divided  by (y) a  capitalization  rate  equal to  10.25%,  plus  (ii) the gross
acquisition  cost paid for any  Property  acquired  during  such  quarter,  less
customary  brokerage  fees and other  closing  costs  incurred by such Person in
connection with such acquisition.

     "Regulation D" means  Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve  System  as from  time to time in  effect  and any  successor  or  other
regulation  or official  interpretation  of said Board of Governors  relating to
reserve requirements applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.

      "Reportable  Event" means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of
ERISA and the  regulations  issued under such  section,  with respect to a Plan,
excluding,  however,  such events as to which the PBGC by regulation  waived the
requirement  of Section  4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified  within 30 days of
the  occurrence  of such  event,  provided  that a failure  to meet the  minimum
funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of ERISA shall be
a Reportable  Event regardless of the issuance of any such waivers in accordance
with either Section 4043(a) of ERISA or Section 412(d) of the Code.

     "Reserve  Requirement"  means, with respect to a LIBOR Interest Period, the
maximum  aggregate  reserve  requirement  (including  all  basic,  supplemental,
marginal and other reserves) which is imposed under Regulation D on Eurocurrency
liabilities.



<PAGE>




     "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group and its successors.

     "Senior  Preferred  Stock"  means the stated value of any  preferred  stock
issued by the General  Partner which is not typical  preferred stock but instead
is both (i)  redeemable  by the  holders  thereof  on any fixed date or upon the
occurrence  of any event and (ii) as to  payment  of  dividends  or  amounts  on
liquidation,  either  guaranteed  by any direct or  indirect  Subsidiary  of the
General  Partner or secured by any property of the General Partner or any direct
or indirect Subsidiary of the General Partner.

     "Senior Preferred Stock Expense" means, for any period for any Person,  the
aggregate dividend payments due to the holders of Senior Preferred Stock of such
Person,  whether  payable in cash or in kind,  and whether or not actually  paid
during such period,  in each case on an annualized basis (if such period is less
than a full fiscal year).

     "Solvent"  means,  as to any Person on a particular  date, that such Person
(a) has capital  sufficient to carry on its existing  business and  transactions
and all  business  and  transactions  in which it is about to  engage,  (b) owns
property  having a value,  both at fair  valuation  and at present  fair salable
value,  greater  than  the  amount  required  to pay  its  probable  liabilities
(including,  without  limitation,  contingencies),  (c)  does not  intend  to or
believe  that it will incur debts or  liabilities  beyond its ability to pay the
same as they mature and (d) is not Insolvent.

     "Subordinated  Debt"  means  Indebtedness  of  the  Consolidated  Operating
Partnership is  contractually  subordinated in right of payment and otherwise to
the Indebtedness  under the Loan Documents,  on terms acceptable to the Majority
Lenders.

     "Subsidiary"  means as to any Person,  a corporation,  partnership or other
entity of which shares of stock or other  ownership  interests  having  ordinary
voting power  (other than stock or such other  ownership  interests  having such
power only by reason of the happening of a  contingency)  to elect a majority of
the board of directors or other  managers of such  corporation,  partnership  or
other  entity are at the time owned,  or the  management  of which is  otherwise
controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,  or both,
by such Person,  and provided such  corporation,  partnership or other entity is
consolidated with such Person for financial reporting purposes under GAAP.

     "Transferee" is defined in Section 13.4 hereof.

     "Unencumbered  Asset"  means  those  Properties  held by any  entity in the
Consolidated  Operating  Partnership or any Eligible Joint Venture which,  as of
any date of determination,  (a) is not subject to any Liens other than Permitted
Liens  (excluding Liens described in Schedule 9.6 attached  hereto),  (b) is not
subject  to  any  agreement  (including  any  agreement  governing  Indebtedness
incurred in order to finance or refinance the  acquisition  of such asset) which
prohibits  or limits the  ability of any  entity in the  Consolidated  Operating
Partnership  or Eligible Joint  Venture,  as the case may be, to create,  incur,
assume or suffer to exist  any Lien  upon any  assets or  Capital  Stock of such
entity in the Consolidated  Operating Partnership or Eligible Joint Venture, (c)
is not subject to any agreement (including any agreement governing  Indebtedness
incurred in order to finance or refinance the  acquisition  of such asset) which
(i) entitles any Person to the benefit of any Lien (other than  Permitted  Liens
excluding  Liens  described in Schedule  9.6  attached  hereto) on any assets or
Capital  Stock  of any  entity  in the  Consolidated  Operating  Partnership  or
Eligible  Joint  Venture or (ii) would  entitle any Person to the benefit of any
Lien (other than  Permitted  Liens  excluding  Liens  described  in Schedule 9.6
attached hereto) on such assets or Capital Stock upon the occurrence of


<PAGE>




any  contingency  (including,  without  limitation,  pursuant  to an "equal  and
ratable"    clause),    (d)   is   not    the    subject    of   any    material
architectural/engineering  issue or any  material  Environmental  Law issue,  as
evidenced by a certification of Borrower, and (e) is in material compliance with
the applicable representations and warranties in Article VI below; provided that
any Property which would, as of the date of determination,  individually account
for more than fifteen percent (15%) of the Value of Unencumbered Assets shall be
excluded  herefrom.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement,  if the Administrative Agent reasonably  determines that any Property
theretofore  identified by Borrower as an Unencumbered  Asset may be the subject
of a material  architectural/engineering  issue or a material  Environmental Law
issue,  the  Administrative  Agent may (i) require Borrower to furnish a current
detailed environmental assessment or  architectural/engineering  assessment,  as
the case may be, and, if applicable, a written estimate of any remediation costs
from  a  qualified   architect,   engineer  or  contractor   acceptable  to  the
Administrative  Agent, in which event Borrower shall promptly obtain and furnish
the  same at its own  expense,  and (ii)  exclude  any  such  Property  from the
Unencumbered  Asset  at  its  election.   No  Property  of  any  entity  in  the
Consolidated  Operating  Partnership or any Investment Affiliate shall be deemed
to be  unencumbered  unless both such  Property  and all  Capital  Stock of such
entity or Investment  Affiliate,  as the case may be, is  unencumbered  and such
entity  (and any other  intervening  Subsidiary  between the  Borrower  and such
entity) or Investment  Affiliate,  as the case may be, has no  Indebtedness  for
borrowed  money  (other  than  Indebtedness  due  to  the  Borrower).  As of the
Agreement  Execution  Date,  the  parties  hereto  agree that  those  Properties
described on Schedule 2 attached hereto shall constitute all of the Unencumbered
Assets as of such date.

     "Unencumbered  NOI" means,  for any period,  Net  Operating  Income for all
Unencumbered Assets during such period.

     "Value of  Unencumbered  Assets" means,  as of any date, the sum of (i) the
quotient of (a) the Unencumbered  NOI for the immediately  preceding full fiscal
quarter from each Property  which is an  Unencumbered  Asset as of such date (as
such  Unencumbered NOI is annualized),  divided by (b) a capitalization  rate of
10.25%,  plus (ii) the gross  acquisition  cost paid for any Property that is an
Unencumbered Asset and is acquired during such quarter, less customary brokerage
fees and other closing costs incurred by the Consolidated  Operating Partnership
in connection with such acquisition;  provided,  however, that in no event shall
the  aggregate  amount added to the Value of  Unencumbered  Assets on account of
Eligible  Joint Ventures  exceed ten percent (10%) of the Value of  Unencumbered
Assets.  For  purposes  of  this  definition,  Net  Operating  Income  from  any
Unencumbered  Assets  acquired or sold  during the period in  question  shall be
excluded.

     The foregoing  definitions shall be equally applicable to both the singular
and the plural forms of the defined terms.

         1.2 Financial  Standards.  All financial and accounting  terms used and
not otherwise  defined  herein shall be construed in accordance  with GAAP.  All
financial and accounting  computations and  determinations  required of a Person
under this Agreement shall be made, and all financial information required under
this Agreement shall be prepared,  in accordance with GAAP,  except as otherwise
expressly provided herein.



<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE II

                                  THE FACILITY

         2.1      The Facility.

                  (a) Subject to the terms and  conditions of this Agreement and
in reliance  upon the  representations  and  warranties  of  Borrower  contained
herein,  Lenders  agree to make  Advances  through the  Administrative  Agent to
Borrower from time to time prior to the Maturity Date,  provided that the making
of any such Advance will not cause the then Allocated  Facility Amount to exceed
the  then-current  Aggregate  Commitment.  The Advances may be ratable Base Rate
Advances or ratable LIBOR Advances.  Except as provided in Section 12.16 hereof,
each Lender shall be required to fund only its  Percentage  of each such Advance
and no Lender will be required to fund any amounts  which when  aggregated  with
such Lender's  Percentage of all other  Advances then  outstanding  would exceed
such Lender's then-current Commitment. This facility ("Facility") is a revolving
credit facility and,  subject to the provisions of this Agreement,  Borrower may
request  Advances  hereunder,  repay such Advances and reborrow  Advances at any
time prior to the Maturity Date.

                  (b)  The  Facility   created  by  this  Agreement,   and  that
Commitment  of each Lender to lend  hereunder,  shall  terminate on the Maturity
Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     (c) In no event shall the Aggregate  Commitment  exceed Thirty Five Million
Dollars ($35,000,000).

     2.2  Principal  Payments.  Any  outstanding  Advances  and all other unpaid
Obligations shall be paid in full by the Borrower on the Maturity Date.

         2.3  Requests  for  Advances:   Responsibility  for  Advances.  Ratable
Advances  funded  by  the  Lenders  shall  be  made  available  to  Borrower  by
Administrative  Agent in  accordance  with  Section  2.1(a) and Section  2.10(a)
hereof.  The  obligation  of each Lender to fund its  Percentage of each ratable
Advance shall be several, and not joint or joint and several.

         2.4  Evidence  of  Credit  Extensions.  The  Advances  of  each  Lender
outstanding  at any time shall be evidenced by the Notes.  Each Note executed by
the  Borrower  shall be in a maximum  principal  amount  equal to each  Lender's
Percentage of the Aggregate  Commitment.  Each Lender shall record  Advances and
principal  payments  thereof  on the  schedule  attached  to its Note or, at its
option,  in its records,  and each Lender's  record  thereof shall be conclusive
absent Borrower furnishing to such Lender conclusive and irrefutable evidence of
an  error  made  by  such  Lender  with  respect  to  that   Lender's   records.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the failure to make, or an error in making,  a
notation  with respect to any Advance  shall not limit or  otherwise  affect the
obligations of Borrower  hereunder or under the Notes to pay the amount actually
owed by Borrower to Lenders.

         2.5 Ratable Loans.  Each Advance  hereunder shall consist of Loans made
from the several Lenders ratably in proportion to their Percentages. The ratable
Advances may be Base Rate  Advances,  LIBOR  Advances or a  combination  thereof
selected by the Borrower in accordance with Sections 2.9 and 2.10.

         2.6      Unused Commitment Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the 
Administrative Agent


<PAGE>




for the account of each Lender a commitment  fee (the  "Non-Use  Fee"),  payable
quarterly  in  arrears  on the  first  day of each  calendar  quarter  hereafter
beginning  on January 1, 1998,  calculated  for each  calendar  quarter from the
Agreement  Execution  Date to and including  the Maturity  Date, on the weighted
average  during such quarter of the daily  unborrowed  portion of such  Lender's
Commitment  (which  is  equal  to  the  difference  between  (a)  such  Lender's
Commitment on such day and (b) the then outstanding  Loans owed to such Lender).
If such weighted  average is less than or equal to 33% of such Lender's  portion
of the  Aggregate  Commitment,  the  Non-Use  Fee  for  such  quarter  shall  be
calculated  at the rate of 0.15% per  annum of such  average.  If such  weighted
average is greater  than 33% but not more than 66% of such  Lender's  portion of
the Aggregate  Commitment,  the Non-Use Fee for such quarter shall be calculated
at the increased  rate of 0.20% per annum on such average,  and if such weighted
average  is  greater  than  66%  of  such  Lender's  portion  of  the  Aggregate
Commitment,  the  Non-Use  Fee for  such  quarter  shall  be  calculated  at the
increased  rate  of  0.25%  per  annum  on  such  average.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  all Non-Use Fees shall be  calculated  and payable on the  effective
date  of any  termination  of the  obligations  of the  Lenders  to  make  Loans
hereunder with respect to any partial calendar quarter. The Non-Use Fee shall be
calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year. [For purposes
of  illustration  only and not in  limitation of the  foregoing:  If, during the
entire month of April,  1998, the unborrowed  portion of the Loan is 70%, and on
May 1 through May 20, such unborrowed  portion is 50% and on May 21 through June
30, such  unborrowed  portion is 30%, then the quarterly  Non-Use Fee payable on
July 1,  1998  would  be  calculated  as  follows:  [.0025  x  (30)360)  x (.7 x
$35,000,000)]  + [.0020 x (20)360) x (.5 x  $35,000,000)]  + [.0015 x (41)360) x
(.3 x $35,000,000)] = $8,842.35.

         2.7      Other Fees.

                  (a)  The   Borrower   shall  pay  all  fees   payable  to  the
Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to the  Borrower's  letter  agreement  with the
Administrative Agent and Documentation Agent.

                  (b) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the
account of the Lenders (i) a one-time  arrangement  fee ("Facility  Fee") in the
amount of  $17,500,  to be shared  among the Lenders  based on their  respective
Percentages;  and (ii) a  one-time  agency fee  ("Agency  Fee") in the amount of
$5,000 to be retained in full by  Administrative  Agent.  The  Facility  Fee and
Agency Fee shall each be paid by Borrower on the Agreement Execution Date.

         2.8 Minimum Amount of Each Advance.  Each LIBOR Advance shall be in the
minimum  amount  of  $1,000,000  (and in  multiples  of  $100,000  if in  excess
thereof),  and each Base Rate Advance shall be in the minimum amount of $250,000
(and in multiples of $100,000 if in excess thereof), provided, however, that any
Base Rate Advance may be in the amount of the unused Aggregate Commitment.

         2.9      Interest.

                  (a) The  outstanding  principal  balance under the Notes shall
bear interest from time to time at a rate per annum equal to:

                           (i)      the Adjusted Base Rate; or

                           (ii)     at the election of Borrower with respect to
all or portions of the Obligations, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.


<PAGE>




                  (b) All interest  shall be calculated  for actual days elapsed
on the  basis of a 360 day  year.  Interest  accrued  on each  Advance  shall be
payable in arrears on the first day of each calendar month,  commencing with the
first such date to occur after the date hereof, and the Maturity Date.  Interest
shall not be payable for the day of any payment on the amount paid if payment is
received by Administrative Agent prior to noon (Chicago time). If any payment of
principal  or interest  under the Notes shall  become due on a day that is not a
Business  Day, such payment  shall be made on the next  succeeding  Business Day
and,  in the case of a payment of  principal,  such  extension  of time shall be
included in computing interest due in connection with such payment.

         2.10     Selection of Rate Options and LIBOR Interest Periods.

                  (a)  Borrower,  from time to time,  may select the Rate Option
and, in the case of each LIBOR Advance,  the commencement date (which shall be a
Business  Day) and the length of the LIBOR  Interest  Period  applicable to each
LIBOR Advance.  Borrower shall give  Administrative  Agent irrevocable notice (a
"Borrowing  Notice") not later than 11:00 a.m.  (Chicago  time) (i) at least one
Business Day prior to a Base Rate Advance,  and (ii) at least three (3) Business
Days prior to a ratable LIBOR Advance, specifying:

                       (i)          the Borrowing Date, which shall be a 
                  Business Day, of such Advance,

                       (ii)         the aggregate amount of such Advance,

                       (iii)        the type of Advance selected, and

                       (iv)         in the case of each LIBOR Advance, the LIBOR
                  Interest Period applicable thereto.

         The Borrower shall also deliver together with each Borrowing Notice the
compliance  certificate  required in Section  5.2, if  required,  and  otherwise
comply with the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 for Advances. Administrative
Agent shall use  reasonable  efforts to provide each Lender by facsimile  with a
copy of each Borrowing  Notice and  compliance  certificate on the same Business
Day it is received.

         Not later than noon (Chicago time) on each Borrowing  Date, each Lender
shall  make  available  its Loan or Loans,  in funds  immediately  available  in
Chicago to the Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent will promptly make the
funds so received from the Lenders available to the Borrower.

                  (b)  Administrative  Agent shall, as soon as practicable after
receipt of a Borrowing Notice requesting a LIBOR Advance, determine the Adjusted
LIBOR Rate applicable to the requested ratable LIBOR Advance and inform Borrower
and  Lenders  of the same.  Each  determination  of the  Adjusted  LIBOR Rate by
Administrative  Agent  shall be  conclusive  and  binding  upon  Borrower in the
absence of manifest error.

                  (c) If Borrower shall prepay a LIBOR Advance other than on the
last day of the LIBOR  Interest  Period  applicable  thereto,  Borrower shall be
responsible to pay all amounts due to Lenders as required by Section 4.4 hereof.

                  (d) As of the end of each LIBOR Interest Period selected for a
ratable  LIBOR  Advance,  the interest rate on the LIBOR Advance will become the
Adjusted Base Rate, unless


<PAGE>




Borrower has once again selected a LIBOR Interest  Period in accordance with the
timing and procedures set forth in Section 2.10(g).

                  (e) The right of  Borrower to select the  Adjusted  LIBOR Rate
for an Advance  pursuant to this  Agreement  is subject to the  availability  to
Lenders  of a  similar  option.  If  Administrative  Agent  determines  that (i)
deposits of Dollars in an amount  approximately  equal to the LIBOR  Advance for
which the Borrower  wishes to select the Adjusted  LIBOR Rate are not  generally
available at such time in the London interbank  eurodollar  market,  or (ii) the
rate at which the deposits  described in subsection (i) herein are being offered
will not  adequately  and fairly  reflect the costs to Lenders of maintaining an
Adjusted LIBOR Rate on an Advance or of funding the same in such market for such
LIBOR Interest Period, or (iii) reasonable means do not exist for determining an
Adjusted  LIBOR Rate, or (iv) the Adjusted  LIBOR Rate would be in excess of the
maximum interest rate which Borrower may by law pay, then in any of such events,
Administrative Agent shall so notify Borrower and Lenders and such Advance shall
bear interest at the Adjusted Base Rate.

                  (f) In no event may  Borrower  elect a LIBOR  Interest  Period
which would extend beyond the Maturity  Date. In no event may Borrower have more
than five (5) different LIBOR Interest Periods for LIBOR Advances outstanding at
any one time.

                  (g)      Conversion and Continuation.

                           (i) Borrower may elect from time to time,  subject to
                  the other  provisions  of this Section 2.10, to convert all or
                  any part of a ratable  Advance into any other type of Advance;
                  provided that any  conversion of a ratable LIBOR Advance shall
                  be made on,  and only on,  the last day of the LIBOR  Interest
                  Period applicable thereto.

                           (ii) Base Rate Advances  shall  continue as Base Rate
                  Advances   unless  and  until  such  Base  Rate  Advances  are
                  converted   into  ratable   LIBOR   Advances   pursuant  to  a
                  Conversion/Continuation  Notice from  Borrower  in  accordance
                  with  Section   2.10(g)(iv).   Ratable  LIBOR  Advances  shall
                  continue until the end of the then  applicable  LIBOR Interest
                  Period  therefor,  at which  time each such  Advance  shall be
                  automatically  converted  into a Base Rate Advance  unless the
                  Borrower   shall  have  given  the   Administrative   Agent  a
                  Conversion/Continuation  Notice  in  accordance  with  Section
                  2.10(g)(iv) requesting that, at the end of such LIBOR Interest
                  Period,  such  Advance  either  continue as an Advance of such
                  type for an additional  LIBOR  Interest  Period of the same or
                  different duration.

                           (iii)   Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary
                  contained in this Section 2, no Advance may be converted  into
                  a LIBOR  Advance or  continued  (following  the end of a LIBOR
                  Interest  Period) as a LIBOR Advance when any Monetary Default
                  or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

                           (iv) The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent
                  irrevocable  notice (a  "Conversion/Continuation  Notice")  of
                  each  conversion  of an  Advance  or  continuation  of a LIBOR
                  Advance  not  later  than  11:00  a.m.  (Chicago  time) on the
                  Business Day  immediately  preceding the date of the requested
                  conversion,  in the  case  of a  conversion  into a Base  Rate
                  Advance,  or 11:00  a.m.  (Chicago  time) at least  three  (3)
                  Business Days prior to the date of the requested conversion or
                  continuation,


<PAGE>




                  in the case of a conversion  into or continuation of a ratable
                  LIBOR Advance, specifying: (1) the requested date (which shall
                  be a Business Day) of such conversion or continuation; (2) the
                  amount and type of the Advance to be converted  or  continued;
                  and (3) the amounts and type(s) of Advance(s)  into which such
                  Advance is to be converted or continued  and, in the case of a
                  conversion  into or  continuation  of a ratable LIBOR Advance,
                  the duration of the LIBOR Interest Period applicable thereto.

         2.11 Method of Payment. All payments of the Obligations hereunder shall
be made,  without  set-off,  deduction,  or  counterclaim,  by wire  transfer to
Administrative Agent's account designated in writing from time to time by notice
to Borrower or, in the absence of such notice,  to  Administrative  Agent at its
address  specified  herein,  or at any other Lending  Installation  specified in
writing by  Administrative  Agent to Borrower,  by noon (local time) on the date
when due and shall be applied ratably by Administrative Agent among the Lenders,
except as otherwise  provided herein.  Each payment  delivered to Administrative
Agent  for  the  account  of  any  Lender   shall  be   delivered   promptly  by
Administrative   Agent  to  such   Lender  in  the  same  type  of  funds   that
Administrative  Agent received at its address specified herein or at any Lending
Installation  specified in a notice received by  Administrative  Agent from such
Lender.  Administrative  Agent is hereby  authorized  to charge any  accounts of
Borrower  maintained with BOFA for each payment of principal,  interest and fees
as it becomes due hereunder.

         2.12 Default.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the continuance of
a  Monetary  Default,  any other  material  Default,  or any  Event of  Default,
Borrower shall not have the right to request a LIBOR Advance, continue or select
a new LIBOR Interest Period for an existing ratable LIBOR Advance or convert any
Base Rate  Advance  to a ratable  LIBOR  Advance.  During the  continuance  of a
Monetary  Default  or any Event of  Default,  outstanding  Advances  shall  bear
interest at the applicable Default Rates until such Monetary Default or Event of
Default ceases to exist or the Obligations are paid in full.

         2.13  Lending  Installations.  Each  Lender  may book its  Loans at any
Lending  Installation  selected  by such  Lender  and  may  change  its  Lending
Installation  from time to time. All terms of this Agreement  shall apply to any
such Lending  Installation and the Notes shall be deemed held by each Lender for
the benefit of such Lending Installation.  Each Lender may, by written notice to
the Administrative Agent and Borrower,  designate a Lending Installation through
which Loans will be made by it and for whose account payments are to be made.

         2.14 Non-Receipt of Funds by Administrative Agent. Unless Borrower or a
Lender, as the case may be, has notified  Administrative Agent prior to the date
on which it is scheduled to make payment to  Administrative  Agent of (i) in the
case of a Lender,  an  Advance,  or (ii) in the case of  Borrower,  a payment of
principal,  interest or fees to the Administrative  Agent for the account of the
Administrative  Agent or any or all of the  Lenders,  that it does not intend to
make such payment (which notice shall not affect the  obligations of Borrower or
any Lender, as the case may be, hereunder), and such notice has been received by
Administrative Agent,  Administrative Agent may assume that such payment will be
made when due. Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the
amount of such payment available to the intended recipient in reliance upon such
assumption. If such Lender or Borrower, as the case may be, has not in fact made
such payment to  Administrative  Agent,  the recipient of such payment shall, on
demand by Administrative Agent, repay to Administrative Agent the amount so made
available  together  with  interest  thereon  in  respect of each day during the
period   commencing   on  the  date  such  amount  was  so  made   available  by
Administrative Agent until the date Administrative Agent recovers such amount at
a


<PAGE>




rate per annum  equal to (i) in the case of  payment  by a Lender,  the  Federal
Funds  Effective  Rate (as determined by  Administrative  Agent) for such day or
(ii) in the case of payment by Borrower,  the interest  rate  applicable  to the
relevant Advance.

     2.15  Application of Moneys  Received.  All moneys collected or received by
the  Administrative  Agent on account of the  Facility  directly or  indirectly,
shall be applied in the following order of priority:

     (i) to the  payment  of all  expenses  then  due and  payable  by  Borrower
hereunder,  including,  without limitation,  costs incurred in the collection of
such moneys;

     (ii) to the reimbursement of any yield protection due to any of the Lenders
in accordance with Section 4.1;

     (iii) to the payment of all indemnity  obligations  then due and payable by
Borrower hereunder;
     (iv) to payment of all fees then due to the Administrative Agent;

     (v) to the payment of any Non-Use Fee and Facility Fee, if then due, and to
the payment of all fees due hereunder;

     (vi) first to  interest  until paid in full and then to  principal  for all
Lenders  (other than  Defaulting  Lenders),  in accordance  with the  respective
Funded Percentages of the Lenders;

     (vii) any other sums due to the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender  under
any of the Loan Documents; and

     (viii) to the  payment of any sums due to each  Defaulting  Lender as their
respective Percentages appear (provided that Administrative Agent shall have the
right to set-off against such sums any amounts due from such Defaulting Lender).

         2.16 Voluntary Reduction of Aggregate  Commitment Amount. Upon at least
five (5) days prior  irrevocable  written notice (or telephone  notice  promptly
confirmed  in  writing) to the  Administrative  Agent,  Borrower  shall have the
right,  without  premium or penalty,  to terminate the  Aggregate  Commitment in
whole or in part  provided  that  (a)  Borrower  may not  reduce  the  Aggregate
Commitment  below the Allocated  Facility  Amount at the time of such  requested
reduction,  and  (b)  any  such  partial  termination  shall  be in the  minimum
aggregate  amount  of  Five  Million  Dollars  ($5,000,000.00)  or any  integral
multiple of Five Million Dollars  ($5,000,000.00) in excess thereof. Any partial
termination  of the  Aggregate  Commitment  shall  be  applied  pro rata to each
Lender's Commitment.



<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE III

                              INTENTIONALLY DELETED

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES

     4.1  Yield  Protection.  If the  adoption  of or  change  in any law or any
governmental  or  quasi-governmental  rule,  regulation,  policy,  guideline  or
directive  (whether  or not  having  the  force of law),  or any  interpretation
thereof, or the compliance of any Lender therewith,

                           (i)  subjects  any Lender or any  applicable  Lending
                  Installation  to any tax,  duty,  charge or  withholding on or
                  from payments due from Borrower  (excluding  federal and state
                  taxation of the overall net income of any Lender or applicable
                  Lending  Installation),  or changes the basis of such taxation
                  of  payments  to any  Lender in  respect of its Loans or other
                  amounts due it hereunder, or

                           (ii)  imposes or increases  or deems  applicable  any
                  reserve,  assessment,  insurance  charge,  special  deposit or
                  similar  requirement  against assets of,  deposits with or for
                  the  account  of, or credit  extended  by,  any  Lender or any
                  applicable  Lending   Installation   (including  reserves  and
                  assessments relating to LIBOR Advances), or

                           (iii) imposes any other condition,  and the result is
                  to increase the cost of any Lender or any  applicable  Lending
                  Installation  of  making,  funding  or  maintaining  Loans  or
                  reduces any amount  receivable by any Lender or any applicable
                  Lending Installation in connection with Loans, or requires any
                  Lender  or any  applicable  Lending  Installation  to make any
                  payment  calculated  by reference to the amount of Loans held,
                  or interest  received by it, by an amount  deemed  material by
                  such Lender,


then,  within fifteen (15) days after written  demand by such Lender  describing
the basis for such demand,  Borrower  shall pay such Lender that portion of such
increased  expense incurred or reduction in an amount received which such Lender
determines is attributable to making,  funding and maintaining its Loans and its
Commitment.


         4.2 Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations. If a Lender determines the
amount of capital  required or expected to be  maintained  by such  Lender,  any
Lending  Installation of such Lender or any corporate  entity  controlling  such
Lender is increased  as a result of a Change (as defined  below),  then,  within
fifteen (15) days after written  demand by such Lender,  Borrower shall pay such
Lender the amount  necessary  to  compensate  for any  shortfall  in the rate of
return on the portion of such increased  capital which such Lender determines is
attributable  to this  Agreement,  its Loans,  or its  obligation  to make Loans
hereunder  (after  taking  into  account  such  Lender's  policies as to capital
adequacy). "Change" means (i) any change after the date of this Agreement in the
Risk-Based  Capital  Guidelines  (as defined  below) or (ii) any  adoption of or
change in any other law,  governmental or quasi-governmental  rule,  regulation,
policy, guideline, interpretation, or directive (whether or not having the force
of law) after the date of this  Agreement  which  affects  the amount of capital
required or expected to be maintained by any Lender or any Lending Installation


<PAGE>




or any corporation controlling any Lender. "Risk-Based Capital Guidelines" means
(i) the risk-based capital guidelines in effect in the United States on the date
of this  Agreement,  including  transition  rules,  and (ii)  the  corresponding
capital  regulations  promulgated by regulatory  authorities  outside the United
States  implementing  the July 1988  report of the Basle  Committee  on  Banking
Regulation and  Supervisory  Practices  Entitled  "International  Convergence of
Capital Measurements and Capital Standards", including transition rules, and any
amendments  to such  regulations  adopted  prior to the date of this  Agreement.
Without in any way  affecting  the  Borrower's  obligation  to pay  compensation
actually claimed by a Lender under this Section 4.2, the Borrower shall have the
right to  replace  any  Lender  which  has  demanded  such  compensation  with a
replacement Lender acceptable to Administrative Agent;  provided,  however, that
no Monetary  Default,  other material Default or any Event of Default shall then
exist,  and that  Borrower  notifies  such Lender that it has elected to replace
such  Lender  and  notifies  such  Lender  and the  Administrative  Agent of the
identity of the proposed  replacement Lender not more than sixty (60) days after
the date of such Lender's most recent demand for compensation under this Section
4.2. The Lender being  replaced  shall assign its  Percentage  of the  Aggregate
Commitment and its rights and obligations under this Facility to the replacement
Lender in  accordance  with the  requirements  of  Section  13.3  hereof and the
replacement Lender shall assume such Percentage of the Aggregate  Commitment and
the related  obligations  under this  Facility,  all  pursuant to an  assignment
agreement  substantially  in the form of Exhibit H hereto.  The  purchase by the
replacement Lender shall be at par (plus all accrued and unpaid interest and any
other sums owed to such Lender being replaced  hereunder) which shall be paid to
the Lender being replaced upon the execution and delivery of the assignment.

         4.3  Availability  of LIBOR  Advances.  If any Lender  determines  that
maintenance of any of its Loans bearing interest at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate at a
suitable Lending Installation would violate any applicable law, rule, regulation
or  directive  of  any   Governmental   Authority   having   jurisdiction,   the
Administrative   Agent  shall   suspend  by  written   notice  to  Borrower  the
availability  of outstanding  LIBOR Advances and require any  outstanding  LIBOR
Advances to be repaid. If the Majority Lenders determine that deposits of a type
or maturity  appropriate  to match fund LIBOR  Advances are not  available,  the
Administrative   Agent  shall   suspend  by  written   notice  to  Borrower  the
availability   of  LIBOR   Advances   from  and  after  the  date  of  any  such
determination.   If  the  Majority  Lenders  determine  that  an  interest  rate
applicable to a LIBOR Advance does not  accurately  reflect the cost of making a
LIBOR Advance,  and, if for any reason  whatsoever the provisions of Section 4.1
are inapplicable,  the  Administrative  Agent shall suspend by written notice to
Borrower the  availability of LIBOR Advances from and after the date of any such
determination.

         4.4 Funding  Indemnification.  If any payment of a LIBOR Advance occurs
on a date  which is not the  last  day of the  LIBOR  Interest  Period,  whether
because of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise, or a LIBOR Advance is not made
on the date  specified  by Borrower  for any reason other than default by one or
more of the Lenders,  Borrower will indemnify and hold harmless each Lender from
and against any loss, damage,  expense or cost incurred by such Lender resulting
therefrom,  including,  without limitation, any loss, damage, expense or cost in
liquidating  or  employing  deposits  acquired  to fund or  maintain  the  LIBOR
Advance.

         4.5 Lender Statements;  Survival of Indemnity. To the extent reasonably
possible,  each Lender shall designate an alternate  Lending  Installation  with
respect to its LIBOR Advances to reduce any liability of Borrower to such Lender
under Sections 4.1 and 4.2 or to avoid the unavailability of a LIBOR Advance, so
long as such  designation  is not  disadvantageous  to such Lender.  Each Lender
shall  deliver a written  statement of such Lender as to the amount due, if any,
under Sections 4.1, 4.2 or 4.4 hereof. Such written statement shall set forth in
reasonable detail the calculations upon which such Lender determined such amount
and shall be final, conclusive and


<PAGE>




binding on Borrower in the absence of manifest error.  Determination  of amounts
payable  under  such  Sections  in  connection  with a LIBOR  Advance  shall  be
calculated as though each Lender  funded its LIBOR Advance  through the purchase
of a deposit of the type and  maturity  corresponding  to the deposit  used as a
reference in  determining  the Adjusted  LIBOR Rate  applicable to such Advance,
whether in fact that is the case or not. Unless otherwise  provided herein,  the
amount  specified  in the  written  statement  shall be payable on demand  after
receipt by Borrower of the written statement.  The obligations of Borrower under
Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.4 hereof shall survive  payment of the  Obligations  and
termination of this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         5.1 Conditions  Precedent to Closing. The Lenders shall not be required
to make the initial  Advance  hereunder  unless (i) the Borrower shall have paid
all fees  then due and  payable  to the  Lenders  and the  Administrative  Agent
hereunder,  (ii) all of the  conditions  set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied,
and (iii) the Borrower shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent, in form
and substance  satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel and with sufficient
copies for the Lenders, the following:

                  (a) Certificates of Limited Partnership/Incorporation.  A copy
of the  Certificate  of Limited  Partnership  for the Borrower and a copy of the
articles of incorporation or other applicable  organizational  documents of each
of General Partner and the other  Guarantors,  each certified by the appropriate
Secretary of State or equivalent state official.

                  (b)  Agreements of Limited  Partnership/Bylaws.  A copy of the
Agreement  of Limited  Partnership  for the  Borrower  and a copy of the bylaws,
partnership  agreement,   operating  agreement  or  other  applicable  governing
instrument of each of the General  Partner and the other  Guarantors,  including
all amendments  thereto,  each  certified by the Secretary or other  appropriate
officer  of the  Person in  question  as being in full  force and  effect on the
Agreement Execution Date.

                  (c)  Good  Standing  Certificates.   A  certified  copy  of  a
certificate  from the  Secretary of State or  equivalent  state  official of the
states where each of the Borrower,  General Partner and each other Guarantor are
organized,  dated as of the  most  recent  practicable  date,  showing  the good
standing or partnership  qualification (if issued) of each of Borrower,  General
Partner and each other Guarantor.

                  (d) Foreign Qualification Certificates.  A certified copy of a
certificate  from the  Secretary of State or  equivalent  state  official of the
state  where each of the  Borrower,  General  Partner  and the other  Guarantors
maintain  its  principal  place  of  business,  dated  as  of  the  most  recent
practicable  date,  showing the qualification to transact business in such state
as a  foreign  entity,  for each of  Borrower,  General  Partner  and the  other
Guarantors.

                  (e) Resolutions. A copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted
by the Board of  Directors  or other  applicable  governing  body of each of the
General  Partner and the other  Guarantors,  certified by the Secretary or other
appropriate  officer of the Person in question as being in full force and effect
on the  Agreement  Execution  Date,  authorizing  the  execution,  delivery  and
performance  of the Loan  Documents  to which  such  Person  is a party  and the
consummation of the transactions provided for therein.



<PAGE>




                  (f)  Incumbency  Certificate.  A  certificate  for each of the
General  Partner  and the other  Guarantors,  signed by the  Secretary  or other
appropriate  officer of the Person in question and dated the Agreement Execution
Date, as to the incumbency, and containing the specimen signature or signatures,
of the  Persons  authorized  to execute and  deliver  the Loan  Documents  to be
executed and delivered by such entity.

     (g) Loan Documents.  Originals of the Loan Documents (in such quantities as
the Lenders may reasonably request), duly executed by authorized officers of the
appropriate entity.

                  (h) Opinion of Borrower's  Counsel.  A written opinion,  dated
the  Agreement  Execution  Date,  from outside  counsel for the  Borrower  which
counsel is reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

                  (i) Opinion of Guarantor's  Counsel. A written opinion,  dated
the Agreement  Execution  Date,  from outside  counsel for the Guarantors  which
counsel is reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

     (j) Compliance Certificate.  An original compliance certificate in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit F, duly executed by a Qualified Officer of Borrower.

     (k) Financial and Related Information. The following information:

                           (i) A certificate,  signed by an executive officer of
                  the Borrower,  stating that on the Agreement Execution Date no
                  Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
                  that  all  representations  and  warranties  of  the  Borrower
                  contained  herein  are true and  correct  as of the  Agreement
                  Execution Date as and to the extent set forth herein;

                           (ii)  The  most   recent   consolidated   annual  and
                  quarterly   financial   statements   of  the  Borrower  and  a
                  certificate  from a Qualified  Officer of the Borrower that no
                  change in the Borrower's financial condition that could have a
                  Material Adverse Effect has occurred since September 30, 1997;

                           (iii)  Evidence  of  sufficient  Unencumbered  Assets
                  [which  evidence may include  pay-off  letters  (together with
                  evidence  of  payment  or a  direction  of  Borrower  to use a
                  portion  of  the  proceeds  of  the  Advances  to  repay  such
                  Indebtedness),  mortgage  releases  and/or title  policies] to
                  assist the Administrative  Agent in determining the Borrower's
                  compliance  with the  covenants  set forth in Article  VII and
                  Article IX herein;

                           (iv)  Written   money   transfer   instructions,   in
                  substantially  the form of Exhibit E hereto,  addressed to the
                  Administrative  Agent and  signed by a  Qualified  Officer  of
                  Borrower,  together  with such other  related  money  transfer
                  authorizations as the Administrative Agent may have reasonably
                  requested; and

                           (v) Operating  statements for the Unencumbered Assets
                  and  other  evidence  of income  and  expenses  to assist  the
                  Administrative Agent in determining Borrower's compliance with
                  the covenants set forth in Articles VII, VIII and IX herein.



<PAGE>




                  (l) Other  Evidence  as any  Lender  May  Require.  Such other
documents and evidence as the Administrative Agent and any Lender may reasonably
request to fully  effectuate and establish the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby,  the taking of all necessary actions in any proceedings in
connection  herewith  and  compliance  with  the  conditions  set  forth in this
Agreement.

         5.2  Conditions  Precedent to Subsequent  Advances.  Advances after the
initial  Advance  shall be made from time to time as requested by Borrower,  and
the  obligation of each Lender to make any Loan for any such Advance are subject
to the following terms and conditions:

                  (a) prior to and at the time of each such Advance or issuance,
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing  under this
Agreement or any of the Loan Documents and, if required by Administrative Agent,
Borrower shall deliver a certificate of Borrower to such effect; and

                  (b) The representations and warranties contained in Article VI
are true and  correct as of such  Borrowing  Date or date of  conversion  and/or
continuation  as and to the extent set forth  therein,  except to the extent any
such  representation  or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date,
in which case such  representation  or warranty shall be true and correct on and
as of such earlier date.

                  (c)  As to  each  Subsidiary  that  executes  and  delivers  a
Guaranty after the Agreement  Execution Date (or that is required to do so), the
Borrower  has  delivered  to the  Administrative  Agent the items  described  in
subsections (a) through (g) of Section 5.1 hereof.

         Each  Borrowing   Notice  and   Conversion/Continuation   Notice  shall
constitute a  representation  and warranty by the Borrower  that the  conditions
contained in Sections 5.2(a) through (c) have been satisfied.



<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Borrower hereby represents and warrants that:

         6.1 Existence. Attached hereto as Schedule 6.1 (as updated from time to
time in  accordance  with this  Agreement) is a table  showing,  for each Credit
Party,  its  organizational  form  (e.g.,  corporation,   partnership,   limited
liability company,  etc.),  state of organization,  state in which its principal
place of  business is located,  owner(s)  of its  Capital  Stock and  percentage
ownership  interest.  Each Credit Party is an entity of the type  indicated  for
such Credit Party on Schedule 6.1 (as updated from time to time) duly  organized
and  validly  existing  under  the  laws of the  state  of its  organization  as
indicated  on Schedule 6.1 (as updated  from time to time),  with its  principal
place of business in the state  indicated  for such Credit Party on Schedule 6.1
(as  updated  from time to time),  and is duly  qualified  as a foreign  entity,
properly  licensed  (if  required),  in good  standing  and  has  all  requisite
authority  to conduct  its  business in each  jurisdiction  in which it owns any
Property  and,  except  where the failure to be so  qualified  or to obtain such
authority would not have a Material Adverse Effect,  in each other  jurisdiction
in which the nature of its business or activities requires such qualification or
authority.  Each  Subsidiary  of each Credit  Party is duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization
and has all requisite  authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in
which it owns any  Property,  and except where the failure to be so qualified or
to obtain such authority would not have a Material Adverse Effect, in each other
jurisdiction  in which the nature of its business or  activities  requires  such
qualification.

         6.2   Corporate/Partnership   Powers.   The  execution,   delivery  and
performance of the Loan Documents  required to be delivered by each Credit Party
hereunder are within the authority of such entity and the powers of the Borrower
under its partnership  agent have been duly authorized by all requisite  action,
and are not in conflict with the terms of any organizational instruments of such
entity,  or any instrument or agreement to which such Credit Party is a party or
by which  such  Credit  Party or any of its  respective  assets  may be bound or
affected.

         6.3 Power of Officers.  The officers of each Credit Party executing the
Loan  Documents  required to be  delivered  by such  entities or by the Borrower
hereunder  have been duly  elected or  appointed  and were fully  authorized  to
execute the same at the time each such agreement,  certificate or instrument was
executed.

         6.4 Government and Other Approvals. No approval,  consent, exemption or
other  action by, or notice to or filing  with,  any  governmental  authority is
necessary in connection  with the  execution,  delivery or performance of any of
the Loan Documents by any of the Credit Parties. No other consent to or approval
of the transactions  contemplated  hereunder is required from any ground lessor,
mortgagee,  beneficiary under a deed of trust or any other Person, except as has
been delivered to the Lenders on or before the Agreement Execution Date.

         6.5  Solvency.  Immediately  after  the  Agreement  Execution  Date and
immediately  following the making of each Advance and after giving effect to the
application of the proceeds of such Advance,  each of the Credit Parties will be
Solvent.

     6.6 Compliance  With Laws and Agreements.  There is no judgment,  decree or
order or any law,  rule or  regulation  of any court or  governmental  authority
binding on any of the Credit


<PAGE>




Parties or any of their respective assets which would be violated or contravened
by the  execution,  delivery or performance  of the Loan  Documents.  The Credit
Parties  and their  respective  Property  and other  assets  are in  substantial
compliance  with  applicable  laws, and with all material  leases,  licenses and
other  agreements  to which any Credit  Party is a party or by which such Credit
Party or any of its assets is bound.  No other party to any such lease,  license
or other agreement is in default thereunder in any material respect.

         6.7  Enforceability of Agreement.  This Agreement and each of the other
Loan Documents is (or, when fully  executed and  delivered,  will be) the legal,
valid and binding  agreement of each of the Credit Parties thereto,  enforceable
against each such Credit Party in accordance with its respective  terms,  except
to the extent that such  enforcement  may be limited by  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization  or other  similar  laws  affecting  the  rights  of
creditors generally.

         6.8 Title to  Property.  Borrower  or its  Subsidiaries  has fee simple
title (subject only to Permitted  Liens) to the Property and assets reflected in
Borrower's  consolidated  financial  statements  most recently  delivered to the
Administrative  Agent as owned by it or any such  Subsidiary,  free and clear of
Liens  except for the  Permitted  Liens.  Neither the  execution,  delivery  nor
performance of the Loan Documents  required by the Credit Parties will result in
the  creation  of any Lien on the  Property  or such  assets.  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries  either own, or have entered into valid leases,  licenses and other
agreements for, all assets, services and facilities necessary for the conduct of
their respective businesses and the operation of their respective assets.

         6.9 Litigation.  There are no suits, arbitrations,  claims, disputes or
other  proceedings   (including,   without  limitation,   any  civil,  criminal,
administrative  or  environmental  proceedings),  pending  or,  to the  best  of
Borrower's  knowledge  after due inquiry,  threatened  against or affecting  the
Borrower,  any of the other Credit  Parties or any of the Property,  the adverse
determination  of which  individually  or in the aggregate  could  reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,  except as disclosed on Schedule 6.9
hereto.

         6.10 Events of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing or would result from the  incurring of  obligations  by any of the
Credit  Parties under any of the Loan  Documents or any other  document to which
any of the Credit Parties is a party.

         6.11  Investment  Company Act of 1940. None of the Credit Parties is an
investment  company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and
none of the Credit Parties will become such an investment company.

         6.12 Public Utility  Holding Company Act. None of the Credit Parties is
a "holding  company" or a  "subsidiary  company" of a "holding  company,"  or an
"affiliate" of a "holding  company," or of a "subsidiary  company" of a "holding
company,"  within the  definitions of the Public Utility  Holding Company Act of
1935, as amended.

         6.13  Regulation  U. The  proceeds  of the  Advances  will not be used,
directly  or  indirectly,  to  purchase  or carry any Margin  Stock or to extend
credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.

     6.14 No  Material  Adverse  Financial  Change.  There has been no  Material
Adverse  Financial  Change  since  the date of the  financial  and/or  operating
statements most recently submitted to the Lenders.


<PAGE>




         6.15  Financial  Information.  All financial  statements  and operating
statements  furnished to the Lenders by or at the direction of any of the Credit
Parties and all other  financial  information  and data  furnished by any of the
Credit Parties to the Lenders are complete and correct in all material  respects
as of the date  thereof,  and such  statements  have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP and fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of
operations of the Credit  Parties and the Property as of such date.  None of the
Credit Parties has any contingent  obligations,  liabilities  for taxes or other
outstanding financial obligations which are material in the aggregate, except as
disclosed in such statements, information and data.

         6.16  Factual  Information.   All  factual  information  heretofore  or
contemporaneously  furnished by or on behalf of any of the Credit Parties to the
Lenders for purposes of or in connection  with this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents  and the  transactions  contemplated  therein  is,  and all other such
factual  information  hereafter  furnished  by or on behalf of any of the Credit
Parties to the Lenders will be, true and  accurate in all  material  respects on
the date as of which such  information  is dated or certified and not incomplete
by omitting to state any material fact  necessary to make such  information  not
misleading at such time.

         6.17 ERISA.  (i) None of the Credit Parties is an entity deemed to hold
"plan  assets"  within  the  meaning  of  ERISA or any  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  of an employee  benefit  plan (as defined in Section  3(3) of ERISA)
which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any plan  within the  meaning of Section
4975 of the Code,  and (ii) the  execution of this  Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder do not give
rise to a prohibited  transaction  within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code.

         6.18 Taxes.  All  required  tax returns  have been filed by each of the
Credit  Parties  with the  appropriate  authorities  except to the  extent  that
extensions of time to file have been requested,  granted and have not expired or
except to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves,  in accordance with GAAP, are being
maintained.

         6.19     Environmental Matters.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.19:

                           (i) The  Property  does not contain any  Materials of
                  Environmental  Concern  in  amounts  or  concentrations  which
                  constitute a violation of, or could  reasonably be expected to
                  give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws.

                           (ii) None of Borrower, its Subsidiaries or Investment
                  Affiliates has received any written  notice  alleging that any
                  or all of the Property or any or all of the  operations at the
                  Property   are  not  in   compliance   with   all   applicable
                  Environmental   Laws,   or  alleging  the   existence  of  any
                  contamination   at  or  under  such  Property  in  amounts  or
                  concentrations   which   constitute   a   violation   of   any
                  Environmental Law.


                           (iii) To the best of  Borrowers  knowledge  after due
                  inquiry,  no notice,  violation,  non-compliance  or liability
                  referred to in Section  6.19(ii) above is  threatened,  and no
                  condition,  fact or circumstance  exists that could reasonably
                  be   expected   to   result   in   such   notice,   violation,
                  non-compliance or liability.

                           (iv)     During the ownership of the Property by any
                  or all of Borrower,its Subsidiaries and Investment Affiliates,
                  no materials defined as hazardous or toxic


<PAGE>




                  by, or  otherwise  regulated  under,  any  Environmental  Laws
                  ("Materials") have been released,  transported or disposed of,
                  or otherwise  migrated,  from the Property in violation of, or
                  in a  manner  or  to a  location  which  could  reasonably  be
                  excepted  to  give  rise to  liability  under  any  applicable
                  Environmental  Laws,  nor during the ownership of the Property
                  by any or all of Borrower,  its  Subsidiaries  and  Investment
                  Affiliates have any Materials been generated, treated, stored,
                  abandoned or disposed of at, on or under any of such  Property
                  in  violation  of, or in a manner  that  could  reasonably  be
                  expected  to  give  rise to  liability  under  any  applicable
                  Environmental  Laws. To the best  knowledge of Borrower  after
                  due inquiry, no such release, transport,  disposal, migration,
                  generation,  treatment, abandonment or storage from, at, on or
                  under any of the Property occurred, prior to ownership thereof
                  by Borrower,  its Subsidiaries and Investment  Affiliates,  in
                  violation  of, or in a manner  or to a  location  which  could
                  reasonably  be expected to give rise to liability  under,  any
                  applicable Environmental Laws.

                           (v)  No  judicial   proceedings  or  governmental  or
                  administrative action is pending, or, to the best knowledge of
                  Borrower   after   due   inquiry,    threatened,   under   any
                  Environmental  Law to which Borrower,  any of its Subsidiaries
                  or any  Investment  Affiliate is named as a party with respect
                  to any of the  Property,  nor are there any  consent  or other
                  decrees, orders, or other administrative or judicial decisions
                  or requirements  outstanding  under any Environmental Law with
                  respect to such Property.

         6.20 Insurance.  Borrower has obtained, and fully paid all premiums due
on, the  following  policies or binders of insurance on the  Properties,  all of
which  shall  be  issued  by  companies  with a Best  Insurance  Reports  (1992)
Policyholder's and Financial Size Rating of "A-1X" or better:

                           (i) Property insurance  (including coverage for flood
                  and other water  damage for any  Properties  located  within a
                  100-year  flood  plain) in the  amount of 100  percent  of the
                  replacement cost of the improvements at the Propertie;

                           (ii)     Loss of rental income insurance in the 
                  amount not less than one year's Gross Revenues from the 
                  Properties; and

                           (iii)    Commercial general liability insurance in 
                  the amount of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence.

                           All insurance must be carried by companies with a 
                  Best Insurance Reports (1992) Policyholder's and Financial 
                  Size Rating of "A-IX" or better.

         6.21 No Brokers. None of the Credit Parties has dealt with any brokers,
finders or other  intermediaries in connection with this Facility,  and no fees,
commissions  or other  compensation  are  payable  by or to any such  Person  in
connection with this Agreement or the Advances. Lenders shall not be responsible
for the  payment of any fees or  commissions  to any  brokers,  finders or other
intermediaries  and Borrower shall  indemnify,  defend and hold Lenders harmless
from and  against  any  claims,  liabilities,  obligations,  damages,  costs and
expenses (including  attorneys' fees and disbursements) made against or incurred
by Lenders  as a result of claims  made or actions  instituted  by any  brokers,
finders or other intermediaries  claiming by, through or under any of the Credit
Parties in connection with the Facility.



<PAGE>




     6.22 No  Violation  of Usury  Laws.  No aspect  of any of the  transactions
contemplated  herein  or in any of the other  Loan  Documents  violates  or will
violate any  applicable  usury laws or laws regarding the validity of agreements
to pay interest.

     6.23 Not a Foreign Person. None of the Credit Parties is a "foreign person"
within the meaning of Section 1445 or Section 7701 of the Code.

         6.24 No Trade Name.  Except as  otherwise  set forth on  Schedule  6.24
attached hereto,  none of the Credit Parties uses any trade name and has not and
does not do  business  under any name other than  their  actual  names set forth
herein.

         6.25  Subsidiaries.  Schedule  6.25 (as  updated  from  time to time in
accordance with this  Agreement)  hereto contains an accurate list of all of the
Subsidiaries  of  each  of  the  Credit  Parties,  which  Subsidiaries  are  not
themselves  Credit Parties,  and of all of the Investment  Affiliates of each of
the Credit Parties,  setting forth their respective  jurisdictions of formation,
the percentage of their respective  Capital Stock owned by each Credit Party and
the Property owned by them. All of the issued and outstanding  shares of Capital
Stock of all of the direct and indirect  Subsidiaries and Investment  Affiliates
of  Borrower  have been duly  authorized  and  issued and are fully paid and non
assessable.  All of such Capital Stock owned  directly or indirectly by Borrower
is free and clear of Liens,  except as otherwise  specifically noted on Schedule
6.25 (as updated from time to time).

         6.26 Properties.  Schedule 6.26 hereto (as updated from time to time in
accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement)  contains a complete and accurate
description,  as of the Agreement  Execution Date and the date of each update of
Schedule 6.26  submitted by Borrower  from time to time in  accordance  with the
terms of this Agreement, of each Property, including the name of the entity that
owns each such  Property,  and whether such Property is Eligible  Land,  Land, a
Project,  and/or an Unencumbered Asset. With respect to each Property,  Borrower
hereby represents and warrants as follows:

                  (a) Except as set forth on  Schedule  6.26,  no portion of any
improvement  on any  such  Property  is  located  in an area  identified  by the
Secretary of Housing and Urban  Development or any successor  thereto as an area
having  special flood hazards  pursuant to the National  Flood  Insurance Act of
1968 or the Flood Disaster  Protection Act of 1973, as amended, or any successor
law,  or, if located  within  any such  area,  Borrower  has  obtained  and will
maintain the insurance prescribed in Section 6.20 hereof.

                  (b) To the  Borrower's  knowledge,  except  as  set  forth  on
Schedule 6.26, each such Property and the development, use and occupancy thereof
are in  material  compliance  with all  applicable  zoning  ordinances  (without
reliance  upon  adjoining or other  properties),  building  codes,  land use and
Environmental Laws, and other laws regulating the development, use and occupancy
of real property ("Applicable Laws").

                  (c) Except as set forth on Schedule  6.26,  each such Property
is served by all  utilities  required  for the  current  and  contemplated  uses
thereof.  All  utility  service is  provided  by public  utilities  and the such
Property has accepted or is equipped to accept such utility service.

                  (d) Except as set forth on Schedule 6.26, all public roads and
streets  necessary  for  service  of and  access to each such  Property  for the
current or  contemplated  use thereof have been  completed,  are serviceable and
all-weather and are physically and legally open for use by the public.



<PAGE>




     (e) Except as set forth on Schedule  6.26,  each such Property is served by
public water and sewer systems.

                  (f) Except as set forth on Schedule  6.26,  each such Property
is  free  of  any  patent  or,  to  the  best  knowledge  of  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries,  latent  structural or other material  defect or deficiency.  Each
such  Property is free of damage and waste that would  materially  and adversely
affect its value, is in good repair and there is no deferred  maintenance  other
than  ordinary  wear and tear.  Each such Property is free from damage caused by
fire or other  casualty.  There is no  pending  or,  to the  best  knowledge  of
Borrower after due inquiry,  threatened  condemnation  proceedings affecting any
such Property, or any material part thereof.

                  (g) Except as set forth on Schedule 6.26, all liquid and solid
waste disposal,  septic and sewer systems located on each such Property are in a
good and safe  condition  and repair and are in compliance  with all  Applicable
Laws with respect to such systems.

                  (h) Except as set forth on Schedule 6.26, all  improvements on
each such Property lie within the  boundaries and building  restrictions  of the
legal description of record of such Property no such improvements  encroach upon
any adjoining  property,  and no improvements on adjoining  properties  encroach
upon such Property or easements benefiting such Property. All amenities,  access
routes or other items that  benefit such  Property  are under direct  control of
Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, constitute permanent easements that benefit
all or part of such Property or are public property, and such Property by virtue
of such easements or otherwise,  is contiguous to a physically  open,  dedicated
all weather public street, and has the necessary permits for ingress and egress.

                  (i)  Except  as set  forth  on  Schedule  6.26,  there  are no
delinquent  taxes,  ground  rents,  water  charges,  sewer  rents,  assessments,
insurance premiums,  leasehold payments,  or other outstanding charges affecting
any such  Property  except to the extent such items are being  contested in good
faith by appropriate  proceedings  and as to which  adequate  reserves have been
provided.

                  Except as set forth on  Schedule  6.26,  with  respect to each
                      parcel of Eligible Land, each required  performance  bond,
                      surety or other  security  has been issued to and in favor
                      of  and   unconditionally   accepted   by  each   relevant
                      governmental  authority,  all  plans,  specifications  and
                      drawings  for  improvements  have  been  approved  by  all
                      relevant  governmental  authorities,   and  all  necessary
                      easements, licenses, permits and other authorizations have
                      been  granted  for  the  development  thereof  (including,
                      without limitation,  demolition,  grading and construction
                      permits).

         Any breach of the  representations  or  warranties in this Section 6.26
shall  disqualify such Property from being an  Unencumbered  Asset but shall not
per se constitute an Event of Default or Default under this Agreement.

         6.27 Relationship of the Borrower. The Credit Parties are engaged as an
integrated  group in the business of owning,  developing  operating  and selling
real estate. The Credit Parties require financing on such a basis that funds can
be made available from time to time to such entities, to the extent required for
the continued successful operation of their integrated operations.  The Advances
to be made to the Borrower under this Agreement are for the purpose of financing
the integrated  operations of the Credit Parties, and each of the Credit Parties
expects to derive  benefit,  directly or  indirectly,  from the  Advances,  both
individually and as a member of the integrated group, since the


<PAGE>




financial  success of the operations of Borrower and each Guarantor is dependent
upon the continued successful performance of the integrated group as a whole.

         6.28 No  Side  Deals.  None  of the  Borrower  or its  Subsidiaries  or
Affiliates  have entered into any written or oral  agreements,  arrangements  or
understandings  with any Lender or any  Affiliate of any Lender  relating to the
Facility or the Loan Documents, except as otherwise disclosed in this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               FINANCIAL COVENANTS

         The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as the Commitment shall
remain in effect and until full and final  payment of all  Obligations,  without
the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, it shall not, and shall cause
the other Credit Parties not to:

         7.1  Minimum  Consolidated  Net  Worth.  As of the  end  of any  fiscal
quarter,  permit  Consolidated  Net  Worth  to be  less  than  the  sum  of  (i)
$150,000,000, plus (ii) an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the aggregate
proceeds  received by Borrower  (net of customary  related fees and expenses) in
connection  with any equity  offering  (including  the issuance of shares in the
General Partner or units in the Borrower) after the Agreement Execution Date.

     7.2  Maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio.  As of the  end of any  fiscal
quarter,  permit the ratio of Consolidated  Total  Indebtedness to exceed 50% of
the Gross Asset Value.

     7.3 Minimum  Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio.  As of the end of any
fiscal quarter,  permit the ratio of Adjusted  EBITDA to Interest  Expense to be
less than 2.00:1.

     7.4  Minimum  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio.  As of the end of any  fiscal
quarter,  permit the ratio of Adjusted  EBITDA to Fixed  Charges to be less than
1.75:1.

     7.5 Maximum  Unencumbered Asset Coverage Ratio. As of the end of any fiscal
quarter,  Consolidated Unsecured Debt to exceed 50% of the Value of Unencumbered
Assets.

         7.6 Minimum Unencumbered Asset NOI to Unsecured Interest. As of the end
of any  fiscal  quarter,  permit  the ratio  obtained  by  dividing  (A)  "Total
Unencumbered NOI" (as hereinafter defined) for such quarter by (B) "Unencumbered
Interest Expense" (as hereafter defined) on all Consolidated  Unsecured Debt for
such  quarter to be less than 2.00 to 1. For  purposes of this  Section 7.6, (1)
"Unencumbered  Interest Expense" shall have the same meaning as Interest Expense
except that clause (iv) of such  definition  shall include only  Indebtedness of
those  Investment  Affiliates  that are also Eligible  Joint  Ventures,  and (2)
"Total  Unencumbered  NOI" shall mean the sum of (i) Unencumbered NOI qualifying
for inclusion in the  calculation of the Value of  Unencumbered  Assets for such
quarter (as such  Unencumbered NOI is annualized);  less a capital reserve equal
to the product of (a) $1.25,  multiplied by (b) the  aggregate  amount of Leased
Space at those Projects  constituting  Unencumbered Assets for such period, plus
(ii)  Unencumbered NOI for any Unencumbered  Assets acquired or sold during such
quarter (as such  Unencumbered NOI is annualized),  less a capital reserve equal
to (a) $1.25,  multiplied  by (b) the weighted  average of Leased Space at those
Projects constituting Unencumbered Assets for such period.

     7.7 Maximum  Secured Debt to Gross Asset Value. As of the end of any fiscal
quarter,


<PAGE>




(i) prior to the earlier of (1) March 25, 1998 or (2) the  repayment  in full of
the Existing  Facility permit  Consolidated  Secured Debt to exceed 45% of Gross
Asset Value, and (ii) thereafter, permit Consolidated Secured Debt to exceed 35%
of Gross Asset Value;


     7.8  Maximum  Dividend  Payout  Ratio.  Pay  out,  in any  fiscal  quarter,
aggregate  dividends to the shareholders of the General Partner in excess of 90%
of its Funds From Operations from such quarter.

Compliance with each of the foregoing  financial covenants shall be measured and
certified as of September 30, 1997 and on the last day of each fiscal quarter in
accordance with Section 8.2 hereof.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

         The Borrower covenants and agrees that so long as the Commitment of any
Lender  shall  remain  available  and until the full and  final  payment  of all
Obligations incurred under the Loan Documents they will:

         8.1      Notices.  Promptly give written notice to Administrative Agent
of:

     (a) all litigation or arbitration proceedings affecting the Borrower or any
of the other Credit Parties where the amount claimed is $5,000,000 or more;

                  (b) any Default or Event of Default, specifying the nature and
the period of existence  thereof and what action has been taken or been proposed
to be taken with respect thereto;

     (c) all claims  filed  against  any of the  Property  which,  if  adversely
determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect;

     (d) the  occurrence of any other event which might have a Material  Adverse
Effect;

     (e) any Reportable  Event or any "prohibited  transaction" (as such term is
defined in Section  4975 of the Code) in  connection  with any Plan or any trust
created thereunder,  which may, singly or in the aggregate materially impair the
ability of any of the Credit Parties to repay any of its  obligations  under the
Loan Documents, describing the nature of each such event and the action, if any,
such Credit Party proposes to take with respect thereto;

     (f) any  notice  from  any  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  authority
regarding any Hazardous Material,  asbestos,  or other environmental  condition,
proceeding, order, claim or violation affecting any of the Properties.

     8.2 Financial Statements,  Reports.  Etc. The Borrower shall maintain,  for
itself and each entity in the Consolidated  Operating Partnership,  a system of
accounting  established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and furnish to
the Lenders:

     (i) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the
close of each fiscal  quarter,  for the  Consolidated  Operating  Partnership an
unaudited


<PAGE>




                  consolidated balance sheet as of the close of each such period
                  and the related  unaudited  consolidated  statements of income
                  and retained  earnings  and of cash flows of the  Consolidated
                  Operating  Partnership  for such period and the portion of the
                  fiscal year through the end of such period,  setting  forth in
                  each case in comparative  form the  corresponding  figures for
                  the previous year, all certified by a Qualified Officer of the
                  General Partner;

                           (ii) As soon as available, but in any event not later
                  than 45 days after the close of each fiscal  quarter,  for the
                  Consolidated  Operating  Partnership,  related reports in form
                  and substance  satisfactory to the Lenders, all certified by a
                  Qualified Officer of the General Partner, including updates of
                  Schedules 6.1, 6.25 and 6.26 of this Agreement, a statement of
                  Funds From Operations, a description of Unencumbered Assets, a
                  listing  of  capital  expenditures  (in the level of detail as
                  currently disclosed in Borrower's "Supplemental Information"),
                  a report  listing and  describing all newly formed or acquired
                  Subsidiaries  and all  newly  acquired  Properties,  including
                  their cost and  Indebtedness  assumed in connection  with such
                  acquisition,  if any,  summary  information  for all Property,
                  including,  without  limitation,  occupancy  rates  (including
                  Leased Space), square footage, property type, date acquired or
                  built,  Gross  Revenues,   Net  Operating  Income,   operating
                  expenses, capital expenditures, the status of development, and
                  such other information as may be requested (including, without
                  limitation,  operating  statements)  to evaluate the quarterly
                  compliance certificate delivered as provided below;

                           (iii) As soon as available but in no event later than
                  the fifth  Business  Day after the date such reports are to be
                  filed with the Securities Exchange  Commission,  copies of any
                  Forms 10K,  10Q, 8K, and,  within ten (10) Business Days after
                  filing, any other annual, quarterly, monthly or other reports,
                  copies of all  registration  statements  and any other  public
                  information which the Consolidated Operating Partnership files
                  with the Securities  Exchange Commission or other governmental
                  authority,  and to the  extent  any of such  reports  contains
                  information  furnished under other subsections of this Section
                  8.2, the information need not be separately furnished;

                           (iv) As soon as available, but in any event not later
                  than 90 days  after  the  close  of  each  fiscal  year of the
                  Consolidated  Operating  Partnership,  a consolidated  and, if
                  available,  consolidating  balance  sheet of the  Consolidated
                  Operating  Partnership  as of the end of that  fiscal year and
                  related   consolidated   and,  if   available,   consolidating
                  statements  of  income,  retained  earnings,  cash  flows  and
                  stockholders'  equity for that fiscal year,  in each case with
                  accompanying notes and schedules,  prepared in accordance with
                  GAAP and  audited by a firm of  independent  certified  public
                  accountants  of recognized  standing  selected by Borrower and
                  acceptable  to the  Administrative  Agent,  which  accountants
                  shall have issued an unqualified audit report thereon;

                           (v) Within  thirty (30) days after the  beginning  of
                  each  fiscal year of  Consolidated  Operating  Partnership,  a
                  projection  in  reasonable  detail  and in form and  substance
                  satisfactory to the Administrative  Agent, on an annual basis,
                  of the  assets,  liabilities,  cash flow and  earnings  of the
                  Consolidated  Operating  Partnership  for that fiscal year and
                  the following fiscal year;



<PAGE>




                           (vi) As soon as available, but in any event not later
                  than three  Business Days after receipt  thereof by any entity
                  in  the  Consolidated  Operating  Partnership,  all  quarterly
                  financial  statements,  operating  reports and other financial
                  and  operating  information  regarding  Investment  Affiliates
                  and/or Property owned by any Investment Affiliate;

                           (vii)  As soon as  available,  but in any  event  not
                  later  than 120 days  after the close of each  fiscal  year of
                  each Investment Affiliate,  a balance sheet of such Investment
                  Affiliate  as of the  end of  that  fiscal  year  and  related
                  statements  of  income,   retained  earnings,  cash  flow  and
                  stockholders'  equity for that fiscal year, with  accompanying
                  notes and  schedules,  prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP and
                  audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants,
                  which accountants have issued an unqualified report thereon;

                           (viii) Not later than  forty-five (45) days after the
                  end of each of the first three fiscal quarters,  and not later
                  than  ninety  (90) days  after the end of the fiscal  year,  a
                  compliance  certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit F
                  hereto  signed by a Qualified  Officer of the General  Partner
                  confirming  that the Borrower is in compliance with all of the
                  covenants of the Loan Documents,  showing the calculations and
                  computations   necessary  to  determine  compliance  with  the
                  financial  covenants  contained in this  Agreement  (including
                  such  schedules and backup  information as may be necessary to
                  demonstrate  such  compliance)  and stating that no Default or
                  Event of Default exists, or if any Default or Event of Default
                  exists, stating the nature and status thereof;

                           (ix) As soon as possible  and in any event  within 10
                  Business  Days after any  Reportable  Event has occurred  with
                  respect  to any  Plan,  a  statement,  signed  by a  Qualified
                  Officer of the General  Partner,  describing  said  Reportable
                  Event and  within  20 days  after  such  Reportable  Event,  a
                  statement  signed by such officer  describing the action which
                  Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto; and (b) within
                  10  Business  Days of receipt,  any notice  from the  Internal
                  Revenue Service, PBGC or Department of Labor with respect to a
                  Plan regarding any excise tax, proposed termination of a Plan,
                  prohibited  transaction or fiduciary  violation under ERISA or
                  the Code which could  result in any  liability  to Borrower or
                  any member of the Controlled Group in excess of $100,000;  and
                  (c) within 10 Business Days of filing,  any Form 5500 filed by
                  Borrower  with  respect  to a  Plan,  or  any  member  of  the
                  Controlled  Group  which  includes  a  qualified  accountant's
                  opinion.

                           (x) As soon as  possible  and in any event  within 10
                  days after receipt by the  Borrower,  a copy of (a) any notice
                  or claim to the  effect  that any  entity in the  Consolidated
                  Operating  Partnership  or  Investment  Affiliate is or may be
                  liable  to any  Person  as a  result  of the  release  by such
                  entity, or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person of any
                  toxic or hazardous  waste or substance  into the  environment,
                  and (b) any notice  alleging  any  violation  of any  federal,
                  state  or  local  environmental,   health  or  safety  law  or
                  regulation  by the  Borrower  or any  of its  Subsidiaries  or
                  Investment  Affiliates,   which,  in  either  case,  could  be
                  reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                           (xi)     Within thirty (30) days of the furnishing 
                  thereof to the shareholders of the Borrower, copies of all 
                  financial statements, reports, notices and proxy


<PAGE>




                  statements  so  furnished,  provided that to the extent any of
                  such information has been furnished under other subsections of
                  this  Section 8.2,  such  information  need not be  separately
                  furnished;

                           (xii) As soon as possible, and in any event within 10
                  days after the Borrower knows of any fire or other casualty or
                  any  pending or  threatened  condemnation  or  eminent  domain
                  proceeding with respect to all or any material  portion of any
                  of the Property,  a statement signed by a Qualified Officer of
                  General   Partner,   describing   such   fire,   casualty   or
                  condemnation  and the  action  Borrower  intends  to take with
                  respect thereto; and

                           (xiii) Such  supplements  to the foregoing  documents
                  and  other   information   (including,   without   limitation,
                  non-financial  information) as the Administrative Agent or any
                  Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

         8.3 Existence and Conduct of Operations.  Except as otherwise expressly
permitted  herein,  the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of the other Credit
Parties to,  maintain and preserve its existence and all rights,  privileges and
franchises  now  enjoyed  and  necessary  for  the  operation  of its  business,
including  remaining in good standing in each  jurisdiction in which business is
currently operated. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of the other Credit
Parties to, carry on and conduct their  respective  businesses in  substantially
the same manner and in substantially  the same fields of enterprise as presently
conducted.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of the other Credit Parties
to, do all things necessary to remain duly  incorporated  and/or duly qualified,
validly  existing  and in  good  standing  as a real  estate  investment  trust,
corporation,   general   partnership,   limited  liability  company  or  limited
partnership, as the case may be, in its jurisdiction of incorporation/formation.
The  Borrower  shall,  and shall  cause  each of the other  Credit  Parties  to,
maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in
which any of the Properties  are located and,  except where the failure to be so
qualified  would  not  have a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  in each  jurisdiction
required to carry on and conduct its businesses in substantially the same manner
as it is presently conducted,  and,  specifically,  neither the Borrower nor its
Subsidiaries   will   undertake  any  business   other  than  the   acquisition,
development,  ownership,  management, operation and leasing of office properties
and ancillary businesses  specifically related thereto, except that the Borrower
and its  Subsidiaries  and  Investment  Affiliates  may  invest in other  assets
subject  to  the  certain  limitations  contained  herein  with  respect  to the
following specified categories of assets: (i) Land; (ii) other property holdings
(excluding  cash, Cash  Equivalents,  and  Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the
Borrower); (iii) stock holdings other than in Subsidiaries;  (iv) mortgages; (v)
joint ventures and partnerships;  and (vi) projects under development. The total
investment in any one of categories  (i), (ii), (iv) or (v) shall not exceed 10%
of Gross Asset Value,  the total  investment in category  (iii) shall not exceed
five percent (5%) of Gross Asset Value and the total investment in category (vi)
shall not exceed 15% of Gross Asset Value,  and the total  investment in all the
foregoing  investment  categories in the aggregate shall not exceed  twenty-five
percent  (25%) of Gross Asset  Value.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
contained in this Section 8.3, any Eligible  Joint  Venture  which is one of the
Credit  Parties  will not be  limited  by the  foregoing  restrictions.  For the
purposes of this Section 8.3, all  investments in categories (i), (iii) and (iv)
shall be valued at the lower of  acquisition  cost or market value and the value
of any  investment  in category  (ii) shall be calculated as the quotient of (x)
Net Operating Income generated from such investment, divided by (y) 15%.

     8.4  Maintenance of  Properties.  The Borrower  shall,  and shall cause the
other Credit Parties to, maintain,  preserve, protect and keep the Properties in
good and safe repair, working order


<PAGE>




and condition, and make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals and 
replacements.

         8.5  Insurance.  The Borrower  shall,  and shall cause the other Credit
Parties to, provide a certificate of insurance from all insurance carriers which
have issued  policies  with respect to any  Properties  within  thirty (30) days
after the end of each fiscal year,  evidencing that the insurance required to be
furnished  to  Lenders  pursuant  to  Section  6.20  hereof is in full force and
effect. The Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders) shall be named
as a loss payee on each such policy of casualty  insurance  and as an additional
insured on each such policy of  liability  insurance,  and all such  policies of
insurance  shall contain  provisions to the effect that they may not be canceled
or materially  changed  without at least 30 days prior notice to  Administrative
Agent.  Borrower  shall  timely  pay, or cause to be paid,  all  premiums on all
insurance  policies  required under this  Agreement from time to time.  Borrower
shall,  and  shall  cause the other  Credit  Parties  to,  promptly  notify  the
insurance  carrier or agent  therefor  (with a copy of such  notification  being
provided  simultaneously  to  Administrative  Agent) if there is any  occurrence
which,  under the terms of any  insurance  policy then in effect with respect to
any of the Properties, requires such notification.

         8.6 Payment of  Obligations.  The Borrower  shall,  and shall cause the
other Credit Parties to, pay all taxes,  assessments,  governmental  charges and
other  obligations  when due,  except such as may be  contested in good faith by
appropriate  proceedings,  and for which adequate reserves have been provided in
accordance with sound accounting principles.

         8.7 Compliance with Laws. The Borrower shall, and shall cause the other
Credit  Parties to, comply in all material  respects with all  applicable  laws,
rules,  regulations,  orders and directions of any governmental authority having
jurisdiction  over Borrower,  any of the other Credit  Parties,  or any of their
respective businesses or assets.

         8.8  Adequate  Books.  The  Borrower  shall,  and shall cause the other
Credit Parties to,  maintain  adequate  books,  accounts and records in order to
provide  financial  statements in accordance  with GAAP and, if requested by any
Lender,  permit  employees or  representatives  of such Lender at any reasonable
time and upon  reasonable  notice  (i) to  inspect  and audit the  assets of the
Credit Parties or any of them,  (ii) to examine or audit the  inventory,  books,
accounts and records of each of them and make copies and memoranda thereof,  and
(iii) to  consult  with  appropriate  personnel  of each of them  regarding  the
foregoing.

         8.9 ERISA. The Borrower shall, and shall cause the other Credit Parties
to, comply in all material  respects with all  requirements of ERISA  applicable
with respect to each Plan.

         8.10 Maintenance of Status. General Partner shall at all times continue
to have its  common  stock  listed  and in good  standing  on the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE), and Borrower shall take all steps to maintain General Partner's
status as a real  estate  investment  trust in  compliance  with all  applicable
provisions of the Code.

         8.11 Use of  Proceeds.  The  Borrower  shall  use the  proceeds  of the
Facility solely for the general  business  purposes of the Borrower,  including,
without  limitation,  working capital needs,  closing costs, and interim funding
for acquisitions and development of office and light industrial real properties.

     8.12 Pre-Acquisition Environmental Investigations.  The Borrower shall, and
shall cause each of the Credit Parties to, obtain,  prior to the  acquisition of
each parcel of real property that it intends to acquire, an environmental report
of the scope described in Exhibit G attached hereto and made a part hereof.


<PAGE>


         8.13 New Subsidiaries.  The Borrower shall, from time to time, promptly
cause each Person that  becomes a  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of General  Partner
after  the  Agreement  Execution  Date  to  duly  execute  and  deliver  to  the
Administrative Agent a Guaranty of the Obligations.  Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained herein,  such duly executed  Guaranty,  together with the
related  documentation  required  to be  furnished  pursuant  to Section  5.2(c)
hereof,  shall be  delivered to the  Administrative  Agent no later than 45 days
after the end of the fiscal quarter during which such Person became a Subsidiary
of General Partner.

     8.14 Distributions. Neither the General Partner nor the Borrower shall make
any  distributions  which  would  cause  a  violation  of any  of the  following
covenants:

                  (a) The General Partner shall not pay any distributions to its
shareholders  and the Borrower shall not pay any distribution to the partners of
the Borrower if such distribution would cause a violation of Section 7.8 hereof;
provided,  however,  the Borrower may make  distributions to the General Partner
which correspond in amount and timing to distributions which the General Partner
is permitted by Section 7.8 to make to its shareholders and other  distributions
to the General Partner for "REIT Expenses" as defined in Borrower's Agreement of
Limited Partnership delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) hereof;

     If an Event of Default  specified  in Section 10.1 or Section  10.3,  or an
Event of Default  relating to a breach of the financial  covenants  contained in
Article VII above,  shall have occurred and be continuing,  the Borrower and the
General Partner shall make no distributions other than the minimum distributions
required  under the Code to maintain the tax status of the General  Partner as a
REIT, as evidenced by a certification  of the principal  financial or accounting
officer of the General  Partner  containing  calculations  in reasonable  detail
satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent; and

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  at any time when an Event of Default shall
have  occurred and the maturity of the  Obligations  has been  accelerated,  the
Borrower  and  General  Partner  shall  not make any  distributions  whatsoever,
directly or indirectly.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as the Commitment shall
remain in effect and until full and final  payment of all  Obligations  incurred
under the Loan  Documents,  without the prior  written  consent of the  Majority
Lenders, it shall not, and shall cause the other Credit Parties not to:

         9.1 Change in Business.  Except as otherwise  permitted  under  Section
8.3,  engage in any business  activities or operations  other than  acquisition,
development,  ownership,  management,  operation and leasing of office and light
industrial real property and ancillary businesses specifically related thereto.

         9.2      Intentionally Deleted.

     9.3 Change of Borrower Ownership. Allow (i) the General Partner to own less
than


<PAGE>




fifty-one  percent  (51%) of the  partnership  interests in  Borrower,  (ii) the
Borrower to be controlled by a Person other than the General  Partner,  or (iii)
any  pledge of,  other  encumbrance  on, or  conversion  to limited  partnership
interests of, any of the general partnership interests in the Borrower.

         9.4 Use of Proceeds.  Apply or permit to be applied any proceeds of any
Advance directly or indirectly, to the funding of any purchase of, or offer for,
any share of capital stock of any publicly held corporation  constituting (alone
or  together  with  other  shares  owned  by  Borrower  or its  Subsidiaries)  a
controlling interest in such corporation, or as part of a series of transactions
to acquire  such  controlling  interest,  unless the board of  directors of such
corporation  has  consented  to such  purchase  or offer  and the  Lenders  have
consented to such use of the proceeds of the Facility.

         9.5 Transfers of Assets.  Sell or otherwise  dispose of (other than the
creation or  continuance  of Permitted  Liens) any Properties or other assets or
any interest therein, if such Property or other assets,  together with all other
assets which have been  transferred  or disposed of prior to such date,  exceeds
twenty percent (20%) of the Gross Asset Value of Borrower.

     9.6 Liens.  Create,  incur, or suffer to exist any Lien in, of or on any of
the Properties except:

                           (i)  Liens for  taxes,  assessments  or  governmental
                  charges or levies on their  Property  if the same shall not at
                  the  time be  delinquent  or  thereafter  can be paid  without
                  penalty,   or  are  being  contested  in  good  faith  and  by
                  appropriate  proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall
                  have been set aside on their books;

                           (ii) Liens which arise by operation  of law,  such as
                  carriers',   warehousemen's,   landlords',   materialmen   and
                  mechanics'  liens  and  other  similar  liens  arising  in the
                  ordinary   course  of  business   which   secure   payment  of
                  obligations  not more than 30 days past due or which are being
                  contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and for
                  which  adequate  reserves  shall  have  been set  aside on its
                  books;

                           (iii) Liens arising out of pledges or deposits  under
                  worker's compensation laws,  unemployment  insurance,  old age
                  pensions,  or other social security or retirement benefits, or
                  similar legislation;

                           (iv) Utility easements, building restrictions, zoning
                  restrictions, easements and such other encumbrances or charges
                  against real  property as are of a nature  generally  existing
                  with respect to properties of a similar character and which do
                  not in any material way affect the  marketability  of the same
                  or  interfere  with the use  thereof  in the  business  of the
                  Borrower or any of the other Credit Parties;

                           (v) Liens of any Subsidiary in favor of the Borrower;

                           (vi)   Liens   arising   in   connection   with   any
                  Indebtedness permitted hereunder to the extent such Liens will
                  not result in a  violation  of any of the  provisions  of this
                  Agreement; and

                           (vii)Liens described in Schedule 9.6 attached hereto.



<PAGE>




Liens  permitted  pursuant to this Section 9.6 shall be deemed to be  "Permitted
Liens".

     9.7  Regulation  U. Use any of the  proceeds of the Advances to purchase or
carry any Margin Stock.

         9.8 Mergers  and  Dispositions.  Enter into any merger,  consolidation,
pool,  business  combination,  reorganization  or  liquidation,  or  transfer or
otherwise dispose of all or a substantial portion of its properties, except for:
such transactions  that occur between  wholly-owned  Subsidiaries;  transactions
where  Borrower  is the  surviving  entity  and there is no  change in  business
conducted,  and no Default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents  results
from such transaction; or as otherwise approved in advance by the Lenders.

         9.9      Negative Pledge. Agree with any third party not to create, 
assume or suffer to exist any Lien securing a charge or obligation on any of its
real or personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

         9.10     Consolidated Secured Recourse Debt.  At any time, allow 
Consolidated Secured Debt that is recourse to the Borrower or any other entity
in the Consolidated Operating Partnership to exceed ten percent (10%) of Gross
Asset Value.

                                                     ARTICLE X

                                                     DEFAULTS

         The  occurrence  of any  one or  more  of the  following  events  shall
constitute an Event of Default:

     10.1  Nonpayment  of  Principal.  The Borrower  fails to pay any  principal
portion of the Obligations when due, whether on the Maturity Date or otherwise.

     10.2 Certain Covenants.  The Borrower,  General Partner and/or Consolidated
Operating Partnership,  as the case may be, is not in compliance with any one or
more of the  provisions  of Article VII or Article IX  (excluding  Section  9.1)
hereof.

         10.3 Nonpayment of Interest and Other  Obligations.  The Borrower fails
to pay any interest or other portion of the Obligations,  other than payments of
principal,  and such failure  continues  for a period of ten (10) days after the
date such payment is due.

         10.4 Cross Default. Any monetary default occurs (after giving effect to
any applicable cure period) under any  Indebtedness  (which  includes  liability
under guaranties) of any entity in the Consolidated  Operating Group,  singly or
in the aggregate,  in excess of Five Million  Dollars  ($5,000,000),  other than
Indebtedness  arising from the purchase of personal property or the provision of
services,  the amount of which is being  contested  by Borrower in good faith by
appropriate proceedings.

         10.5 Loan Documents.  Any Loan Document is not in full force and effect
in  accordance  with its terms,  or a default  has  occurred  and is  continuing
thereunder after giving effect to any cure or grace period in any such document.

     10.6  Representation  or  Warranty.  At any  time or  times  hereafter  any
representation or


<PAGE>




warranty  set forth in  Article VI or Article  VII of this  Agreement  or in any
other Loan Document or in any statement,  report or certificate now or hereafter
made by any entity in the  Consolidated  Operating  Group to the  Lenders or the
Administrative Agent is not true and correct in any material respect.

         10.7 Covenants,  Agreements and Other Conditions. The Borrower fails to
perform or observe any of the covenants,  agreements and conditions contained in
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents not  specifically  referred to
in any other Section of this Article X, in  accordance  with the terms hereof or
thereof,  and such Default continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days
after written notice from Administrative Agent, provided,  however, that if such
Default is  susceptible  of cure but cannot by the use of reasonable  efforts be
cured within such thirty (30) day period,  such Default shall not  constitute an
Event  of  Default  under  this  Section  10.7 so long as (i) the  Borrower  has
commenced a cure within such thirty-day  period in a manner  satisfactory to the
Administrative  Agent and (ii)  thereafter,  Borrower is proceeding to cure such
default  continuously and diligently and in a manner reasonably  satisfactory to
Administrative  Agent and (iii) such default is cured to Administrative  Agent's
satisfaction  not later than sixty (60) days after the expiration of such thirty
(30) day period.

     10.8 No Longer General Partner.  The General Partner shall no longer be the
sole general partner of Borrower.

     10.9  Material  Adverse  Financial  Change.  Any  of  the  Borrower  or the
Guarantors have suffered a Material Adverse Financial Change or is Insolvent.

         10.10             Bankruptcy.

                  (a) Any of the  Borrower or the  Guarantors  (i) have an order
for relief entered with respect to it under the Federal  bankruptcy  laws as now
or hereafter in effect,  (ii) make an  assignment  for the benefit of creditors,
(iii)  apply for,  seek,  consent  to, or  acquiesce  in, the  appointment  of a
receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or
any substantial  portion of its Property,  (iv) institute any proceeding seeking
an order for relief  under the Federal  bankruptcy  laws as now or  hereafter in
effect or  seeking  to  adjudicate  it as a bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or seeking
dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy,  insolvency
or  reorganization  or  relief  of  debtors  or fail to file an  answer or other
pleading  denying the material  allegations of any such proceeding filed against
it, (v) take any  corporate  action to authorize or effect any of the  foregoing
actions set forth in this Section  10.10(a),  (vi) fail to contest in good faith
any appointment or proceeding described in Section 10.10(b) or (vii) not pay, or
admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due.

                  (b) A  receiver,  trustee,  examiner,  liquidator  or  similar
official  shall be  appointed  for any of the  Borrower or any  Guarantor or any
substantial  portion of any of their Properties or other material  assets,  or a
proceeding  described in Section 10.10(a)(iv) shall be instituted against any of
the Borrower or any such Guarantor and such appointment  continues  undischarged
or such proceeding continues  undismissed or unstayed for a period of sixty (60)
consecutive days.

         10.11  Legal  Proceedings.  Any of the  Borrower or the  Guarantors  is
enjoined, restrained or in any way impaired by any court order or judgment or if
a notice of lien,  levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to all or
any part of  their  Properties  or other  material  assets  by any  governmental
department, office, agency or authority, which, alone or in the aggregate, could
have


<PAGE>




a Materially  Adverse Effect, or any proceeding is filed or commenced seeking to
enjoin,  restrain or otherwise impair any of said Persons from conducting all or
a substantial part of their respective business affairs,  and such proceeding is
not  vacated,  stayed,  dismissed,  set aside,  removed or otherwise or remedied
within ninety (90) days after the occurrence thereof.

         10.12 ERISA.  Any of the Borrower or the  Guarantors  is deemed to hold
"plan  assets"  within  the  meaning  of  ERISA or any  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  of an employee  benefit  plan (as defined in Section  3(3) of ERISA)
which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any plan  (within the meaning of Section
4975 of the Code).

         10.13  Failure  to  Satisfy  Judgments.  Any  of  the  Borrower  or the
Guarantors shall fail within sixty (60) days to pay, bond or otherwise discharge
any judgments or orders for the payment of money in an amount which,  when added
to all other  judgments  or  orders  outstanding  against  the  Borrower  or any
Guarantor would exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate, which
have not been stayed pending appeal, unless the liability is insured against and
the insurer has not challenged coverage of such liability.

         10.14 Environmental  Remediation.  Failure to remediate within the time
period  required by law or governmental  order,  (or within a reasonable time in
light  of  the  nature  of  the  problem  if  no  specific  time  period  is  so
established),  environmental  problems in violation of applicable law related to
any Property  where the  estimated  cost of  remediation  is in the aggregate in
excess of Five Million and No/100 Dollars  ($5,000,000),  in each case after all
administrative hearings and appeals have been concluded.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                  ACCELERATION, WAIVERS AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES

         11.1  Acceleration.  If any Event of Default described in Section 10.10
hereof occurs,  the obligation of the Lenders to make Advances  hereunder  shall
automatically  terminate and the Obligations  shall  immediately  become due and
payable.  If any other Event of Default described in Article X hereof shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may (and upon demand of the
Majority  Lenders,  shall) notify Borrower that such obligation to make Advances
has terminated and the Obligations shall immediately become due and payable.

         11.2  Preservation of Rights;  Amendments.  No delay or omission of the
Lenders in exercising any right under the Loan Documents shall impair such right
or be  construed  to be a  waiver  of any  Default  or Event  of  Default  or an
acquiescence therein, and the making of an Advance notwithstanding the existence
of a Default or Event of Default or the inability of the Borrower to satisfy any
conditions  precedent  to such  Advance  shall  not  constitute  any  waiver  or
acquiescence.  Any  single  or  partial  exercise  of any such  right  shall not
preclude other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,
and no waiver, amendment, release or other variation of the terms, conditions or
provisions  of the Loan  Documents  whatsoever  shall be valid unless in writing
signed by the Administrative  Agent and the number of Lenders required hereunder
and then only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth. All remedies
contained in the Loan Documents or by law afforded shall be cumulative,  and may
be exercised  concurrently  or  successively,  and all shall be available to the
Lenders until the Obligations have been paid in full.



<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE XII

                            THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

         12.1 Appointment.  BOFA is hereby irrevocably appointed  Administrative
Agent  hereunder  and under each other Loan  Document,  and each of the  Lenders
irrevocably  authorizes  the  Administrative  Agent to act as the  agent of such
Lender.  The  Administrative  Agent  agrees  to act as  such  upon  the  express
conditions  contained in this Article  XII. The  Administrative  Agent shall not
have any duties or responsibilities  except those expressly set forth herein and
shall not have a  fiduciary  relationship  in respect of any Lender by reason of
this Agreement.

         12.2 Powers. The Administrative  Agent shall have and may exercise such
powers  under  the  Loan  Documents  as  are   specifically   delegated  to  the
Administrative Agent by the terms of each thereof,  together with such powers as
are  reasonably  incidental  thereto.  The  Administrative  Agent  shall have no
implied duties,  obligations or liabilities to the Lenders, or any obligation to
the  Lenders  to take any  action  thereunder  except  any  action  specifically
provided by the Loan  Documents to be taken by the  Administrative  Agent.  Only
Administrative  Agent  may  perform  the  duties  reserved  to it under the Loan
Documents  and no  Lender  shall  act or  purport  to act on behalf of the other
Lenders  or  Administrative  Agent on any such  matters.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing:

                  (a)  Administrative  Agent shall have the  exclusive  right to
collect from Borrower and any  Guarantor,  or third  parties,  on account of the
Facility,  including,   principal,   interest,  fees,  protective  advances  and
prepayment  premiums  (if any),  whether such sums are  received  directly  from
Borrower, Guarantor, or any other Persons, or are obtained by right of offset by
Administrative  Agent of any  kind,  or by  enforcement  of the Loan  Documents.
Administrative  Agent will receive and hold all collections  with respect to the
Loan for the benefit of the Lenders in accordance  with their  Percentages or as
otherwise provided herein.

                  (b) If any Lender  shall  receive any  payments or property in
connection with the Facility  (whether or not voluntary),  from any Person other
than  Administrative  Agent, such Lender shall transfer to Administrative  Agent
all such payments or property within one Business Day of receipt.

                  (c) No Lender shall independently initiate any judicial action
or other  proceeding  against  Borrower  or any  Guarantor  with  respect to the
Facility.

         12.3 General Immunity.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its
directors,  officers, agents or employees shall be liable to the Borrower or the
Lenders for any action  taken or omitted to be taken by it or them  hereunder or
under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith, except for
its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

         12.4  No  Responsibility   for  Loans,   Recitals,   etc.  Neither  the
Administrative  Agent nor any of its  directors,  officers,  agents or employees
shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain,  inquire into, or verify
(i) any statement,  warranty or representation  made in connection with any Loan
Document or any borrowing  hereunder;  (ii) the performance or observance of any
of the covenants or agreements of any obligor under any Loan Document; (iii) the
satisfaction  of any condition  specified in Article V, except  receipt of items
required to be  delivered to the  Administrative  Agent;  or (iv) the  validity,
effectiveness  or  genuineness  of any Loan Document or any other  instrument or
writing furnished in connection therewith.


<PAGE>




         12.5 Action on Instructions of Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall
in all  cases be fully  protected  in  acting,  or in  refraining  from  acting,
hereunder  and  under  any  other  Loan  Document  in  accordance  with  written
instructions signed by the Majority Lenders and such instructions and any action
taken or failure to act pursuant  thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders
and on all holders of Notes. The  Administrative  Agent shall be fully justified
in failing or  refusing  to take any action  hereunder  and under any other Loan
Document  unless it shall first  receive  such advise or  concurrence,  if it so
requests,  of the  Majority  Lenders  and  shall  first  be  indemnified  to its
satisfaction  by the Lenders pro rata  against any and all  liability,  cost and
expense  that it may incur by reason  of taking or  continuing  to take any such
action.

         12.6   Employment   of   Administrative   Agents   and   Counsel.   The
Administrative  Agent may  execute  any of its  duties as  Administrative  Agent
hereunder and under any other Loan Document by or through employees,  agents and
attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable to the Lenders, except as to money
or  securities  received  by it or its  authorized  agents,  for the  default or
misconduct  of  any  such  agents  or  attorneys-in-fact  selected  by  it  with
reasonable care. The  Administrative  Agent shall be entitled to engage and rely
upon advice of legal counsel  (including  the Borrower's  counsel),  independent
accountants and other  professionals and experts selected by the  Administrative
Agent  concerning  all matters  pertaining to the agency hereby  created and its
duties hereunder and under any other Loan Document.

         12.7 Reliance on Documents . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled
to rely  upon  any  Note,  writing,  notice,  consent,  certificate,  facsimile,
affidavit,  letter, telegram,  statement, paper, document or other communication
believed  by it to be  genuine  and  correct  and to have been  signed,  sent or
otherwise communicated by the proper person or persons.

         12.8  Administrative  Agent's  Reimbursement and  Indemnification.  The
Lenders agree to reimburse and indemnify  upon demand the  Administrative  Agent
ratably in accordance with their respective  Percentages (i) for any amounts not
reimbursed  by the  Borrower for which the  Administrative  Agent is entitled to
reimbursement  by the  Borrower  under  the Loan  Documents,  (ii) for any other
expenses  (including  attorneys' fees) incurred by the  Administrative  Agent on
behalf of the Lenders, in connection with the preparation,  execution, delivery,
administration,  modification and enforcement of the Loan Documents, if not paid
by  Borrower,  and  (iii) for any  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages,
penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any
kind and nature  whatsoever  which may be imposed  on,  incurred  by or asserted
against the  Administrative  Agent in any way  relating to or arising out of the
Loan  Documents or any other document  delivered in connection  therewith or the
transactions  contemplated  thereby,  or the  enforcement  of  any of the  terms
thereof or of any such other documents,  provided that no Lender shall be liable
for any of the  foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross  negligence or
willful misconduct of the Administrative  Agent. Each Lender shall indemnify the
Administrative Agent and the other Lenders with respect to claims,  liabilities,
damages, costs, losses and expenses (including,  without limitation,  attorneys'
fees)  arising  from or relating to the failure of such  indemnifying  Lender to
satisfy its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.


         12.9 Rights as a Lender. With respect to the Commitment,  Advances made
by it, the Note issued to it and otherwise,  the Administrative Agent shall have
the same rights and powers  hereunder  and under any other Loan  Document as any
Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent,
and  the  term  "Lender"  or  "Lenders"  shall,  unless  the  context  otherwise
indicates,  include the  Administrative  Agent in its capacity as a Lender.  The
Administrative  Agent,  in its capacity as a Lender,  may accept  deposits from,
lend money to, and


<PAGE>




generally engage in any kind of trust,  debt,  equity or other  transaction,  in
addition to those  contemplated  by this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,
with the  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  in which the  Borrower  or such
Subsidiary is not  restricted  hereby from  engaging with any other Person.  The
Lenders acknowledge that  Administrative  Agent and its Affiliates now or in the
future may have banking or other  financial  relationships,  including  being an
agent on other loans, with Borrower and its Affiliates,  as though BOFA were not
Administrative  Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders.
Each Lender  hereby  expressly  waives any objection to such actual or potential
conflict  of  interest.  The  Lenders  acknowledge  that in the  course  of such
activities, BOFA or its Affiliates may receive information regarding Borrower or
its  Affiliates  and  acknowledge  that  Administrative  Agent shall be under no
obligation to provide such information to them, whether or not confidential.

         12.10  Commitment  as a Lender.  BOFA agrees to maintain at all times a
Commitment  of at least 50 percent of the  Aggregate  Commitment so long as BOFA
remains as Administrative Agent; provided,  that the foregoing agreement of BOFA
shall not apply at any time  following  a  Monetary  Default or Event of Default
(irrespective of whether such Monetary Default or Event of Default  subsequently
is waived).

         12.11 Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that neither the
Administrative  Agent  nor any of its  agents  has  made any  representation  or
warranty to such Lender and that no action or statement  hereafter made or taken
by the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  of its  agents  shall  be  deemed  to be
representation  or warranty by the  Administrative  Agent to such Lenders.  Each
Lender further acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon
the  Administrative  Agent  or any  other  Lender  and  based  on the  financial
statements  prepared by the Borrower and such other documents and information as
it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own credit  analysis and decision to enter
into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each Lender also acknowledges
that it will,  independently and without reliance upon the Administrative  Agent
or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit analysis and decisions
in  taking  or not  taking  action  under  this  Agreement  and the  other  Loan
Documents.

         12.12  Successor  Administrative  Agent.  Each Lender  agrees that BOFA
shall  serve  as  Administrative  Agent  at all  times  during  the term of this
Facility,  except that BOFA may resign as  Administrative  Agent at any time, in
its sole discretion,  upon thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Lenders
and Borrower.  Upon any such  resignation,  the Majority  Lenders shall have the
right to  appoint,  on behalf  of the  Borrower  and the  Lenders,  a  successor
Administrative  Agent. If no successor  Administrative  Agent shall have been so
appointed  by the  Majority  Lenders and shall have  accepted  such  appointment
within thirty (30) days after the retiring  Administrative Agent's giving notice
of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may appoint, on behalf of
the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor  Administrative  Agent. Such successor
Administrative  Agent shall be a  commercial  bank having  capital and  retained
earnings of at least  $100,000,000.  Upon the  acceptance of any  appointment as
Administrative  Agent  hereunder  by  a  successor  Administrative  Agent,  such
successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with
all the rights,  powers,  privileges  and duties of the retiring  Administrative
Agent  (including the right to receive any fees for performing such duties which
accrue thereafter),  and the retiring  Administrative  Agent shall be discharged
from its duties and  obligations  hereunder and under the other Loan  Documents.
After   any   retiring   Administrative   Agent's   resignation   hereunder   as
Administrative  Agent,  the  provisions  of this  Article XII shall  continue in
effect for its benefit  and that of the other  Lenders in respect of any actions
taken or  omitted  to be taken by it while it was  acting as the  Administrative
Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.


<PAGE>




         12.13 Notice of  Defaults.  If a Lender  becomes  aware of a Default or
Event of Default,  such Lender  shall  notify the  Administrative  Agent of such
fact.  Upon  receipt  of such  notice  that a Default  or Event of  Default  has
occurred,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  notify each of the Lenders of such
fact. Except for defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees payable
to  Administrative  Agent  for  the  account  of  the  Lenders  and  such  other
Obligations  for  which  Administrative  Agent  is  expressly   responsible  for
determining Borrower's  compliance,  Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to
have  knowledge or notice of the  occurrence of any Default or Event of Default,
unless  Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or
Borrower referring to the Loan,  describing such Default or Event of Default and
stating  that such notice is a "notice of  default".  Administrative  Agent will
notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. Administrative Agent shall
take action with respect to such Default or Event of Default in accordance  with
the provisions of this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

         12.14 Requests for Approval.  If the  Administrative  Agent requests in
writing  the consent or  approval  of a Lender,  whether or not such  consent or
approval is required  hereunder (and no such requirement  shall be inferred from
any such  request),  such Lender shall respond and either  approve or disapprove
definitively  in writing to the  Administrative  Agent within seven (7) Business
Days  (or  sooner  if  such  notice   specifies  a  shorter   period   based  on
Administrative  Agent's good faith  determination that circumstances  warrant an
earlier response) after such written request from the  Administrative  Agent. If
any Lender does not so respond, that Lender shall be deemed to have approved the
request.  Upon request,  the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders which
Lenders, if any, failed to respond to a request for approval.

         12.15 Copies of Documents.  Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver
to each of the Lenders copies of all notices of default and other formal notices
sent to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 15.1 of this
Agreement.  Within fifteen (15) Business Days after a request by a Lender to the
Administrative  Agent for other documents furnished to the Administrative  Agent
by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall provide copies of such documents
to such Lender except where this  Agreement  obligates  Administrative  Agent to
provide copies in a shorter period of time.

         12.16 Defaulting Lenders. At such time as a Lender becomes a Defaulting
Lender,  such Defaulting  Lender's right to vote on matters which are subject to
the consent or approval of the Majority  Lenders,  such Defaulting Lender or all
Lenders  shall be  immediately  suspended  until  such time as the  Lender is no
longer a  Defaulting  Lender.  If a  Defaulting  Lender  has  failed to fund its
Percentage  of any  Advance  and  until  such  time  as such  Defaulting  Lender
subsequently funds its Percentage of such Advance, all Obligations owing to such
Defaulting  Lender  hereunder  shall be  subordinated  in right of  payment,  as
provided  in the  following  sentence,  to the  prior  payment  in  full  of all
principal  of,  interest on and fees  relating to the Loans  funded by the other
Lenders in connection  with any such Advance in which the Defaulting  Lender has
not funded its Percentage (such  principal,  interest and fees being referred to
as "Senior  Loans" for the  purposes of this  section).  All amounts paid by the
Borrower  and  otherwise  due to be  applied  to the  Obligations  owing to such
Defaulting  Lender  pursuant to the terms  hereof  shall be  distributed  by the
Administrative  Agent to the other Lenders in accordance  with their  respective
Percentages  (recalculated  for the  purposes  hereof to exclude the  Defaulting
Lender)  until all  Senior  Loans  have been paid in full.  At that  point,  the
"Defaulting  Lender"  shall no longer be deemed a Defaulting  Lender.  After the
Senior  Loans  have  been  paid in full  equitable  adjustments  will be made in
connection  with future  payments by the Borrower to the extent a portion of the
Senior  Loans had been  repaid  with  amounts  that  otherwise  would  have been
distributed to a Defaulting Lender but for the operation of this Section 12.16.
This provision governs only the relationship among the


<PAGE>




Administrative  Agent,  each  Defaulting  Lender and the other Lenders;  nothing
hereunder  shall  limit the  obligation  of the  Borrower  to repay all Loans in
accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement.  The  provisions  of this Section
12.16 shall apply and be effective regardless of whether a Default occurs and is
continuing, and notwithstanding (i) any other provision of this Agreement to the
contrary,  (ii) any instruction of the Borrower as to its desired application of
payments or (iii) the  suspension of such  Defaulting  Lender's right to vote on
matters as provided above.

         12.17  Withholding Tax. All taxes due and payable on any payments to be
made  to  a  Lender  under  this   Agreement   shall  be  such   Lender's   sole
responsibility,  except to the extent  such  taxes are  actually  reimbursed  by
Borrower under the Loan Documents.  All payments to be made to each Lender under
this Agreement shall be made after deduction for any taxes,  charges,  levies or
withholdings which are imposed by the country of incorporation of Borrower,  the
United States of America or any other applicable taxing  authority.  Each Lender
agrees to provide to  Administrative  Agent  completed  and signed copies of any
forms that may be required by the United States  Internal  Revenue  Service (and
any applicable state authority) in order to certify such Lender's exemption from
or reduction  of United  States (or  applicable  state)  withholding  taxes with
respect to payments to be made to such Lender  under this  Agreement or the Loan
Documents.  Each Lender agrees to promptly  notify  Administrative  Agent of any
change which would modify or render invalid any claimed  exemption or reduction,
or of any sale, assignment,  participation,  or other transfer by such Lender of
all or part of its interest in the Facility.  If any  governmental  authority of
the United  States or other  jurisdiction  asserts a claim  that  Administrative
Agent did not  properly  withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of
any  Lender,  such Lender  shall  indemnify  Administrative  Agent fully for all
amounts paid by Administrative  Agent as tax or otherwise,  including  penalties
and interest,  and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amount
payable to Administrative Agent under this section,  together with all costs and
expenses  (including legal  expenses).  The obligation of the Lenders under this
subsection  shall survive the payment of all  Obligations and the resignation or
replacement of Administrative Agent.

         12.18 Borrower's Default;  Enforcement. Upon the occurrence of an Event
of Default under any Loan Document,  the Majority  Lenders shall have the right,
upon written  notice to  Administrative  Agent,  to require that  Administrative
Agent  exercise the rights of the Lenders as directed by the  Majority  Lenders;
provided,  however,  that  the  Lenders  shall  indemnify,  exonerate  and  hold
Administrative  Agent  harmless  from and against  any and all  claims,  losses,
liabilities,  damages and costs  (including  reasonable  legal fees) incurred by
Administrative Agent as a result of any such exercise of rights at the direction
of the Lenders.

         12.19  Workout.  If  Borrower  is in  material  default  under the Loan
Documents  and has not cured the  default  within any  applicable  cure  period,
Administrative  Agent may declare by written notice to the Lenders that the Loan
is "in workout" (the "Notice of Workout"). The Lenders acknowledge that workouts
of  defaulted  loans  usually  are  resolved  by either a  borrower  cure of the
default; or a restructure of or other modification to the loan; or by exercising
remedies;  and that it is in the  interest of the Lenders to attain a resolution
within a reasonable period of time. Therefor the Lenders agree that if, after 90
days from the date of Administrative  Agent's Notice of Workout,  there has been
neither a cure of the  default(s),  nor a  restructure  nor  other  modification
executed,  nor exercise of the Lenders' remedies hereunder,  then Administrative
Agent on behalf  of the  Lenders  shall  sue  Borrower  and any  Guarantors  for
collection  of amounts owing to the Lenders,  subject to and in accordance  with
advice  of  Administrative  Agent's  counsel.   Notwithstanding  any  action  by
Administrative Agent under this Section 12.19, Administrative Agent shall follow
the  direction of the Majority  Lenders  under  Section 12.18 above at any time.
Nevertheless,  unless and until the Majority Lenders shall direct Administrative
Agent to the contrary, Administrative Agent shall have


<PAGE>




the right but not the obligation to take such action as it may deem  appropriate
to preserve  the rights of the  Lenders to recover  any amounts  owing under the
Loan Documents, without the consent of the Majority Lenders.

         12.20 Bankruptcy of Borrower. In the event of a bankruptcy by Borrower,
the Lenders shall act through  Administrative  Agent to petition the court, make
any motion for relief from the automatic  stay,  participate in any  appropriate
creditors' committee,  vote on a plan of reorganization or pursue other remedies
or actions in accordance with the approval of the Majority Lenders.

         12.21  Relationship  of  Parties.  This  Agreement  is not  intended to
establish a partnership or joint venture  between  Administrative  Agent and the
Lenders.  The provisions of the Loan Documents regarding the relationships among
Administrative  Agent and the Lenders and this Article XII is intended solely to
facilitate  co-lending  relationships  among the  Lenders for the  Facility.  No
security or investment contract under any federal or state law is intended to be
created among the Lenders or between  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders. The
execution of this  Agreement,  the  performance  of the terms  thereof,  and the
Lenders'  purchase  of and  ownership  interest  in the  Facility  and the  Loan
Documents  shall not constitute any Lender as owner,  purchaser or seller of any
security  (as  that  term  is  defined  in the  Securities  Act of  1933  or the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) issued, owned, purchased or sole by BOFA or any
of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, either as principal or as agent for Borrower.
Each Lender is  purchasing  and acquiring  legal and equitable  ownership of its
Percentage and is not making a loan to BOFA, and no debtor-creditor relationship
exists between them as a result of this Agreement.

         12.22 Counsel.  The Lenders  acknowledge  that  Administrative  Agent's
counsel has represented and shall  represent only  Administrative  Agent, in its
capacity  as  Administrative  Agent  and  Lender,  in  connection  with the Loan
Documents and this Agreement.  Each other Lender shall retain  independent legal
counsel regarding all such matters, documents and agreements.  After an Event of
Default,  the Lenders shall enter into a joint privilege agreement regarding the
exchange of information that is or may be subject to  attorney-client  privilege
or related privileges.  Administrative  Agent's counsel shall prepare such joint
privilege  agreement,  subject to the  approval of the  Majority  Lenders  which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by any Lender.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS

         13.1     Successors and Assigns.

                  The  terms  and  provisions  of the  Loan  Documents  shall be
binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of  Borrower  and the  Lenders and their
respective  successors and assigns,  except that the Borrower shall not have the
right to assign its rights or obligations  under the Loan Documents  without the
consent of all the  Lenders  and any  assignment  by any Lender  must be made in
compliance  with Section 13.3. The  Administrative  Agent may treat the payee of
any Note as the owner  thereof  for all  purposes  hereof  unless and until such
payee complies with Section 13.3 in the case of an assignment thereof or, in the
case of any other  transfer,  a written notice of the transfer is filed with the
Administrative  Agent. Any assignee or transferee of a Note agrees by acceptance
thereof to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Loan  Documents.  Any
request,  authority  or consent  of any  Person  who at the time of making  such
request or giving such authority or consent is the holder of any Note,  shall be
conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder,  transferee or assignee of such
Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.


<PAGE>





         13.2     Participations.

                  (a)  Permitted  Participants:  Effect.  Any Lender may, in the
         ordinary  course of its business and in accordance with applicable law,
         at  any  time   sell  to  one  or  more   banks   or   other   entities
         ("Participants")  participating  interests in any Advance owing to such
         Lender,  any Note held by such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender or
         any other  interest of such  Lender  under the Loan  Documents.  In the
         event of any such  sale by a Lender  of  participating  interests  to a
         Participant,  such Lender's  obligations under the Loan Documents shall
         remain  unchanged,  such Lender shall remain solely  responsible to the
         other parties  hereto for the  performance  of such  obligations,  such
         Lender shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes  under
         the  Loan  Documents,  all  amounts  payable  by  Borrower  under  this
         Agreement  shall be  determined  as if such  Lender  had not sold  such
         participating  interests, and Borrower and the Administrative Agent and
         the other Lenders shall  continue to deal solely and directly with such
         Lender in connection with such Lender's  rights and  obligations  under
         the Loan Documents.

                  (b) Voting Rights.  Each Lender shall retain the sole right to
         vote its Percentage of the Aggregate Commitment, without the consent of
         any  Participant,  for the approval or  disapproval  of any  amendment,
         modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, provided
         that such  Lender may grant such  Participant  the right to approve any
         amendment, modification or waiver which forgives principal, interest or
         fees or reduces the interest rate or fees payable hereunder,  postpones
         any date fixed for any  regularly-scheduled  payment of principal of or
         interest on the Obligations,  releases  Collateral  beyond any releases
         expressly provided for herein or extends the Maturity Date.

         13.3     Assignments.

                  (a)  Permitted  Assignments.  Any Lender  may,  with the prior
         written  consent of  Administrative  Agent and Borrower (which consents
         shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed),  in  accordance  with
         applicable  law,  at any  time  assign  to one or more  banks  or other
         entities (collectively, "Purchasers") all or any part of its rights and
         obligations  under  the  Loan  Documents,  except  that no  consent  of
         Borrower  shall be required if any  Monetary  Default,  other  material
         Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing  and that no
         consent of Administrative  Agent or Borrower shall ever be required for
         (i) any  assignment  to a Person  directly or  indirectly  controlling,
         controlled  by or under  direct or  indirect  common  control  with the
         assigning  Lender or (ii) the pledge or  assignment by a Lender of such
         Lender's Note and other rights under the Loan  Documents to any Federal
         Reserve Bank in accordance with  applicable  law. Such  assignments and
         assumptions shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto. The
         Borrower  shall  execute any and all  documents  which are  customarily
         required by such Lender (including,  without limitation,  a replacement
         promissory note or notes in the forms provided hereunder) in connection
         with any such  assignment,  but Borrower  shall not be obligated to pay
         any fees and  expenses  incurred by any Lender in  connection  with any
         assignment pursuant to this Section. Any Lender selling all or any part
         of its rights and obligation  hereunder in a transaction  requiring the
         consent of the  Administrative  Agent  shall pay to the  Administrative
         Agent a fee of $3,500.00 per assignee to reimburse Administrative Agent
         for its involvement in such assignment.

                  (b)  Effective Date of Assignment. Upon delivery to the 
         Administrative Agent of a


<PAGE>




         notice  of  assignment   executed  by  the  assigning  Lender  and  the
         Purchaser, such assignment shall become effective on the effective date
         specified in such notice of assignment.  The notice of assignment shall
         contain an undertaking by the Purchaser to be bound as a Lender by this
         Agreement and the other Loan  Documents  with the same force and effect
         as if it were an original signatory hereto, and a representation by the
         Purchaser to the effect that none of the consideration used to make the
         purchase of the Commitment and the Loan under the applicable assignment
         agreement  are "plan assets" as defined under ERISA and that the rights
         and interests of the Purchaser in and under the Loan Documents will not
         be "plan assets" under ERISA,  all in form and content  satisfactory to
         the  Administrative  Agent.  On and  after the  effective  date of such
         assignment,  such Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Lender party to
         this Agreement and any other Loan Document  executed by the Lenders and
         shall have all the rights and  obligations  of a Lender  under the Loan
         Documents,  to the same extent as if it were an original  party hereto,
         and no  further  consent  or action by  Borrower,  the  Lenders  or the
         Administrative Agent shall be required to release the transferor Lender
         with respect to the percentage of the Commitment and Advances  assigned
         to  such  Purchaser.  Upon  the  consummation  of any  assignment  to a
         Purchaser  pursuant to this Section 13.3.2,  the transferor Lender, the
         Administrative  Agent and Borrower shall make appropriate  arrangements
         so that replacement  Notes are issued to such transferor Lender and new
         Notes  or,  as  appropriate,  replacement  Notes,  are  issued  to such
         Purchaser,   in  each  case  in  principal  amounts   reflecting  their
         respective Commitments, as adjusted pursuant to such assignment.

         13.4 Dissemination of Information.  Borrower  authorizes each Lender to
disclose to any  Participant  or  Purchaser  or any other  Person  acquiring  an
interest in the Loan Documents by operation of law (each a "Transferee") and any
prospective  Transferee  any and all  information  in such  Lender's  possession
concerning the creditworthiness of Borrower and the Guarantors.  Each Transferee
shall agree to keep  confidential  any such  information  which is not  publicly
available.

         13.5 Tax Treatment. If any interest in any Loan Document is transferred
to any Transferee  which is organized under the laws of any  jurisdiction  other
than the United States or any State thereof,  the transferor  Lender shall cause
such Transferee, concurrently with the effectiveness of such transfer, to comply
with all applicable provisions of the Code with respect to withholding and other
tax matters.

                                                    ARTICLE XIV

                                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

         14.1 Survival of  Representations.  All  representations and warranties
contained in this Agreement  shall survive  delivery of the Notes and the making
of the Advances herein contemplated.

     14.2 Governmental  Regulation.  Anything contained in this Agreement to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  no Lender shall be obligated to extend credit to the
Borrower  in  violation  of  any  limitation  or  prohibition  provided  by  any
applicable statute or regulation.

         14.3 Taxes. Any recording and other taxes (excluding franchise,  income
or similar  taxes) or other  similar  assessments  or  charges  payable or ruled
payable  by  any  governmental   authority   incurred  in  connection  with  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by
the Borrower, together with interest and penalties, if any.

     14.4 Headings.  Section  headings in the Loan Documents are for convenience
of  reference  only,  and  shall not  govern  the  interpretation  of any of the
provisions of the Loan Documents.


<PAGE>



     14.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall not be construed so
as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties to this
Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.

         14.6  Expenses:  Indemnification.  Subject  to the  provisions  of this
Agreement,  Borrower will pay (a) all out-of-pocket  costs and expenses incurred
by the  Administrative  Agent  (including  the  reasonable  fees,  out-of-pocket
expenses  and  other  reasonable  expenses  of  counsel,  which  counsel  may be
employees of Administrative Agent) in connection with the preparation, execution
and delivery of this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the Loan  Documents  and any other
agreements  or  documents  referred  to herein  or  therein  and any  amendments
thereto, (b) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders (including the reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and
other  reasonable  expenses  of  counsel  to the  Administrative  Agent  and the
Lenders,  which counsel may be employees of Administrative Agent or the Lenders)
in connection  with the  enforcement and protection of the rights of the Lenders
under this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the Loan Documents or any other agreement or
document  referred to herein or therein,  and (c) all  reasonable  and customary
costs and expenses of periodic audits by the Administrative Agent's personnel of
the  Borrower's  books and records  provided  that prior to an Event of Default,
Borrower  shall not be required  to pay for more than one such audit  during any
year.  The Borrower  further agrees to indemnify the Lenders,  their  directors,
officers  and  employees  against  all  losses,  claims,   damages,   penalties,
judgments,  liabilities and reasonable expenses  (including,  without imitation,
all expenses of litigation or preparation therefor, whether or not any Lender is
a party  thereto)  which any of them may pay or incur arising out of or relating
to this  Agreement,  the other Loan  Documents,  the  transactions  contemplated
hereby or the direct or  indirect  application  or proposed  application  of the
proceeds of any Advance hereunder, except that the foregoing indemnity shall not
apply to a Lender to the extent that any losses,  claims, etc. are the result of
such Lender's gross  negligence or willful  misconduct.  The  obligations of the
Borrower under this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         14.7  Severability  of  Provisions.  Any provision in any Loan Document
that is held to be inoperative,  unenforceable,  or invalid in any  jurisdiction
shall,  as to that  jurisdiction,  be  inoperative,  unenforceable,  or  invalid
without  affecting  the  remaining   provisions  in  that  jurisdiction  or  the
operation,   enforceability,   or  validity  of  that  provision  in  any  other
jurisdiction,  and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents are declared
to be severable.

         14.8 Nonliability of the Lenders. The relationship between the Borrower
and the  Lenders  shall be solely  that of  borrower  and  lender.  Neither  the
Administrative  Agent nor the Lenders shall have any fiduciary  responsibilities
to the  Borrower.  Neither the  Administrative  Agent nor the Lenders  undertake
responsibility to the Borrower to review or inform the Borrower of any matter in
connection with any phase of the Borrower's business or operations.

         14.9 Choice of Law. THE LOAN DOCUMENTS  (OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINING A
CONTRARY  EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF  CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS,  BUT
GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.

         14.10  Consent to Jurisdiction. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS
TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR


<PAGE>




ILLINOIS  STATE COURT  SITTING IN CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING
ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATING  TO ANY  LOAN  DOCUMENTS  AND THE  BORROWER  HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY  AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING  MAY
BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES ANY OBJECTION
IT MAY NOW OR  HEREAFTER  HAVE AS TO THE  VENUE  OF ANY  SUCH  SUIT,  ACTION  OR
PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT  FORUM.
NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE LENDERS TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST
THE BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY
THE  BORROWER  AGAINST THE LENDERS OR ANY  AFFILIATE  OF THE LENDERS  INVOLVING,
DIRECTLY OR  INDIRECTLY,  ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY  ARISING OUT OF,  RELATED TO, OR
CONNECTED  WITH ANY LOAN  DOCUMENT  SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT IN CHICAGO,
ILLINOIS.

         14.11 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWER, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
DOCUMENTATION AGENT AND LENDERS HEREBY KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY
WAIVE ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING IN
ANY WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES, OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS,  THE LOAN,  OR ANY OTHER  STATEMENTS  OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO.
EACH SUCH ENTITY  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT IT HAS BEEN  REPRESENTED  IN THE SIGNING OF
THIS  AGREEMENT  AND IN THE MAKING OF THIS WAIVER BY  INDEPENDENT  LEGAL COUNSEL
SELECTED OF ITS OWN FREE WILL,  AND THAT IT HAS DISCUSSED  THIS WAIVER WITH SUCH
LEGAL  COUNSEL.   BORROWER  FURTHER  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  (i)  IT  HAS  READ  AND
UNDERSTANDS THE MEANING AND  RAMIFICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER,  (ii) THIS WAIVER HAS
BEEN REVIEWED BY BORROWER AND  BORROWER'S  COUNSEL AND IS A MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT
FOR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LENDERS TO MAKE THE LOAN, ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT
AND EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS,  AND (iii) THIS WAIVER SHALL BE EFFECTIVE
AS TO EACH OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AS IF FULLY INCORPORATED THEREIN.


- --------------------------
INITIALS OF BORROWER

         14.12  Successors  and Assigns.  The terms and  provisions  of the Loan
Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the
Lenders and their  respective  successors and assigns,  except that the Borrower
shall not have the  right to assign  its  rights or  obligations  under the Loan
Documents.  Any assignee or transferee of the Notes agrees by acceptance thereof
to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents.  Any request,
authority  or consent of any Person,  who at the time of making such  request or
giving such authority or consent is the holder of the Notes, shall be conclusive
and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee or assignee of such Notes or of
any note or notes issued in exchange therefor.

         14.13 Entire Agreement;  Modification of Agreement. The Loan Documents,
together with the letter from Borrower to Administrative Agent and Documentation
Agent  regarding the  underwriting  fee,  embody the entire  agreement among the
Borrower,  the  Administrative  Agent,  and  Lenders  and  supersede  all  prior
conversations, agreements, understandings, commitments and term sheets among any
or all of such parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any provisions
of


<PAGE>




this Agreement may be amended or waived, or any liability  thereunder  released,
if, but only if,  such  amendment  or waiver is in writing  and is signed by the
Borrower,  and  Administrative  Agent if the rights or duties of  Administrative
Agent are affected thereby, and

                  (a)      each of the Lenders, if such amendment or waiver

                           (i) reduces or forgives  any payment of  principal
                  or interest on the Obligations or any fees payable by Borrower
                  to such Lender hereunder; or

                           (ii)     postpones the date fixed for any payment of 
                  principal of or interest on the Obligations or any fees
                  payable by Borrower to such Lender hereunder; or

                           (iii) changes the amount of such Lender's  Commitment
                  (other than pursuant to an assignment  permitted under Section
                  13.3) or the unpaid principal amount of such Lender's Note; or

                           (iv)     extends the Maturity Date;

                           (v)      changes the definition of Majority Lenders 
                  or modifies any requirement for consent by each of the Lenders
                  under this Section 14.13(a); or

                           (vi)     release any Guarantor from the obligations 
                  of any Guaranty.

                  (b)      the Administrative Agent, as to all other matters.

         14.14 Dealings with the Borrower.  The Lenders and their affiliates may
accept  deposits  from,  extend  credit to and  generally  engage in any kind of
banking,  trust or other  business with any of the Borrower or the Guarantors or
any of their Affiliates regardless of the capacity of the Lenders hereunder.

         14.15             Set-Off.

                  (a) If an Event of Default  shall have  occurred,  each Lender
shall have the right,  at any time and from time to time  without  notice to the
Borrower,  any such notice  being  hereby  expressly  waived,  to set-off and to
appropriate  or apply any and all  deposits  of money or  property  or any other
indebtedness  at any time held or owing by such  Lender to or for the  credit or
the  account  of  the  Borrower  against  and  on  account  of  all  outstanding
Obligations and all Obligations which from time to time may become due hereunder
and all other  obligations and liabilities of the Borrower under this Agreement,
irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand  hereunder
and whether or not said obligations and liabilities shall have matured.

                  (b) Each Lender  agrees that if it shall,  by  exercising  any
right of set-off or counterclaim  or otherwise,  receive payment of a proportion
of the aggregate  amount of principal,  interest or fees due with respect to any
Note  held by it which is  greater  than the  proportion  received  by any other
Lender in respect of the  aggregate  amount of  principal,  interest or fees due
with respect to any Note held by such other Lender,  the Lender  receiving  such
proportionately  greater payment shall purchase such participations in the Notes
held by the other  Lenders  and such other  adjustments  shall be made as may be
required so that all such payments of  principal,  interest or Fees with respect
to the  Notes  held by the  Lenders  shall be  shared  by the  Lenders  pro rata
according to their respective Commitments.


<PAGE>





         14.16  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in any number of
counterparts,  all of which taken together shall  constitute one agreement,  and
any of the  parties  hereto may  execute  this  Agreement  by  signing  any such
counterpart.  This Agreement shall be effective when it has been executed by the
Borrower and each of the Lenders shown on the signature pages hereof.

         14.17 Discretion.  In exercising any discretion  reserved herein to the
Administrative  Agent, the Majority Lenders or the Lenders,  the  Administrative
Agent, the Majority  Lenders or the Lenders,  as the case may be, shall exercise
such discretion in a manner which is commercially reasonable by the standards of
the  commercial  lending  industry  with  respect to credits  comparable  to the
Facility.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                                     NOTICES

         15.1 Giving Notice.  All notices and other  communications  provided to
any party hereto under this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document  shall be in
writing or by telex or by facsimile  and addressed or delivered to such party at
its  address set forth below or at such other  address as may be  designated  by
such party in a notice to the other parties.  Any notice, if mailed and properly
addressed with postage prepaid, shall be deemed given when received; any notice,
if  transmitted  by telex or facsimile,  shall be deemed given when  transmitted
(answerback confined in the case of telexes). Notice may be given as follows:

                  To the Borrower:

                           Great Lakes REIT, L.P.
                           823 Commerce Drive
                           Suite 300
                           Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
                           Attention:  Jim Hicks
                           Telecopy:  (630) 368-2929


<PAGE>





                  With a copy to:

                           Ungaretti and Harris
                           Three First National Plaza
                           Suite 3500
                           Chicago, Illinois 60602
                           Attn: Rich Ungaretti
                           Telecopy: (312) 977-4405

                  To each Lender:

                           As shown below the Lender's signature.

                  To the Administrative Agent:

                         Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
                           Commercial Real Estate Services
                           231 South LaSalle Street, 12th Floor
                           Chicago, Illinois 60697
                           Attention:  Dan Walsh
                           Telecopy:  (312) 974-4970

                  With a copy to:

                           Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg
                           333 West Wacker Drive
                           Suite 2700
                           Chicago, Illinois 60606
                           Attention:  Howard J. Kirschbaum, Esq.
                           Telecopy:  (312) 984-3150

     15.2  Change of  Address.  Each party may change the address for service of
notice upon it by a notice in writing to the other parties hereto.



<PAGE>




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

BORROWER:                     GREAT LAKES REIT, L.P.

                               By:  Great Lakes REIT, Inc., its General Partner


                               By:      /s/ James Hicks
                               Title:   Treasurer

LENDERS:                       BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                               SAVINGS ASSOCIATION


                               By:      /s/ Katherine Snapp
                               Title:            Vice President
                               Commitment: $17,500,000
                               Percentage of Aggregate Commitment: 50%

                               Address for Notices:
                               Commercial Real Estate Services
                               231 South LaSalle Street, 12th Floor
                               Chicago, Illinois 60697
                               Attention: Dan Walsh
                               Telephone: (312) 828-5087
                               Telecopy:  (312) 974-4970

                               THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO


                               By:      /s/ Kevin L. Gillen
                               Title:            Assistant Vice President
                               Commitment: $17,500,000
                               Percentage of Aggregate Commitment: 50%

                               Address for Notices:
                               One First National Plaza
                               Chicago, Illinois 60670
                               Attention: Kevin Gillen
                               Telephone: (312) 732-1486
                               Telecopy:  (312) 732-1117

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:          BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                               SAVINGS ASSOCIATION


                               By:      /s/ Katherine Snapp
                               Title:            Vice President



<PAGE>




                               Address for Notices:
                               Commercial Real Estate Services
                               231 South LaSalle Street, 12th Floor
                               Chicago, Illinois 60697
                               Attention: Dan Walsh
                               Telephone: (312) 828-5087
                               Telecopy:   (312) 974-4970


DOCUMENTATION AGENT:           THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO


                               By:      /s/ Kevin L. Gillen
                               Title:            Assistant Vice President

                               Address for Notices:
                               One First National Plaza
                               Chicago, Illinois 60670
                               Attention: Kevin Gillen
                               Telephone: (312) 732-1486
                               Telecopy:  (312) 732-1117




<PAGE>




                                                    SCHEDULE 1

                                               List of Subsidiaries




GLR No. 1, Inc. an Illinois corporation

GLR No. 2, Inc., an Illinois corporation

GLR No. 3, a Maryland real estate investment trust



<PAGE>




                                                    SCHEDULE 2

                                            List of Unencumbered Assets


         Name
Address

1.       Arlington Ridge Service Center

601 Campus Drive
Arlington Heights, IL

2.       3400 Corporate Drive

3400 Dundee Road
Northbrook, IL

3.       Highpoint Business Center

160, 165, 175, 180 and 185 Hansen Court
Wood Dale, IL
(5 buildings)
4.       1251 Plum Grove Road

1251 Plum Grove Road
Schaumburg, IL

5.       Park Place VII

11925 West Lake Park Drive
Milwaukee, WI

6.       1011 Touhy Atrium

1011 East Touhy Avenue
Des Plaines, IL

7.       One Hawthorn Place

175 East Hawthorn Parkway
Vernon Hills, IL

8.       Court Office Center

16601 S. Kedzie
Markham, IL

9.       One Century Centre

1750 East Golf Road
Schaumburg, IL

10.      Metro Center V

655 Metro Place South
Dublin, OH

11.      Corporate Woods

375 Bishops Way
Brookfield, WI

12.      Metro Center IV

425 Metro Place North
Dublin, OH

13.      Arlington Business Center

3455, 3550 and 3555 Salt Creek Lane
Arlington Heights, IL
(3 buildings)

14.      777 Eisenhower Plaza
777 Eisenhower Parkway
Ann Arbor, MI


<PAGE>




15.      11100 Hampshire Avenue1
11100 Hampshire Avenue
Bloomington, MN






<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A


                                FORM OF GUARANTY

    This Guaranty made as of                 , 199__, by
("Guarantor"),  to and for the  benefit  of Bank of America  National  Trust and
Savings  Association,  individually as a lender  ("BOFA") and as  administrative
agent  ("Administrative  Agent") for itself and the other Lenders, as defined in
the Credit Agreement (as defined below), and The First National Bank of Chicago,
individually  as  a  lender  ("First   Chicago")  and  as  documentation   agent
("Documentation Agent"), and their respective successors and assigns.

                                                     RECITALS

         A. Great Lakes REIT, L.P. a Delaware limited  partnership  ("Borrower")
has  requested  that the Lenders make an  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility
available to Borrower in the  aggregate  principal  amount of up to  $35,000,000
("Facility"),  and that  Administrative  Agent act as  administrative  agent and
Documentation Agent act as documentation agent with respect thereto.

         B. The Lenders have agreed to make  available the Facility to Borrower,
and  Administrative  Agent and  Documentation  Agent have  agreed to act in said
agency  capacities,  pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in an
Unsecured  Revolving Credit Agreement dated January 6, 1998,  between  Borrower,
Administrative Agent,  Documentation Agent and the Lenders ("Credit Agreement"),
and  Guarantor  desires  that the Lenders  continue to make  Advances  under the
Credit Agreement and that Administrative  Agent and Documentation Agent continue
to act in said agency  capacities.  All capitalized terms used and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the respective  meanings ascribed to such terms in the
Credit Agreement.

         C.  Borrower  has  executed  and  delivered  to the Lenders one or more
promissory notes each dated January 6, 1998 in the aggregate principal amount of
$35,000,000 as evidence of its  indebtedness  to the Lenders with respect to the
Facility (the promissory notes described above,  together with any amendments or
allonges thereto, or restatements,  replacements or renewals thereof, and/or new
promissory  notes to new Lenders under the Credit  Agreement,  are  collectively
referred to herein as the "Revolving Note").

     D. Guarantor is deriving and will continue to derive substantial  financial
benefit from the Facility  evidenced by the Revolving Note, the Credit Agreement
and the other Loan Documents.

     E. The  execution  and  delivery of this  Guaranty by Guarantor is required
pursuant  to the express  terms of the Credit  Agreement  as a condition  to any
further Advances under the Facility.

                                   AGREEMENTS

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  matters  described  in the
foregoing  Recitals,  which  Recitals  are  incorporated  herein and made a part
hereof, and for other good and valuable  consideration,  Guarantor hereby agrees
as follows:

     1. Guarantor  absolutely,  unconditionally,  and irrevocably  guarantees to
Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

                  (a)      the full and prompt payment of the principal of and 
interest on the Revolving


<PAGE>




         Note when  due,  whether  at  stated  maturity,  upon  acceleration  or
         otherwise,  and at all times thereafter,  and the prompt payment of all
         other sums which may now be or may hereafter become due and owing under
         the  Revolving  Note,  the  Credit  Agreement  and/or  the  other  Loan
         Documents;

                  (b) the payment of all Enforcement Costs (as hereinafter 
         defined); and

                  (c) the full, complete, and punctual observance,  performance,
         and  satisfaction of all of the  obligations,  duties,  covenants,  and
         agreements  of  Borrower  under  the  Credit  Agreement  and  the  Loan
         Documents.

All amounts  due,  debts,  liabilities,  and payment  obligations  described  in
subparagraphs  (a) and (b) of this  Paragraph  1 are  referred  to herein as the
"Facility Indebtedness.  " All obligations described in subparagraph (c) of this
Paragraph 1 are referred to herein as the "Obligations."

         2. In the event of any  default by  Borrower  in making  payment of the
Facility Indebtedness,  or in performance of the Obligations,  Guarantor agrees,
on demand by Administrative  Agent, to pay all the Facility  Indebtedness and to
perform all the Obligations as are or then or thereafter become due and owing or
are to be performed under the terms of the Revolving Note, the Credit  Agreement
and/or the other Loan Documents,  and to pay any reasonable expenses incurred by
Administrative  Agent or the Lenders in protecting,  preserving or defending its
interest in the Property or any  collateral  for the  Facility,  or otherwise in
connection  with the  Facility  or under any of the Loan  Documents,  including,
without  limitation,  all reasonable  attorneys' fees and costs.  Administrative
Agent  shall have the  right,  at its  option,  either  before,  during or after
pursuing any other right or remedy against Borrower or Guarantor, to perform any
and all of the Obligations by or through any agent, contractor or subcontractor,
or any of their agents,  of its selection,  all as  Administrative  Agent in its
sole   discretion   deems  proper,   and  Guarantor  shall  indemnify  and  hold
Administrative  Agent and the Lenders free and harmless from and against any and
all loss, damage,  cost, expense,  injury, or liability  Administrative Agent or
the Lenders may suffer or incur in  connection  with the  exercise of its rights
under this Guaranty or the performance of the Obligations,  except to the extent
the same arises as a result of the gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of
Administrative Agent.

         All of the remedies set forth herein and/or provided by any of the Loan
Documents or law or equity shall be equally  available to  Administrative  Agent
for the  benefit of itself  and the  Lenders,  and the choice by  Administrative
Agent of one such  alternative  over another shall not be subject to question or
challenge  by  Guarantor  or any other  person,  nor  shall  any such  choice be
asserted  as a defense,  set-off or failure to  mitigate  damages in any action,
proceeding or  counteraction by  Administrative  Agent for the benefit of itself
and/or the Lenders to recover or seeking any other remedy  under this  Guaranty,
nor shall such choice preclude  Administrative Agent from subsequently  electing
to  exercise a different  remedy.  The  parties  have agreed to the  alternative
remedies hereinabove specified in part because they recognize that the choice of
remedies  in the  event of a  failure  hereunder  will  necessarily  and  should
properly be a matter of  business  judgment,  which,  with  hindsight  after the
passage of time and events, may or may not prove to have been the best choice to
maximize  recovery  by  Administrative  Agent for the  benefit of itself and the
Lenders at the lowest cost to Borrower and/or Guarantor.  It is the intention of
the parties that such choice by Administrative  Agent be given conclusive effect
regardless of such subsequent developments.

     3. Guarantor does hereby waive (i) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty by
Administrative Agent or the Lenders and any and all notices and demands of every
kind which may


<PAGE>




be required to be given by any statute, rule or law, (ii) any defense,  right of
set-off or other claim which  Guarantor  may have  against the Borrower or which
Guarantor  or  Borrower  may  have  against  Administrative  Agent or any of the
Lenders or the holder of the  Revolving  Note,  (iii)  presentment  for payment,
demand  for  payment,  notice of  nonpayment,  dishonor,  protest  and notice of
protest,  diligence in collection and any and all  formalities  which  otherwise
might be legally required to charge  Guarantor with liability,  (iv) any failure
by  Administrative  Agent or any of the Lenders to inform Guarantor of any facts
Administrative  Agent or any of the  Lenders  may now or  hereafter  know  about
Borrower,  the  Facility,  or  the  transactions   contemplated  by  the  Credit
Agreement,  it being  understood  and agreed that  Administrative  Agent and the
Lenders have no duty so to inform and that  Guarantor is fully  responsible  for
being and  remaining  informed by Borrower of all  circumstances  bearing on the
existence or creation or risk of nonpayment of the Facility  Indebtedness or the
risk of nonperformance of the Obligations,  and (v) any and all right to cause a
marshaling  of  assets  of the  Borrower  or any  other  action  by any court or
governmental body with respect thereto, or to cause  Administrative Agent or any
of the Lenders to proceed  against any other  security  given to  Administrative
Agent or any of the Lenders in connection with the Facility  Indebtedness or the
Obligations.  Credit may be granted or continued from time to time by Lenders to
Borrower  without notice to or authorization  from Guarantor,  regardless of the
financial  or other  condition  of  Borrower  at the  time of any such  grant or
continuation.  Guarantor  acknowledges  that  no  representations  of  any  kind
whatsoever  have  been made by  Administrative  Agent or any of the  Lenders  to
Guarantor.  No  modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Guaranty
shall be binding upon  Administrative  Agent or the Lenders  except as expressly
set forth in a writing  duly signed and  delivered  on behalf of  Administrative
Agent and the Lenders.

         4.  Guarantor  further agrees that  Guarantor's  liability as guarantor
shall in nowise be impaired by any renewals or extensions which may be made from
time to time,  with or without the knowledge or consent of Guarantor of the time
for  payment  of  interest  or  principal  under  the  Revolving  Note or by any
forbearance  or delay in  collecting  interest or principal  under the Revolving
Note, or by any waiver under the Credit  Agreement or any other Loan  Documents,
or by failure or election not to pursue any other remedies against Borrower,  or
by any change or modification in the Revolving Note, the Credit Agreement or any
other Loan  Documents,  or by the acceptance of any  additional  security or any
increase,  substitution or change therein,  or by the release of any security or
any withdrawal  thereof or decrease  therein,  or by the application of payments
received  from any  source  to the  payment  of any  obligation  other  than the
Facility  Indebtedness,  even though  Administrative  Agent or the Lenders might
lawfully  have elected to apply such payments to any part or all of the Facility
Indebtedness,  it being the intent hereof that Guarantor  shall remain liable as
principal  for  payment of the  Facility  Indebtedness  and  performance  of the
Obligations  until all  indebtedness  has been paid in full and the other terms,
covenants and  conditions of the Credit  Agreement and other Loan  Documents and
this Guaranty have been performed,  notwithstanding any act or thing which might
otherwise  operate  as a legal or  equitable  discharge  of a surety.  Guarantor
further understands and agrees that Administrative  Agent and the Lenders may at
any time enter into  agreements  with Borrower to amend and modify the Revolving
Note,  Credit  Agreement or other Loan  Documents,  and may waive or release any
provision or provisions  thereof,  and, with reference to such instruments,  may
make and enter into any such  agreement or agreements as  Administrative  Agent,
the Lenders and  Borrower may deem proper and  desirable,  without in any manner
impairing this Guaranty or any of Administrative  Agent's or the Lenders' rights
hereunder or any of the Guarantor's obligations hereunder.

     5. This is an absolute,  unconditional,  complete,  present and  continuing
guaranty of payment  and  performance,  and not of  collection  only.  Guarantor
agrees  that this  Guaranty  may be  enforced  by  Administrative  Agent and the
Lenders without the necessity at any time of resorting to


<PAGE>




or exhausting any other security or collateral  given in connection  herewith or
with the  Facility  or any of the Loan  Documents,  or  resorting  to any  other
guaranties,  and  Guarantor  hereby  waives the right to require  Administrative
Agent or the Lenders to join  Borrower  in any action  brought  hereunder  or to
commence any action against or obtain any judgment against Borrower or to pursue
any other  remedy or enforce  any other  right.  Guarantor  further  agrees that
nothing contained herein or otherwise shall prevent Administrative Agent and the
Lenders  from  pursuing  concurrently  or  successively  all rights and remedies
available to it at law and/or in equity or under any of the Loan Documents,  and
the exercise of any of its rights or the completion of any of its remedies shall
not constitute a discharge of any of Guarantor's obligations hereunder, it being
the purpose and intent of Guarantor that the obligations of Guarantor  hereunder
shall be primary,  absolute,  independent  and  unconditional  under any and all
circumstances  whatsoever.  Neither Guarantor's  obligations under this Guaranty
nor any remedy for the enforcement thereof shall be impaired,  modified, changed
or released in any manner  whatsoever by any impairment,  modification,  change,
release or limitation of the liability of Borrower under the Revolving Note, the
Credit  Agreement  or any  other  Loan  Documents  or by  reason  of  Borrower's
bankruptcy or by reason of any creditor or bankruptcy  proceeding  instituted by
or against Borrower.  This Guaranty shall continue to be effective and be deemed
to have  continued in existence or be reinstated  (as the case may be) if at any
time  payment of all or any part of any sum payable  pursuant  to the  Revolving
Note, the Credit  Agreement or any other Loan Document is rescinded or otherwise
required  to be  returned  by the  payee  upon the  insolvency,  bankruptcy,  or
reorganization  of the  payer,  all as though  such  payment  had not been made,
regardless of whether  Administrative  Agent or any of the Lenders contested the
order  requiring  the  return of such  payment.  The  obligations  of  Guarantor
pursuant to the preceding  sentence shall survive any termination,  cancellation
or release of this Guaranty.

         6.  This  Guaranty  shall be  assignable  by Agents  and/or  any of the
Lenders to any  assignee  of all or a portion  of Agents  and/or  such  Lender's
rights under the Loan Documents.

         7. If: (i) this Guaranty,  the Revolving Note, the Credit  Agreement or
any other Loan Document is placed in the hands of an attorney for  collection or
is  collected  through  any legal  proceeding;  (ii) an  attorney is retained to
represent  Administrative  Agent  and/or any of the  Lenders in any  bankruptcy,
reorganization,  receivership,  or other proceedings affecting creditors' rights
and  involving a claim  under this  Guaranty,  the  Revolving  Note,  the Credit
Agreement or any Loan Document;  (iii) an attorney is retained to provide advice
or other representation with respect to the Loan Documents in connection with an
enforcement  action or  potential  enforcement  action;  or (iv) an  attorney is
retained  to  represent  Administrative  Agent  and/or any of the Lenders in any
other  legal  proceedings  whatsoever  in  connection  with this  Guaranty,  the
Revolving  Note,  the Credit  Agreement,  any of the other Loan Documents or any
property subject thereto,  then Guarantor shall pay to Administrative Agent upon
demand all reasonable  attorney's fees, costs and expenses,  including,  without
limitation,  court costs,  filing fees,  recording costs and all other costs and
expenses whatsoever incurred in connection  therewith (all of which are referred
to herein  as  "Enforcement  Costs"),  in  addition  to all  other  amounts  due
hereunder.

         8. The parties  hereto  intend  that each  provision  in this  Guaranty
comports  with all  applicable  local,  state  and  federal  laws  and  judicial
decisions.  However,  if any provision or  provisions,  or if any portion of any
provision  or  provisions,  in this  Guaranty  is found by a court of  competent
jurisdiction  to be in  violation  of any  applicable  local,  state or  federal
ordinance,  statute, law, administrative or judicial decision, or public policy,
and if such court should  declare such portion,  provision or provisions of this
Guaranty to be illegal,  invalid,  unlawful,  void or  unenforceable as written,
then it is the intent of all parties  hereto  that such  portion,  provision  or
provisions  shall be given  force to the fullest  possible  extent that they are
legal, valid and


<PAGE>




enforceable,  that the remainder of this Guaranty  shall be construed as if such
illegal,  invalid,   unlawful,  void  or  unenforceable  portion,  provision  or
provisions  were not contained  therein,  and that the rights,  obligations  and
interest of Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the holder(s) of the Revolving
Note under the  remainder  of this  Guaranty  shall  continue  in full force and
effect.

         9. Any indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor now or hereafter  existing
is hereby subordinated to the Facility Indebtedness. Guarantor agrees that until
the entire Facility  Indebtedness  has been paid in full, (i) Guarantor will not
seek, accept or retain for Guarantor's own account, any payment from Borrower on
account of such  subordinated  debt,  and (ii) any such payments to Guarantor on
account of such  subordinated  debt shall be collected and received by Guarantor
in trust  for  Administrative  Agent and the  Lenders  and shall be paid over to
Administrative  Agent on account of the Facility  Indebtedness without impairing
or releasing the obligations of Guarantor hereunder.

         10.  Guarantor  waives and releases any claim (within the meaning of 11
U.S.C.  Para.  101) which  Guarantor  may have against  Borrower  arising from a
payment made by Guarantor  under this  Guaranty and agrees not to assert or take
advantage of any subrogation  rights of Guarantor,  Administrative  Agent or the
Lenders  or any  right of  Guarantor,  Administrative  Agent or the  Lenders  to
proceed against (i) Borrower for  reimbursement,  or (ii) any other guarantor or
any  collateral  security or guaranty or right of offset held by  Administrative
Agent  or  the  Lenders  for  the  payment  of  the  Facility  Indebtedness  and
performance of the Obligations,  nor shall Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek
any  contribution  or  reimbursement  from  Borrower or any other  guarantor  in
respect of payments made by Guarantor hereunder. It is expressly understood that
the waivers and  agreements of Guarantor set forth above  constitute  additional
and cumulative benefits given to Administrative  Agent and the Lenders for their
security  and as an  inducement  for  their  continuing  extension  of credit to
Borrower.

         11. Any  amounts  received by  Administrative  Agent or Lender from any
source on account of any  indebtedness  may be applied by  Administrative  Agent
toward the payment of such  indebtedness,  and in such order of application,  as
Administrative Agent may from time to time elect.

         12. This  Guaranty  shall be governed by the internal laws of the State
of  Illinois,  without  regard to its  choice of law rules or  conflict  of laws
principles.  The Guarantor hereby submits to personal  jurisdiction in the State
of Illinois for the enforcement of this Guaranty and waives any and all personal
rights to object to such  jurisdiction for the purposes of litigation to enforce
this  Guaranty.  Guarantor  hereby  consents to the  jurisdiction  of either the
Circuit Court of Cook County,  Illinois, or the United States District Count for
the Northern  District of Illinois,  in any action,  suit, or  proceeding  which
Administrative  Agent or the Lenders may at any time wish to file in  connection
with this  Guaranty  or any  related  matter.  Guarantor  hereby  agrees that an
action, suit, or proceeding to enforce this Guaranty may be brought in any state
or federal court in the State of Illinois and hereby waives any objection  which
Guarantor  may have to the  laying of the  venue of any such  action,  suit,  or
proceeding in any such court;  provided,  however,  that the  provisions of this
Paragraph  shall not be deemed to preclude  Administrative  Agent or the Lenders
from filing any such action, suit, or proceeding in any other appropriate forum.

         13. All notices and other  communications  provided to any party hereto
under  this  Agreement  or any other  Loan  Document  shall be in  writing or by
facsimile  and  addressed  or  delivered  to such party at its address set forth
below or at such other address as may be designated by such party in a notice to
the other  parties.  Any notice,  if mailed and properly  addressed with postage
prepaid,  shall be deemed given when  received;  any notice,  if  transmitted by
facsimile,  shall be  deemed  given  when  transmitted.  Notice  may be given as
follows:


<PAGE>




                  To the Guarantor:




                           Attention:
                           Telecopy:

                  With a copy to:




                           Attention:
                           Telecopy:

                  To the Administrative Agent or the Lenders:

                          Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
                           231 S. LaSalle Street, 12th Floor
                           Chicago, Illinois 60697
                           Attention:  Dan Walsh
                           Telecopy:  (312) 974-4970

                  With a copy to:

                           Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg
                           333 W. Wacker Drive, Suite 2700
                           Chicago, Illinois 60606
                           Attention: Howard J. Kirschbaum, Esq.
                           Telecopy:  (312) 984-3150

or at such  other  address  as the  party  to be  served  with  notice  may have
furnished in writing to the party seeking or desiring to serve notice as a place
for the service of notice.

         14.  Guarantors  and  Lender  agree that such  Guarantor's  obligations
hereunder  shall not exceed the  greater  of:  (i) the  aggregate  amount of all
monies received,  directly or indirectly,  by such Guarantor from Borrower after
the date hereof (whether by loan,  capital infusion or other means), or (ii) the
maximum amount not subject to avoidance under Title 11 of the United State Code,
as same may be  amended  from  time to time,  or any  applicable  state law (the
"Bankruptcy  Code"). To that end, to the extent such obligations would otherwise
be subject to  avoidance  under the  Bankruptcy  Code if such  Guarantor  is not
deemed  to have  received  valuable  consideration,  fair  value  or  reasonably
equivalent value for its obligations hereunder, any such Guarantor's obligations
hereunder  shall be reduced to that amount which,  after giving effect  thereto,
would not render  such  Guarantor  insolvent,  or leave such  Guarantor  with an
unreasonably  small capital to conduct its  business,  or cause the Guarantor to
have incurred  debts (or intended to have incurred  debts) beyond its ability to
pay such debts as they  mature,  as such terms are  determined,  and at the time
such obligations are deemed to have been incurred, under the Bankruptcy Code. In
the event any Guarantor  shall make any payment or payments under this Guaranty,
each other Guarantor shall  contribute to such paying  Guarantor an amount equal
to such non-paying Guarantor's pro rata share


<PAGE>




(based on their  respective  maximum  liabilities  hereunder) of such payment or
payments made by such paying Guarantor,  provided that such  contribution  right
shall  be  subordinate  and  junior  in  right of  payment  to all the  Facility
Indebtedness and performance of all of the Obligations to Lender.

         14. This Guaranty shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, legal and
personal representatives, successors and assigns of Guarantor and shall inure to
the  benefit of  Administrative  Agent's,  Documentation  Agent's  and  Lender's
successors and assigns.

     15. This Guaranty  shall be construed and enforced  under the internal laws
of the State of Illinois.

         16. EACH GUARANTOR  HEREBY  KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY  AND  INTENTIONALLY
WAIVE ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING IN
ANY WAY IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS GUARANTY,  OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS,
THE LOAN, OR ANY OTHER STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO. EACH GUARANTOR
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN REPRESENTED IN THE SIGNING OF THIS GUARANTY AND IN
THE MAKING OF THIS WAIVER BY INDEPENDENT  LEGAL COUNSEL SELECTED OF ITS OWN FREE
WILL, AND THAT IT HAS DISCUSSED  THIS WAIVER WITH SUCH LEGAL COUNSEL.  GUARANTOR
FURTHER  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT (i) IT HAS  READ AND  UNDERSTANDS  THE  MEANING  AND
RAMIFICATIONS  OF THIS WAIVER,  (ii) THIS WAIVER HAS BEEN  REVIEWED BY GUARANTOR
AND GUARANTOR'S  COUNSEL AND IS A MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT FOR ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT
AND LENDERS TO MAKE THE LOAN,  ENTER INTO THE CREDIT  AGREEMENT  AND EACH OF THE
OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS,  AND (iii) THIS WAIVER  SHALL BE  EFFECTIVE AS TO EACH OF
SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AS IF FULLY INCORPORATED THEREIN.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Guarantor has  delivered  this Guaranty as of the
date first written above.




                                                     By:
                                                          Its:


<PAGE>




STATE OF                            )
                                    )  SS.
COUNTY OF                           )

         I, the  undersigned,  a Notary Public,  in and for said County,  in the
State aforesaid, DO HEREBY CERTIFY, that , the of , personally known to me to be
the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing  instrument,  appeared
before me this day in person and  acknowledged  that he signed and delivered the
said  instrument as his own free and voluntary act and as the free and voluntary
act of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.

GIVEN under my hand and Notarial Seal, this       day of           , 199    .




                                                Notary Public




<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT B
                             FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE


                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


$                                                            January ____, 1998


         On or before the Maturity  Date,  as defined in that certain  Unsecured
Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 1998 (the "Agreement") between
Great Lakes REIT, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership corporation ("Borrower"),
Bank of America  National  Trust and Savings  Association,  individually  and as
Administrative  Agent  for  the  Lenders  (as  such  terms  are  defined  in the
Agreement),   The  First   National  Bank  of  Chicago,   individually   and  as
Documentation  Agent ("First Chicago") and the other Lenders,  Borrower promises
to pay to the  order of (the  "Lender"),  or its  successors  and  assigns,  the
principal  sum of AND NO/100  DOLLARS  ($ ) or the  aggregate  unpaid  principal
amount of all Loans made by the Lender to  Borrower  pursuant  to Section 2.1 of
the Agreement,  in immediately  available funds to the account, or at the office
of,  Administrative  Agent specified in Section 2.11 of the Agreement,  together
with  interest  on the unpaid  principal  amount  hereof at the rates and on the
dates set forth in the Agreement.  The Borrower shall pay this  Promissory  Note
("Note") in full on or before the Maturity Date in accordance  with the terms of
the Agreement.

    The  Lender  shall,  and is hereby  authorized  to,  record on the  schedule
attached  hereto,  or to otherwise record in accordance with its usual practice,
the date and  amount  of each  Loan and the date and  amount  of each  principal
payment hereunder.

    This Note is issued  pursuant to, and is entitled to the security  under and
benefits of, the Agreement and the other Loan Documents,  to which Agreement and
Loan  Documents,  as they may be amended from time to time,  reference is hereby
made for, inter alia, a statement of the terms and  conditions  under which this
Note may be prepaid or its maturity  date  accelerated.  Capitalized  terms used
herein and not otherwise defined herein are used with the meanings attributed to
them in the Agreement.

    If there is an Event of Default or Default  under the Agreement or any other
Loan  Document and Lender  exercises its remedies  provided  under the Agreement
and/or any of the Loan Documents, then in addition to all amounts recoverable by
the Lender under such documents,  Lender shall be entitled to receive reasonable
attorneys fees and expenses incurred by Lender in exercising such remedies.

    Borrower and all endorsers severally waive presentment,  protest and demand,
notice of protest, demand and of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note (except as
otherwise  expressly  provided  for in the  Agreement),  and any and all lack of
diligence or delays in collection  or  enforcement  of this Note,  and expressly
agree that this Note,  or any payment  hereunder,  may be extended  from time to
time,  and  expressly  consent  to the  release  of any  party  liable  for  the
obligation  secured by this Note,  the  release of any of the  security  of this
Note, the acceptance of any other security therefor,  or any other indulgence or
forbearance  whatsoever,  all without notice to any party and without  affecting
the liability of the Borrower and any endorsers hereof.



<PAGE>




         This Note shall be governed and  construed  under the internal  laws of
the State of Illinois.

BORROWER  AND  LENDER,  BY  ITS  ACCEPTANCE   HEREOF,   EACH  HEREBY  KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY  AND  INTENTIONALLY  WAIVE ANY RIGHT  THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY LITIGATION  ARISING IN ANY WAY IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS NOTE, OR ANY
OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE LOAN, OR ANY OTHER STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF ANY
PARTY HERETO.  BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN REPRESENTED IN THE SIGNING
OF THIS NOTE AND IN THE  MAKING  OF THIS  WAIVER BY  INDEPENDENT  LEGAL  COUNSEL
SELECTED OF ITS OWN FREE WILL,  AND THAT IT HAS DISCUSSED  THIS WAIVER WITH SUCH
LEGAL  COUNSEL.   BORROWER  FURTHER  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  (i)  IT  HAS  READ  AND
UNDERSTANDS THE MEANING AND  RAMIFICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER,  (ii) THIS WAIVER HAS
BEEN REVIEWED BY BORROWER AND  BORROWER'S  COUNSEL AND IS A MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT
FOR LENDER TO MAKE THE LOAN, ENTER INTO THE AGREEMENT AND EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS,  AND (iii) THIS WAIVER  SHALL BE  EFFECTIVE  AS TO EACH OF SUCH OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS AS IF FULLY INCORPORATED THEREIN.

                            GREAT LAKES REIT, L.P.

                            By:      Great Lakes REIT, Inc., its general partner

                            By:

                            Its:






<PAGE>




                                                LOANS AND PAYMENTS




Date


Loan

Principal
Payments
Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Notation
Made By




































<PAGE>




                                                     EXHIBIT C

                                           OPINION OF BORROWER'S COUNSEL


                                                 (Attached Hereto)





<PAGE>




                                                     EXHIBIT D

                                          OPINION OF GUARANTORS' COUNSEL


                                          See Exhibit C attached hereto.



<PAGE>




                                                     EXHIBIT E

                                                WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

To:      Bank of America National Trust and Saving Association,
         as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative Agent") under the Credit 
         Agreement described below

         Re:      Unsecured  Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of January 6,
                  1998 (as amended,  modified,  renewed or extended from time to
                  time,  the  "Agreement"),  among Great Lakes REIT,  L.P.  (the
                  "Borrower"), Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agent and
                  the Lenders named therein. Terms used herein and not otherwise
                  defined  shall  have  the  meanings  assigned  thereto  in the
                  Agreement.

    The Administrative Agent is specifically authorized and directed to act upon
the following standing money transfer  instructions with respect to the proceeds
of Advances or other extensions of credit from time to time until receipt by the
Administrative  Agent of a specific written  revocation of such  instructions by
the Borrower, provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may also transfer
funds as  hereafter  directed  in writing by the  Borrower  in  accordance  with
Section 15.1 of the Agreement.

Facility Identification Number(s)


Customer/Account Name


Transfer Funds To




For Account No.


Reference/Attention To


Authorized Officer (Customer Representative)                         Date




(Please Print)                                                       Signature

Bank Officer Name                                                    Date






<PAGE>




(Please Print)                                                Signature

    (Deliver Completed Form to Credit Support Staff For Immediate Processing)



<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT F

                         FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To:      The Administrative Agent and the Lenders
         who are parties to the Agreement described below

    This Compliance  Certificate is furnished pursuant to that certain Unsecured
Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of January 6, 1998 (as amended,  modified,
renewed or extended from time to time, the "Agreement")  among Great Lakes REIT,
L.P.  ("Borrower"),  Bank of America  National  Trust and  Savings  Association,
individually  and as  Administrative  Agent,  the  Documentation  Agent  and the
Lenders named therein.  Unless otherwise defined herein,  capitalized terms used
in this Compliance  Certificate have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in
the Agreement.

         THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:

         1.       I am the duly elected [Chief Financial Officer] 
[Chief Accounting Officer] [Controller] of General Partner.

         2. I have  reviewed the terms of the Agreement and I have made, or have
caused to be made under my supervision,  a detailed  review of the  transactions
and  conditions  of  the  Consolidated   Operating  Partnership  and  Investment
Affiliates  during the  accounting  period  covered by the financial  statements
attached (or most  recently  delivered to the  Administrative  Agent if none are
attached).

         3. The  examinations  described in Paragraph 2 did not disclose,  and I
have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which  constitutes
a Material Adverse  Financial  Change,  Event of Default or Default during or at
the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or
as of the date of this Compliance Certificate, except as set forth below.

         4. Schedule I (if attached)  attached  hereto sets forth financial data
and  computations and other  information  evidencing  Borrower's  compliance the
covenants contained in Article VII of the Agreement with certain other covenants
of the Agreement,  all of which data,  computations  and  information  (or if no
Schedule I is attached, the data,  computations and information contained in the
most recent  Schedule I attached to a prior  Compliance  Certificate)  are true,
complete and correct in all material respects.

         5. The  financial  statements,  updates,  reports  and other  materials
referred to in Section 8.2(i),  8.2(ii),  8.2(iv), or 8.2(viii), as the case may
be, of the Agreement which are delivered  concurrently with the delivery of this
Compliance  Certificate,  if any, and those most recently  delivered pursuant to
Section 8.2(v) and Section 8.14 of the Agreement,  if any, fairly and accurately
present in all  material  respects,  in the case of  financial  statements,  the
consolidated  financial  condition and operations of the Consolidated  Operating
Partnership at such date and the  consolidated  results of their  operations for
the period then-ended,  in accordance with GAAP applied consistently  throughout
such period and with prior  periods  and, in the case of  deliveries  other than
financial statements,  the matters set forth therein as of the dates and for the
periods  covered  thereby;  provided,  however,  that any  projections  included
therein constitute good faith estimates of reasonably anticipated future matters
which cannot be predicted with certainty.

         Described below are the exceptions, if any, to Paragraph 3 by listing,
in detail, the nature of


<PAGE>




the  condition or event,  the period  during which it has existed and the action
which the  Borrower  has taken,  is taking,  or proposes to take with respect to
each such condition or event:





























         The  foregoing  certifications,  together  with  the  computations  and
information  set  forth in  Schedule  I  hereto  and the  financial  statements,
updates,  reports  and  other  materials  delivered  with  or  covered  by  this
Compliance Certificate are made and delivered this day of , 19
 .



                            , a Qualified Officer of General Partner




<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT G

                 SCOPE OF WORK FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS



                         ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENTS

                  Bank of America ("BofA") Reporting Standards

The  following  are BofA  Guidelines  for the  qualification  of  firms  and for
information to be included in Environmental  Site  Assessments.  These standards
include the minimum elements common to acceptable site  assessments.  Generally,
it is intended for the  standards to be  consistent  with those  outlined in the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation:  E 1527-93.  This
listing is not intended to be a "how to" manual, as we rely on the environmental
professionals to expand the scope of their services and the information included
in the reports as required.

Qualifications of Investigating Firm

         The  firm  must  have 5 years of  experience  in  hazardous  substances
         investigation.  Many of these firms began as geotechnical  consultants,
         but  expertise  only in  soils  analysis  does  not  qualify  them  for
         hazardous  substance  analysis.  The person supervising and signing the
         report should be experienced in all matters  covered in the report.  He
         should be a registered  professional  engineer or have advanced degrees
         in related  disciplines.  The firm  performing  the work should be of a
         professional nature with knowledge of local conditions.

Depth of Reporting Required

         Phase I -  Consists  of site  description,  review  of  historical  and
         regulatory   data  and  a   physical   inspection.   If  no   potential
         contamination is indicated,  the report should so state, and a specific
         statement should be made that no further investigation is required (see
         content requirements below).

         Phase  II - If a Phase  I  examination  indicates  the  possibility  of
         contamination, the consultant should describe his suspicions, the areas
         to be tested, sampling procedures to be used and methods used to assess
         the sample.  He should then specify and carry out a testing program for
         further evaluation.

         Phase III - If Phase II reveals  material  contamination at the site in
         amounts or concentrations  that are deemed  unacceptable by BofA in its
         sole discretion, the consultant will design and implement a remediation
         program to remove the identified hazardous materials in accordance with
         all environmental laws. The report should include an estimated cost for
         the clean-up.

BofA will  initially  require a Phase I site  assessment  report  including  the
following:


<PAGE>




Site Description

         The site description  section should include a detailed  description of
         the site,  existing  buildings  and  current  site use.  It should also
         include a general  description  of the uses and  conditions of adjacent
         properties  which might  result in migrating  contamination.  It should
         include a summary of the visual observations including, but not limited
         to, vegetation stress,  debris,  fill materials,  ponding,  evidence of
         underground  storage  tanks,  evidence of previous  dumping or storage,
         discolored  or  stained  soils,  wetlands,  groundwater  flows,  and  a
         description  of regional  geology and hydrology.  On vacant sites,  the
         investigator should compare his observations to a USGS topographic map,
         noting any changes in elevations or depressions which have been covered
         over, possibly indicating past dumping or burial of wastes.

         On sites with existing improvements,  the investigator should interview
         personnel  at the  site  regarding  hazardous  materials  currently  or
         previously used at the site,  underground storage tanks, pipeline right
         of ways and any other areas of concern. Buildings should be checked for
         asbestos containing materials, PCB equipment, etc.

Historical Uses of Site, Adjacent Properties, and Significant Nearby Properties

         The historical analysis should provide a chronology of past and present
         significant  uses of the subject site and adjacent sites, and highlight
         activities  which  might  have  contributed   unacceptable   levels  of
         contaminants.  It should  contain  an  explanation  of the  methods  of
         historical  search which were pursued,  the information  expected to be
         obtained and the  information  actually  obtained from each search.  In
         general,  the  historical  review  should  cover 30-40 years of history
         depending  on  the  availability  of  information.  Its  purpose  is to
         investigate the possibility of prior hazardous  substances  releases at
         the property,  identify  potential  contingent  liability from historic
         off-site  disposal of  hazardous  substances,  or  identify  sources of
         contamination which have or might in the future migrate to the site.

         The historical analysis should include but not be limited to:

         Review   of  aerial   photographs   to  identify  past  land  uses  and
                  development  trends, and identify possible locations of ponds,
                  landfills, tanks, areas of soil discoloration or drum storage.

         Review   of county tax records or title search to identify past uses of
                  potential concern such as gas stations or industrial uses.

         Conversations  with   local   environmental   and   health   officials,
                  investigation of local, state and federal regulatory  agencies
                  files including the EPA and Corps of Engineers, and a check of
                  EPA lists of known  contaminated  sites, to check for recorded
                  hazardous   substances   handling,   or  potential  permitting
                  requirements  of  air  emissions,   wastewater,  RCRA  or  TSD
                  permits.

         Other  information  which may be  attached to the report  include,  but
should not be limited to:

         A discussion of existing and proposed environmental standards and 
legislation of the area

         Site Plan


<PAGE>




      Ground level photos of the site with specific attention to any 
characteristics noted in the report

     Area diagram  showing the  location of any matters  mentioned in the report
and showing the site and adjacent  properties if any potential hazardous sources
are identified on adjacent or nearby properties

     Copies of representative aerial photos

     Copies of correspondence with regulatory agencies

     Documents acquired during title search

     Chain of custody records

     Location map of site and immediate surroundings

     Listing of adjacent property owners and use of the properties

     Any other material available which describes or verifies information 
given or conclusions drawn in the report

Conclusions and Recommendations

         The  Consultant  will  prepare a complete  written  report  which fully
         defines the scope of his  responsibilities  and  objectives.  It should
         describe the sources used,  the  activities  performed,  the dates when
         activities were performed, the results of research and recommendations.
         Specific  recommendations  for  remedial  action,  additional  tests or
         investigations  for each  recognized  area of concern or condition  and
         approximate  costs of further  investigation  or  remediation  shall be
         provided within the report.

         The  conclusion  section must clearly state that the firm has exercised
         professional judgment in reaching one of the following:

                  The  Consultant,  after  performing the  appropriate  level of
                  investigation,   has   revealed  no  evidence  of   recognized
                  environmental   conditions  in  connection  with  the  subject
                  property and no further testing or investigation is warranted.

         or

                  The  Consultant,  after  performing the  appropriate  level of
                  investigation,   has   revealed  no  evidence  of   recognized
                  environmental   conditions  in  connection  with  the  subject
                  property except for the following:

         If the Consultant was restricted by factors such as time limitations or
         scope-of-service  limitations  agreed to with the borrower,  the report
         should so state.

         The report is to be signed by a  professional  engineer,  environmental
         manager or supervisor or any other individuals who provide  significant
         professional    assistance   in   completing   the   assignment.    The
         qualifications  of  the  individuals   signing  the  report  should  be
         included.




<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT H

                          FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT



         This Assignment Agreement (this "Assignment Agreement") between
          (the "Assignor") and                , (the "Assignee") is dated as of
                  , 19_.  The parties hereto agree as follows:

         PRELIMINARY  STATEMENT.  The  Assignor  is  a  party  to  an  Unsecured
Revolving Credit Agreement  (which, as it may be amended,  modified,  renewed or
extended from time to time is herein called the "Credit Agreement") described in
Item 1 of Schedule 1 attached  hereto  ("Schedule  1").  Capitalized  terms used
herein and not otherwise  defined  herein shall have the meanings  attributed to
them in the Credit Agreement.

         ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the
Assignee,  and the Assignee hereby  purchases and assumes from the Assignor,  an
interest  in and to the  Assignor's  rights  and  obligations  under the  Credit
Agreement  such that after giving effect to such  assignment  the Assignee shall
have purchased  pursuant to this  Assignment  Agreement the percentage  interest
specified  in Item 3 of  Schedule 1 of all  outstanding  rights and  obligations
under  the  Credit  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents.  The  aggregate
Commitment  (or  Loans,  if  the  applicable  Commitment  has  been  terminated)
purchased by the Assignee hereunder is set forth in Item 4 of Schedule 1.

         EFFECTIVE  DATE. The effective date of this  Assignment  Agreement (the
"Effective Date") shall be the later of the date specified in Item 5 of Schedule
1  or  two  (2)  Business  Days  (or  such  shorter  period  agreed  to  by  the
Administrative Agent) after a Notice of Assignment  substantially in the form of
Schedule 2 attached hereto has been delivered to the Administrative Agent. In no
event will the Effective  Date occur if the payments  required to be made by the
Assignee to the Assignor on the Effective Date under Sections 4 and 5 hereof are
not made on the proposed  Effective Date,  unless otherwise agreed to in writing
by Assignor and Assignee.  The Assignor will notify the Assignee of the proposed
Effective  Date no later than the Business  Day prior to the proposed  Effective
Date.  As of the  Effective  Date,  (i) the  Assignee  shall have the rights and
obligations  of a Lender under the Loan Documents with respect to the rights and
obligations  assigned to the  Assignee  hereunder  and (ii) the  Assignor  shall
relinquish its rights and be released from its  corresponding  obligations under
the Loan  Documents with respect to the rights and  obligations  assigned to the
Assignee hereunder.

         PAYMENTS  OBLIGATIONS.  On and after the Effective  Date,  the Assignee
shall be  entitled  to receive  from the  Administrative  Agent all  payments of
principal,  interest and fees with respect to the interest assigned hereby.  The
Assignee shall advance funds directly to the  Administrative  Agent with respect
to all Loans and reimbursement payments made on or after the Effective Date with
respect to the interest  assigned  hereby.  [In  consideration  for the sale and
assignment of Loans hereunder,  (i) the Assignee shall pay the Assignor,  on the
Effective  Date, an amount equal to the  principal  amount of the portion of all
Base Rate Loans assigned to the Assignee hereunder and (ii) with respect to each
LIBOR Loan made by the Assignor and assigned to the Assignee  hereunder which is
outstanding on the Effective  Date,  (a) on the last day of the Interest  Period
therefor or (b) on such  earlier date agreed to by the Assignor and the Assignee
or (c) on the date on which any such Loan either becomes due (by acceleration or
otherwise) or is prepaid (the


<PAGE>




date as described  in the  foregoing  clauses (a), (b) or (c) being  hereinafter
referred to as the "Fixed Due Date"),  the  Assignee  shall pay the  Assignor an
amount equal to the principal amount of the portion of such Loan assigned to the
Assignee  which is  outstanding  on the Fixed Due Date.  If the Assignor and the
Assignee  agree  that the  applicable  Fixed Due Date for such Loan shall be the
Effective Date, they shall agree,  solely for purposes of dividing interest paid
by the Borrower on such Loan, to an alternate  interest  rate  applicable to the
portion of such Loan assigned  hereunder for the period from the Effective  Date
to the end of the related  Interest Period (the "Agreed  Interest Rate") and any
interest  received by the Assignee in excess of the Agreed  Interest Rate,  with
respect to such Loan for such period, shall be remitted to the Assignor.  In the
event a  prepayment  of any Loan which is  existing  on the  Effective  Date and
assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee  hereunder  occurs after the  Effective
Date but before the  applicable  Fixed Due Date, the Assignee shall remit to the
Assignor any excess of the funding  indemnification  amount paid by the Borrower
under  Section 4.4 of the Credit  Agreement an account of such  prepayment  with
respect to the portion of such Loan assigned to the Assignee  hereunder over the
amount  which would have been paid if such  prepayment  amount  were  calculated
based on the Agreed  Interest  Rate and only covered the portion of the Interest
Period  after the  Effective  Date.  The  Assignee  will  promptly  remit to the
Assignor  (i) the  portion of any  principal  payments  assigned  hereunder  and
received  from the  Administrative  Agent with respect to any such Loan prior to
its Fixed Due Date and (ii) any amounts of  interest on Loans and fees  received
from the Administrative  Agent which relate to the portion of the Loans assigned
to the Assignee  hereunder for periods prior to the Effective  Date, in the case
of Base Rate Loans or fees,  or the Fixed Due Date,  in the case of LIBOR Loans,
and not  previously  paid by the Assignee to the  Assignor.]*  In the event that
either  party  hereto  receives  any payment to which the other party  hereto is
entitled under this Assignment  Agreement,  then the party receiving such amount
shall promptly remit it to the other party hereto.

         FEES PAYABLE BY THE ASSIGNEE.  The Assignee shall pay to the Assignor a
fee on each day on which a payment of  interest or fees is made under the Credit
Agreement with respect to the amounts assigned to the Assignee  hereunder (other
than a payment of  interest  or fees  attributable  to the  period  prior to the
Effective  Date in the case of Base Rate  Loans or, in the case of LIBOR  Loans,
prior to the Fixed Due Date,  which the  Assignee is obligated to deliver to the
Assignor  pursuant  to  Section 4  hereof).  The amount of such fee shall be the
difference between (i) the interest or fee, as applicable,  paid with respect to
the amounts assigned to the Assignee  hereunder and (ii) the interest or fee, as
applicable,  which would have been paid with respect to the amounts  assigned to
the Assignee  hereunder if each interest  rate was  calculated at the rate of _%
rather than the actual  percentage  used to calculate  the interest rate paid by
the  Borrower  or if the fee was  calculated  at the rate of __% rather than the
actual percentage used to calculate the fee paid by the Borrower, as applicable.
In addition,  the Assignee agrees to pay % of the fee required to be paid to the
Administrative  Agent  in  connection  with  this  Assignment  Agreement.  [This
sentence can be revised appropriately based on how the fee is being paid.]

         1.*Each  Assignor  may insert its  standard  provisions  in lieu of the
payment terms included in Sections 4 and 5 of this Exhibit.

         REPRESENTATIONS   OF  THE  ASSIGNOR:   LIMITATIONS  ON  THE  ASSIGNOR'S
LIABILITY.  The  Assignor  represents  and  warrants  that it is the  legal  and
beneficial  owner of the interest  being  assigned by it hereunder and that such
interest is free and clear of any adverse claim  created by the Assignor.  It is
understood  and agreed that the  assignment  and  assumption  hereunder are made
without  recourse  to  the  Assignor  and  that  the  Assignor  makes  no  other
representation or warranty of any kind to the Assignee. Neither the Assignor nor
any  of its  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents  or  attorneys  shall  be
responsible for (i) the due execution, legality, validity,


<PAGE>




enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or collectability of any Loan Document,
including  without  limitation,  documents  granting  the Assignor and the other
Lenders a security interest in assets of the Borrower or any guarantor, (ii) any
representation,  warranty or statement made in or in connection  with any of the
Loan  Documents,  (iii)  the  financial  condition  or  creditworthiness  of the
Borrower or any guarantor, (iv) the performance of or compliance with any of the
terms or  provisions of any of the Loan  Documents,  (v)  inspecting  any of the
Property,  books or records of the  Borrower,  its  Subsidiaries  or  Investment
Affiliates, (vi) the validity, enforceability,  perfection, priority, condition,
value or  sufficiency  of any  collateral  securing or  purporting to secure the
Loans or (vii) any mistake,  error of judgment, or action taken or omitted to be
taken in connection with the Loans or the Loan Documents.

         REPRESENTATIONS OF THE ASSIGNEE.  The Assignee (i) confirms that it has
received a copy of the Credit  Agreement and the other Loan Documents,  together
with copies of the financial statements requested by the Assignee and such other
documents and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement,  (ii) agrees that
it will,  independently and without reliance upon the Administrative  Agent, the
Assignor or any other Lender and based on such  documents and  information at it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking  or not  taking  action  under the Loan  Documents,  (iii)  appoints  and
authorizes the  Administrative  Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf
and to exercise  such powers under the Loan  Documents  as are  delegated to the
Administrative  Agent by the terms  thereof,  together  with such  powers as are
reasonably  incidental  thereto,  (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance
with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents
are  required  to be  performed  by it as a Lender,  (v) agrees that its payment
instructions  and  notice  instructions  are as set forth in the  attachment  to
Schedule  1, (vi)  confirms  that  none of the  funds,  monies,  assets or other
consideration being used to make the purchase and assumption hereunder are "plan
assets" as defined  under ERISA and that its rights,  benefits and  interests in
and under the Loan Documents  will not be "plan assets" under ERISA,  [and (vii)
attaches  the forms  prescribed  by the Internal  Revenue  Service of the United
States  certifying  that the Assignee is entitled to receive  payments under the
Loan  Documents  without  deduction or  withholding of any United States federal
income taxes].**

** to be inserted  if the  Assignee  is not  incorporated  under the laws of the
United States, or a state thereof.

         INDEMNITY.  The  Assignee  agrees to  indemnify  and hold the  Assignor
harmless  against any and all losses,  costs and  expenses  (including,  without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) and liabilities incurred by the Assignor
in connection with or arising in any manner from the Assignee's  non-performance
of the obligations assumed under this Assignment Agreement.

         SUBSEQUENT  ASSIGNMENTS.  After the Effective  Date, the Assignee shall
have the right pursuant to Section 13.3.1 of the Credit  Agreement to assign the
rights  which are  assigned to the  Assignee  hereunder to any entity or person,
provided  that (i) any such  subsequent  assignment  does not violate any of the
terms and conditions of the Loan Documents or any law, rule, regulation,  order,
writ,  judgment,  injunction or decree and that any consent  required  under the
terms of the Loan  Documents has been obtained and (ii) unless the prior written
consent of the Assignor is obtained,  the Assignee is not thereby  released from
its obligations to the Assignor hereunder, if any remain unsatisfied, including,
without limitation, its obligations under Sections 4, 5 and 8 hereof.

     REDUCTIONS  OF AGGREGATE  COMMITMENT.  If any  reduction  in the  Aggregate
Commitment  occurs  between  the  date  of  this  Assignment  Agreement  and the
Effective Date, the


<PAGE>




percentage interest specified in Item 3 of Schedule 1 shall remain the same, but
the dollar amount purchased shall be recalculated based on the reduced Aggregate
Commitment.

         ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Assignment Agreement and the attached Notice of
Assignment  embody the entire  agreement and  understanding  between the parties
hereto and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties
hereto relating to the subject matter hereof.

         GOVERNING LAW. This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by the 
internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Illinois.

         NOTICES.  Notices shall be given under this Assignment Agreement in the
manner set forth in the Credit Agreement.  For the purpose hereof, the addresses
of the  parties  hereto  until  notice  of a change is  delivered)  shall be the
address set forth in the attachment to Schedule 1.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Assignment  Agreement  by their duly  authorized  officers  as of the date first
above written.

                                                     [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]



                                                     By:
                                                     Title:




                                                     [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]


                                                     By:
                                                     Title:






<PAGE>






                                  SCHEDULE 1 TO
                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT



Description and Date of Credit Agreement:

Date of Assignment Agreement:  __________, 19__

Amounts (as of date of Item 2 above):

              a.  Aggregate Commitment
                    (Loans)* under
                   Loan Agreement                                      $

              b.  Assignee's Percentage
                   of the Aggregate Commitment
                   purchased under this
                   Assignment Agreement**                              %

Amount of Assignee's Commitment (Loan Amount)*
     purchased under this Assignment Agreement:                        $

Amount of Assignor's Commitment (Loan Amount)
     after purchase under this Assignment Agreement

Proposed Effective Date:

Accepted and Agreed:

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]                                 [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:                                                By:
Title:                                             Title:


*If a  Commitment  has been  terminated,  insert  outstanding  Loans in place of
Commitment.

**Percentage taken to 10 decimal places.


<PAGE>





                           ATTACHMENT TO SCHEDULE 1 TO
                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT


              Attach Assignor's  Administrative  Information  Sheet,  which must
              include  notice address and account  information  for the Assignor
              and the Assignee.






<PAGE>






                                  SCHEDULE 2 TO
                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

                              NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT


                                                   ______________, 19___



         To:      [NAME OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT]



         From:  [NAME OF ASSIGNOR] (the "Assignor")

                  [NAME OF ASSIGNEE] (the "Assignee")

         We refer to that  Unsecured  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  (the "Credit
Agreement")  described in Item 1 of Schedule 1 attached  hereto  ("Schedule 1").
Capitalized  terms used herein and not otherwise  defined  herein shall have the
meanings attributed to them in the Loan Agreement.

     This Notice of  Assignment  (this  "Notice") is given and  delivered to the
Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 13.3.1 of the Credit Agreement.

     The Assignor and the Assignee  have entered into an  Assignment  Agreement,
dated as of ______,  19___ (the  "Assignment"),  pursuant to which,  among other
things,  the Assignor  has sold,  assigned,  delegated  and  transferred  to the
Assignee, and the Assignee has purchased, accepted and assumed from the Assignor
the  percentage  interest  specified in Item 3 of Schedule 1 of all  outstanding
rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement. From and after such purchase,
the Assignor's Commitment shall be the amount specified in Item 5 of Schedule 1.
The Effective Date of the Assignment shall be the later of the date specified in
Item 5 of Schedule 1 or two (2) Business Days (or such shorter  period as agreed
to by the  Administrative  Agent)  after this Notice of  Assignment  and any fee
required by Section  13.3.1 of the Credit  Agreement  have been delivered to the
Administrative  Agent,  provided that the Effective  Date shall not occur if any
condition  precedent  agreed to by the Assignor and the Assignee or set forth in
Section 13 of the Credit Agreement has not been satisfied.

     The  Assignor  and the  Assignee  hereby give to the  Administrative  Agent
notice of the assignment and  delegation  referred to herein.  The Assignor will
confer with the  Administrative  Agent  before the date  specified  in Item 6 of
Schedule 1 to determine if the  Assignment  Agreement  will become  effective on
such date pursuant to Section 3 hereof,  and will confer with the Administrative
Agent to determine the Effective  Date pursuant to Section 3 hereof if it occurs
thereafter. The Assignor shall notify the Administrative Agent if the Assignment
Agreement does not become  effective on any proposed  Effective Date as a result
of the failure to satisfy the conditions precedent agreed to by the Assignor and
the Assignee. At the request of the Administrative Agent, the Assignor will give
the  Administrative  Agent  written  confirmation  of  the  satisfaction  of the
conditions precedent.


<PAGE>




     The Assignor or the Assignee  shall pay to the  Administrative  Agent on or
before the  Effective  Date the  processing  fee of $3,500  required  by Section
13.3.1 of the Loan Agreement.

     If Notes are  outstanding  on the  Effective  Date,  the  Assignor  and the
Assignee request and direct that the Administrative  Agent prepare and cause the
Borrower to execute and deliver new Notes or, as appropriate, replacements notes
to the Assignor and the Assignee. The Assignor and, if applicable,  the Assignee
each agree to deliver to the Administrative  Agent the original Note received by
it from the Borrower upon its receipt of a new Note in the appropriate amount.

     The  Assignee  advised  the  Administrative  Agent that  notice and payment
instructions are set forth in the attachment to Schedule 1.

     The Assignee hereby represents and warrants that none of the funds, monies,
assets or other  consideration  being used to make the purchase  pursuant to the
Assignment  are "plan  assets"  as  defined  under  ERISA  and that its  rights,
benefits and interests in and under the Loan Documents will not be "plan assets"
under ERISA.

     The Assignee authorized the Administrative  Agent to act as its agent under
the  Loan  Document  in  accordance   with  the  terms  thereof.   The  Assignee
acknowledges  that the  Administrative  Agent has no duty to supply  information
with  respect to the Borrower or the Loan  Documents  to the Assignee  until the
Assignee becomes a party to the Credit Agreement.*

*May be eliminated if Assignee is a party to the Loan Agreement prior to the 
Effective Date.

NAME OF ASSIGNOR                                              NAME OF ASSIGNEE

By:  ______________________                                   By:

Title:                              __                        Title:



ACKNOWLEDGED AND CONSENTED TO

BY BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND

SAVINGS ASSOCIATION OF CHICAGO,

as Administrative Agent






<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 6.1

                                 CREDIT PARTIES


<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 6.9

                                   LITIGATION



                                      None.


<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 6.19

                              ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS


<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 6.24

                                   TRADE NAMES



                                      None.


<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 6.25

                     SUBSIDIARIES (EXCLUDING CREDIT PARTIES)



                There are no  Subsidiaries  that are not Credit  Parties  and no
Investment Affiliates.


<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 6.26

                                    PROPERTY




<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 9.6

                 LIENS (OTHER THAN THOSE COVERED BY 9.6(i)-(vi))



<PAGE>



Exhibit 10.4

                             GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.
                   1997 EQUITY AND PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

1.       Purpose.  The purpose of the 1997 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan
(the "Plan") is to attract and retain directors, officers and other key 
employees for Great Lakes REIT, Inc. (the "Company") and to provide to such 
persons incentives and rewards for superior performance.

2.       Definitions.  As used in this Plan,
         "Appreciation  Right"  means a right  granted  pursuant to Section 5 of
this Plan, and shall include both Tandem  Appreciation  Rights and Free-Standing
Appreciation Rights.

         "Board"  means the Board of Directors of the Company and, to the extent
of any delegation by the Board to a committee (or subcommittee thereof) pursuant
to Section 14 of this Plan, such committee (or subcommittee).

         "Change in Control"  shall have the  meaning  provided in Section 11 of
this Plan.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.

         "Common Shares" means shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share,
of the Company or any  security  into which such  shares of Common  Stock may be
changed by reason of any transaction or event of the type referred to in Section
10 of this Plan.

         "Covered  Employee" means a Participant who is, or is determined by the
Board to be likely to become, a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section
162(m) of the Code (or any successor provision).

         "Date of Grant" means the date  specified by the Board on which a grant
of Option Rights,  Appreciation Rights,  Performance Shares or Performance Units
or a grant  or  sale of  Restricted  Shares  or  Deferred  Shares  shall  become
effective  (which  date  shall not be  earlier  than the date on which the Board
takes action with respect thereto).

         "Deferral Period" means the period of time during which Deferred Shares
are subject to deferral limitations under Section 7 of this Plan.

         "Deferred  Shares"  means an award made  pursuant  to Section 7 of this
Plan of the right to receive  Common  Shares at the end of a specified  Deferral
Period.

         "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder, as such law, rules and regulations may
be amended from time to time.
         "Exercise   Price"  means  the  price   payable  upon   exercise  of  a
Free-Standing Appreciation Right.

         "Free-Standing  Appreciation  Right"  means an  Appreciation  Right not
granted in tandem with an Option Right.



<PAGE>




         "Incentive  Stock  Options"  means  Option  Rights that are intended to
qualify  as  "incentive  stock  options"  under  Section  422 of the Code or any
successor provision.

         "Management  Objectives" means the measurable  performance objective or
objectives  established pursuant to this Plan for Participants who have received
grants of Performance  Shares or Performance Units or, when so determined by the
Board,  Option  Rights,  Appreciation  Rights,  Restricted  Shares and  dividend
credits pursuant to this Plan.  Management  Objectives may be described in terms
of Company-wide  objectives or objectives that are related to the performance of
the individual Participant or of the Subsidiary, division, department, region or
function  within the Company or Subsidiary in which the Participant is employed.
The  Management  Objectives  may be made  relative to the  performance  of other
corporations.  The  Management  Objectives  applicable to any award to a Covered
Employee  shall be based on specified  levels of or growth in one or more of the
following criteria:

         i.       cash flow/net assets ratio;
         ii.      debt/capital ratio;
         iii.     return on total capital;
         iv.      return on equity;
         v.       funds from operations;
         vi.      funds from operations per share growth;
         vii.     revenue growth; and
         viii.    total return to stockholders.

Except where a  modification  would result in an award no longer  qualifying  as
performance based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code,
the Board may in its discretion modify such Management Objectives or the related
minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Board deems
appropriate and equitable.

         "Market Value per Share" means,  as of any  particular  date,  the fair
market  value of the  Common  Shares  as  listed  on the NYSE as of the close of
business on such date or the latest such date on which there is a listing.

         "Non-Employee Director" means a Director of the Company who is not an 
employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

         "NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

         "Optionee" means the optionee named in an agreement evidencing an 
outstanding Option Right.

         "Option Price" means the purchase price payable on exercise of an 
Option Right. 

         "Option Right" means the right to purchase  Common Shares upon exercise
of an option granted pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.

         "Participant"  means a person who is  selected  by the Board to receive
benefits  under  this  Plan and who is at the  time an  officer,  or  other  key
employee  of the  Company  or any one or more  of its  Subsidiaries,  or who has
agreed to commence serving in any of such capacities  within 90 days of the Date
of Grant.



<PAGE>




         "Performance  Period"  means,  with respect to a  Performance  Share or
Performance  Unit,  a period of time  established  pursuant to Section 8 of this
Plan within which the Management  Objectives  relating to such Performance Share
or Performance Unit are to be achieved.

         "Performance   Share"  means  a  bookkeeping  entry  that  records  the
equivalent of one Common Share awarded pursuant to Section 8 of this Plan.

         "Performance  Unit"  means a  bookkeeping  entry  that  records  a unit
equivalent to $1.00 awarded pursuant to Section 8 of this Plan.

         "Reload   Option  Rights"  means   additional   Option  Rights  granted
automatically  to an Optionee  upon the  exercise of Option  Rights  pursuant to
Section 4(g) of this Plan.

         "Restricted  Shares"  means Common  Shares  granted or sold pursuant to
Section 6 of this Plan as to which  neither the  substantial  risk of forfeiture
nor the prohibition on transfers referred to in such Section 6 has expired.

         "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(or any successor rule to the same effect) as in effect from time to time.

         "Spread"  means the  excess of the  Market  Value per Share on the date
when an Appreciation  Right is exercised,  or on the date when Option Rights are
surrendered  in payment of the Option  Price of other  Option  Rights,  over the
Option  Price or Exercise  Price  provided  for in the related  Option  Right or
Free-Standing Appreciation Right, respectively.

         "Tandem  Appreciation  Right" means an  Appreciation  Right  granted in
tandem with an Option Right.

         "Voting  Power"  means at any time,  the total  votes  relating  to the
then-outstanding  securities  entitled  to vote  generally  in the  election  of
directors of the Company.

         3.  Shares  Available  Under the Plan.  (a)  Subject to  adjustment  as
provided  in  paragraph  (b) below and  Section 10 of this  Plan,  the number of
Common Shares that may be issued or transferred  (i) upon the exercise of Option
Rights or  Appreciation  Rights,  (ii) as  Restricted  Shares and released  from
substantial  risks of  forfeiture  thereof,  (iii) as Deferred  Shares,  (iv) in
payment of Performance Shares or Performance Units that have been earned, or (v)
in payment of dividend  equivalents  paid with  respect to awards made under the
Plan, shall not exceed in the aggregate  2,250,000 Common Shares plus any shares
described in paragraph (b) below. Such shares may be shares of original issuance
or treasury shares or a combination of the foregoing.

         (b) The number of shares  available  in  paragraph  (a) above  shall be
adjusted to account for shares relating to awards that expire; are forfeited; or
are  transferred,  surrendered,  or relinquished  upon the payment of any Option
Price by the transfer to the Company of Common  Shares or upon  satisfaction  of
any withholding amount.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Section 3, or elsewhere in this
Plan, to the contrary,  the aggregate number of Common Shares actually issued or
transferred  by the Company upon the exercise of Incentive  Stock  Options shall
not exceed  2,250,000  Common  Shares,  subject to  adjustments  as  provided in
Section 10 of this Plan.  Further, no Participant shall be granted Option Rights
for more than 750,000  Common  Shares  during any period of 5 years,  subject to
adjustments


<PAGE>




as provided in Section 10 of this Plan.

         (d) Upon payment in cash of the benefit  provided by any award  granted
under  this Plan,  any shares  that were  covered by that award  shall  again be
available for issue or transfer hereunder.

         (e)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Plan to the contrary,
in no event shall any  Participant  in any period of 5 years  receive  more than
500,000 Appreciation Rights, subject to adjustments as provided in Section 10 of
this Plan.

         (f)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Plan to the contrary,
the number of shares  issued as  Restricted  Shares  shall not in the  aggregate
exceed 500,000  Common Shares,  subject to adjustments as provided in Section 10
of this Plan;  and, in no event shall any  Participant  in any period of 5 years
receive more than 500,000 Restricted Shares or 500,000 Deferred Shares,  subject
to adjustments as provided in Section 10 of this Plan.

         (g)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Plan to the contrary,
in no event  shall any  Participant  in any  calendar  year  receive an award of
Performance  Shares or Performance Units having an aggregate maximum value as of
their respective Dates of Grant in excess of $3,000,000.

     4. Option Rights.  The Board may, from time to time and upon such terms and
conditions  as it may  determine,  authorize  the  granting to  Participants  of
options to purchase Common Shares. Each such grant may utilize any or all of the
authorizations, and shall be subject to all of the requirements contained in the
following provisions:

         (a) Each grant shall  specify  the number of Common  Shares to which it
pertains subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3 of this Plan.

         (b) Each grant shall  specify an Option Price per share,  which may not
be less than the Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.

         (c) Each grant shall specify  whether the Option Price shall be payable
(i) in cash or by check  acceptable  to the  Company,  or (ii) by the  actual or
constructive  transfer to the  Company of  nonforfeitable,  unrestricted  Common
Shares  owned by the  Optionee (or other  consideration  authorized  pursuant to
subsection  (d) below) having a value at the time of exercise equal to the total
Option Price, or (iii) by a combination of such methods of payment.

         (d) The  Board  may  determine,  at or after  the Date of  Grant,  that
payment of the Option Price of any option (other than an Incentive Stock Option)
may also be made in whole or in part in the form of  Restricted  Shares or other
Common  Shares that are  forfeitable  or subject to  restrictions  on  transfer,
Deferred Shares,  Performance  Shares (based,  in each case, on the Market Value
per Share on the date of exercise),  other Option Rights (based on the Spread on
the date of exercise) or Performance Units.  Unless otherwise  determined by the
Board at or after the Date of Grant,  whenever any Option Price is paid in whole
or in part by  means  of any of the  forms of  consideration  specified  in this
paragraph,  the Common  Shares  received  upon the exercise of the Option Rights
shall be subject to such risks of forfeiture or  restrictions on transfer as may
correspond to any that apply to the consideration  surrendered,  but only to the
extent of (i) the number of shares or Performance Shares, (ii) the Spread of any
unexercisable portion of Option Rights, or (iii) the stated value of Performance
Units surrendered.

     (e) Any grant may provide for deferred payment of the Option Price from the
proceeds


<PAGE>




of sale through a bank or broker on a date  satisfactory  to the Company of some
or all of the shares to which such exercise relates.

         (f) Any grant may  provide  for  payment  of the Option  Price,  at the
election of the Optionee, in installments,  with or without interest, upon terms
determined by the Board.

         (g) Any  grant  may,  at or after the Date of  Grant,  provide  for the
automatic  grant of Reload  Option  Rights to an Optionee  upon the  exercise of
Option  Rights  (including  Reload  Option  Rights) using Common Shares or other
consideration specified in paragraph (d) above. Reload Option Rights shall cover
up to the number of Common Shares, Deferred Shares, Option Rights or Performance
Shares (or the number of Common  Shares having a value equal to the value of any
Performance  Units) surrendered to the Company upon any such exercise in payment
of the Option Price or to meet any withholding  obligations.  Reload Options may
have an Option Price that is no less than the applicable  Market Value per Share
at the time of exercise  and shall be on such other terms as may be specified by
the Directors,  which may be the same as or different from those of the original
Option Rights.

         (h) Successive  grants may be made to the same  Participant  whether or
not any Option Rights previously granted to such Participant remain unexercised.

         (i)  Each  grant  shall  specify  the  period  or  periods  (if any) of
continuous service by the Optionee with the Company or any Subsidiary  following
the grant that is necessary  before the Option  Rights or  installments  thereof
will become  exercisable and may provide for the earlier exercise of such Option
Rights in the event of a Change  in  Control  or other  similar  transaction  or
event.

         (j) Any grant of Option Rights may specify  Management  Objectives that
must be achieved as a condition to the exercise of such rights.

         (k)  Option  Rights  granted  under  this  Plan  may  be  (i)  options,
including,  without  limitation,  Incentive Stock Options,  that are intended to
qualify  under  particular  provisions  of the Code,  (ii)  options that are not
intended so to qualify, or (iii) combinations of the foregoing.

         (1) The Board may,  at or after the Date of Grant of any Option  Rights
(other  than  Incentive  Stock  Options),  provide  for the  payment of dividend
equivalents to the Optionee on either a current or deferred or contingent  basis
or may provide that such equivalents shall be credited against the Option Price.

         (m) The exercise of an Option Right shall result in the cancellation on
a  share-for-share  basis of any  Tandem  Appreciation  Right  authorized  under
Section 5 of this Plan.

     (n) No Option Right shall be  exercisable  more than 10 years from the Date
of Grant.

         (o) Each grant of Option  Rights  shall be  evidenced  by an  agreement
executed on behalf of the Company by an officer and  delivered  to the  Optionee
and  containing  such terms and  provisions,  consistent  with this Plan, as the
Board may approve.

     5.  Appreciation  Rights.  (a) The Board may also authorize the granting to
any Optionee of Tandem Appreciation Rights with respect to Option Rights granted
hereunder  at any time prior to the  exercise  or  termination  of such  related
Option Rights; provided, however, that a


<PAGE>




Tandem  Appreciation Right awarded in relation to an Incentive Stock Option must
be granted  concurrently with such Incentive Stock Option. A Tandem Appreciation
Right shall be a right of the Optionee,  exercisable by surrender of the related
Option  Right,  to receive from the Company an amount  determined  by the Board,
which  shall be  expressed  as a  percentage  of the Spread (not  exceeding  100
percent) at the time of exercise.

         (b) The Board may also  authorize  the granting to any  Participant  of
Free-Standing Appreciation Rights. A Free-Standing Appreciation Right shall be a
right of the Participant to receive from the Company an amount determined by the
Board, which shall be expressed as a percentage of the Spread (not exceeding 100
percent) at the time of exercise.

     (c)  Each  grant  of  Appreciation  Rights  may  utilize  any or all of the
authorizations,  and shall be subject to all of the  requirements,  contained in
the following provisions:

                  (i) Any grant may specify that the amount  payable on exercise
of an Appreciation Right may be paid by the Company in cash, in Common Shares or
in any combination  thereof and may either grant to the Participant or retain in
the Board the right to elect among those alternatives.

                  (ii) Any grant may specify that the amount payable on exercise
of an Appreciation  Right may not exceed a maximum specified by the Board at the
Date of Grant.

                  (iii) Any grant may specify  waiting  periods before  exercise
and permissible exercise dates or periods and shall provide that no Appreciation
Right  may be  exercised  except  at a time when the  related  Option  Right (if
applicable) is also exercisable and at a time when the Spread is positive.

                  (iv) Any grant may specify that such Appreciation Right may be
exercised only in the event of a Change in Control or other similar  transaction
or event.

                  (v) Each grant of Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by an
agreement  executed on behalf of the Company by an officer and  delivered to and
accepted by the  Participant,  which agreement shall describe such  Appreciation
Rights,  identify the related  Option  Rights (if  applicable),  state that such
Appreciation  Rights are subject to all the terms and  conditions  of this Plan,
and contain such other terms and  provisions,  consistent with this Plan, as the
Board may approve.

                  (vi) Any grant of Appreciation  Rights may specify  Management
Objectives that must be achieved as a condition of the exercise of such rights.

     6.  Restricted  Shares.  The Board may also  authorize the grant or sale of
Restricted  Shares to  Participants.  Each such grant or sale may utilize any or
all of the  authorizations,  and shall be  subject  to all of the  requirements,
contained in the following provisions:

         (a) Each such grant or sale shall  constitute an immediate  transfer of
the  ownership  of Common  Shares to the  Participant  in  consideration  of the
performance  of services,  entitling such  Participant  to voting,  dividend and
other ownership  rights,  but subject to the substantial  risk of forfeiture and
restrictions on transfer hereinafter referred to.

     (b) Each such grant or sale may be made without additional consideration or
in consideration of a payment by such Participant that is less than Market Value
per Share at the Date of Grant.

<PAGE>



         (c) Each such grant or sale shall  provide that the  Restricted  Shares
covered  by such  grant  or sale  shall be  subject  to a  "substantial  risk of
forfeiture"  within the  meaning of Section 83 of the Code,  for a period of not
less than one year to be determined by the Board at the Date of Grant, except in
the event of a Change in Control or other similar transaction or event.

         (d) Each such grant or sale shall  provide  that  during the period for
which such substantial risk of forfeiture is to continue, the transferability of
the Restricted Shares shall be prohibited or restricted in the manner and to the
extent  prescribed  by the Board at the Date of Grant  (which  restrictions  may
include,  without  limitation,  rights of  repurchase  or first  refusal  in the
Company  or  provisions   subjecting  the  Restricted  Shares  to  a  continuing
substantial risk of forfeiture in the hands of any transferee).

         (e) Any grant of Restricted  Shares may specify  Management  Objectives
which,  if achieved,  will result in  termination  or early  termination  of the
restrictions  applicable  to such shares and each grant may specify with respect
to  such  specified  Management  Objectives,   a  minimum  acceptable  level  of
achievement  and  shall  set  forth a  formula  for  determining  the  number of
Restricted  Shares on which  restrictions will terminate if performance is at or
above the minimum  level,  but falls short of full  achievement of the specified
Management Objectives.

         (f) Any such grant or sale of Restricted Shares may require that any or
all  dividends or other  distributions  paid  thereon  during the period of such
restrictions be automatically  deferred and reinvested in additional  Restricted
Shares, which may be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying award.

         (g) Each grant or sale of  Restricted  Shares  shall be evidenced by an
agreement  executed  on behalf  of the  Company  by an  authorized  officer  and
delivered to and accepted by the  Participant  and shall  contain such terms and
provisions,  consistent  with  this  Plan,  as the  Board  may  approve.  Unless
otherwise directed by the Board, all certificates representing Restricted Shares
shall be held in custody by the Company  until all  restrictions  thereon  shall
have lapsed,  together with a stock power or powers  executed by the Participant
in whose name such  certificates are registered,  endorsed in blank and covering
such Shares.

     7. Deferred  Shares.  The Board may also  authorize the granting or sale of
Deferred Shares to Participants.  Each such grant or sale may utilize any or all
of the authorizations, and shall be subject to all of the requirements contained
in the following provisions:

         (a) Each such  grant or sale  shall  constitute  the  agreement  by the
Company  to  deliver  Common  Shares  to  the   Participant  in  the  future  in
consideration of the performance of services,  but subject to the fulfillment of
such conditions during the Deferral Period as the Board may specify.

         (b)  Each  such   grant  or  sale  may  be  made   without   additional
consideration  or in consideration of a payment by such Participant that is less
than the Market Value per Share at the Date of Grant.

         (c) Each such grant or sale  shall be  subject to a Deferral  Period of
not less than one year,  as  determined by the Board at the Date of Grant except
(if the Board shall so  determine)  in the event of a Change in Control or other
similar transaction or event.


<PAGE>




         (d) During the Deferral Period,  the Participant shall have no right to
transfer any rights under his or her award and shall have no rights of ownership
in the Deferred  Shares and shall have no right to vote them, but the Board may,
at or after the Date of Grant,  authorize the payment of dividend equivalents on
such Shares on either a current or deferred or contingent basis,  either in cash
or in additional Common Shares.

         (e) Each grant or sale of  Deferred  Shares  shall be  evidenced  by an
agreement  executed  on behalf  of the  Company  by an  authorized  officer  and
delivered to and accepted by the  Participant  and shall  contain such terms and
provisions, consistent with this Plan, as the Board may approve.

         8.  Performance  Shares  and  Performance  Units.  The  Board  may also
authorize the granting of  Performance  Shares and  Performance  Units that will
become  payable  to a  Participant  upon  achievement  of  specified  Management
Objectives.  Each such grant may utilize any or all of the  authorizations,  and
shall  be  subject  to all  of  the  requirements,  contained  in the  following
provisions:

         (a) Each  grant  shall  specify  the  number of  Performance  Shares or
Performance  Units  to  which  it  pertains,  which  number  may be  subject  to
adjustment reflect changes in compensation or other factors; provided,  however,
that no such adjustment shall be made in the case of a Covered Employee.

         (b) The Performance  Period with respect to each  Performance  Share or
Performance Unit shall be such period of time (not less than one year, except in
the event of a Change in Control or other similar  transaction or event,  if the
Board  shall so  determine)  commencing  with the  Date of  Grant  (as  shall be
determined by the Board at the time of grant).

         (c) Any grant of Performance  Shares or Performance Units shall specify
Management  Objectives  which,  if  achieved,  will  result in  payment or early
payment of the award,  and each grant may specify with respect to such specified
Management  Objectives a minimum  acceptable  level of achievement and shall set
forth a formula for determining the number of Performance  Shares or Performance
Units that will be earned if performance  is at or above the minimum level,  but
falls short of full  achievement  of the specified  Management  Objectives.  The
grant of Performance  Shares or Performance Units shall specify that, before the
Performance Shares or Performance Units shall be earned and paid, the Board must
certify that the Management Objectives have been satisfied.

         (d) Each grant shall specify a minimum  acceptable level of achievement
with respect to the specified Management  Objectives below which no payment will
be made and shall set forth a formula for  determining  the amount of payment to
be made if performance is at or above such minimum but short of full achievement
of the Management Objectives.

         (e) Each  grant  shall  specify  the  time and  manner  of  payment  of
Performance  Shares or Performance  Units which have been earned.  Any grant may
specify that the amount payable with respect  thereto may be paid by the Company
in cash, in Common Shares or in any combination  thereof and may either grant to
the  Participant  or  retain  in the  Board  the  right  to  elect  among  those
alternatives.

         (f) Any grant of Performance Shares may specify that the amount payable
with respect thereto may not exceed a maximum specified by the Board at the Date
of Grant. Any grant of Performance  Units may specify that the amount payable or
the number of Common Shares issued


<PAGE>




with respect thereto may not exceed maximums specified by the Board at the Date
of Grant.

         (g) The Board may, at or after the Date of Grant of Performance Shares,
provide for the payment of dividend  equivalents to the holder thereof on either
a current or  deferred  or  contingent  basis,  either in cash or in  additional
Common Shares.

         (h) Each grant of  Performance  Shares or  Performance  Units  shall be
evidenced  by an  agreement  executed on behalf of the Company by an  authorized
officer and delivered to and accepted by the Participant,  which agreement shall
state that such Performance  Shares or Performance  Units are subject to all the
terms and conditions of this Plan, and contain such other terms and  provisions,
consistent with this Plan, as the Board may approve.

         9. Transferability.  (a) Except as otherwise determined by the Board on
a case-by-case  basis, no Option Right,  Appreciation  Right or other derivative
security  granted under the Plan shall be transferable by an Optionee other than
by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Except as otherwise determined
by the Board on a  case-by-case  basis,  Option Rights and  Appreciation  Rights
shall be exercisable during the Optionee's lifetime only by him or her or by his
or her guardian or legal representative.

         (b) The Board may  specify at the Date of Grant that part or all of the
Common Shares that are (i) to be issued or  transferred  by the Company upon the
exercise of Option Rights or  Appreciation  Rights,  upon the termination of the
Deferral Period applicable to Deferred Shares or upon payment under any grant of
Performance  Shares  or  Performance  Units  or (ii) no  longer  subject  to the
substantial  risk of  forfeiture  and  restrictions  on transfer  referred to in
Section 6 of this Plan, shall be subject to further restrictions on transfer.

         10. Adjustments.  The Board may make or provide for such adjustments in
the numbers of Common Shares covered by outstanding Option Rights,  Appreciation
Rights, Deferred Shares, and Performance Shares granted hereunder, in the prices
per share  applicable to such Option Rights and  Appreciation  Rights and in the
kind of shares covered thereby, as the Board, in its sole discretion,  exercised
in good faith,  may  determine  is  equitably  required  to prevent  dilution or
enlargement of the rights of  Participants  or Optionees  that  otherwise  would
result  from  (a) any  stock  dividend,  stock  split,  combination  of  shares,
recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Company, or (b)
any   merger,   consolidation,    spin-off,   split-off,   spin-out,   split-up,
reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets,
issuance  of  rights  or  warrants  to  purchase  securities,  or (c) any  other
corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing.
Moreover,  in the event of any such  transaction  or event,  the  Board,  in its
discretion,  may provide in substitution for any or all outstanding awards under
this Plan such alternative  consideration as it, in good faith, may determine to
be equitable in the  circumstances  and may require in connection  therewith the
surrender of all awards so replaced. The Board may also make or provide for such
adjustments in the numbers of shares  specified in Section 3 of this Plan as the
Board  in its  sole  discretion,  exercised  in good  faith,  may  determine  is
appropriate to reflect any transaction or event described in this Section 10.

     11.  Change in Control.  For  purposes of this Plan,  a "Change in Control"
shall mean if at any time any of the following events shall have occurred:

         (a) The Company is merged or consolidated  or reorganized  into or with
another  corporation  or other  legal  person,  and as a result of such  merger,
consolidation  or  reorganization  less than a majority of the  combined  voting
power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation


<PAGE>




or person  immediately  after such  transaction are held in the aggregate by the
holders of Common Shares immediately prior to such transaction;

         (b) The Company sells or otherwise  transfers all or substantially  all
of its assets to any other  corporation  or other legal person,  and less than a
majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such
corporation  or person  immediately  after such sale or  transfer is held in the
aggregate  by the  holders of Common  Shares  immediately  prior to such sale or
transfer;

         (c) There is a report filed on Schedule  13D or Schedule  14D-1 (or any
successor  schedule,  form or  report),  each  as  promulgated  pursuant  to the
Exchange  Act,  disclosing  that any  person  (as the term  "person"  is used in
Section  13(d)(3)  or  Section  14(d)(2)  of the  Exchange  Act) has  become the
beneficial owner (as the term "beneficial  owner" is defined under Rule 13d-3 or
any  successor  rule  or  regulation  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act) of
securities representing 20% or more of the Voting Power;

         (d) The Company files a report or proxy  statement  with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to
Form 8-K or  Schedule  14A (or any  successor  schedule,  form or report or item
therein)  that a change in control of the  Company  has or may have  occurred or
will or may  occur in the  future  pursuant  to any  then-existing  contract  or
transaction; or

         (e) If during any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals who at
the beginning of any such period  constitute  the directors of the Company cease
for any reason to constitute at least a majority  thereof,  unless the election,
or the nomination for election by the Company's  stockholders,  of each director
of the Company  first  elected  during such period was  approved by a vote of at
least  two-thirds  of the directors of the Company then still in office who were
directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of  Section  11(c) and (d)
above,  a "Change in Control"  shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes
of this Plan (i) solely  because (A) the Company;  (B) a Subsidiary;  or (c) any
Company-sponsored  employee stock ownership plan or other employee  benefit plan
of the  Company  either  files or  becomes  obligated  to file a report or proxy
statement  under or in response to Schedule  13D,  Schedule  14D-l,  Form 8-K or
Schedule 14A (or any successor  schedule,  form or report or item therein) under
the Exchange Act, disclosing  beneficial  ownership by it of shares,  whether in
excess of 20% of the Voting Power or otherwise,  or because the Company  reports
that a change of control of the Company has or may have  occurred or will or may
occur in the  future by  reason  of such  beneficial  ownership  or (ii)  solely
because of a change in control of any Subsidiary.

     12.  Fractional  Shares.  The  Company  shall not be  required to issue any
fractional  Common Shares  pursuant to this Plan.  The Board may provide for the
elimination of fractions or for the settlement of fractions in cash.

         13.  Withholding  Taxes.  To the extent that the Company is required to
withhold federal,  state,  local or foreign taxes in connection with any payment
made or benefit  realized by a Participant  or other person under this Plan, and
the amounts available to the Company for such withholding are  insufficient,  it
shall be a condition to the receipt of such payment or the  realization  of such
benefit that the Participant or such other person make arrangements satisfactory
to the Company for payment of the balance of such taxes required to be withheld,
which  arrangements (in the discretion of the Board) may include  relinquishment
of a portion of such benefit. The Company and a Participant or such other person
may also make similar arrangements with respect to the payment of any taxes with
respect to which


<PAGE>




withholding is not required.

         14.  Administration of the Plan. (a) This Plan shall be administered by
the Board, which may from time to time delegate all or any part of its authority
under this Plan to a committee of the Board (or subcommittee thereof) consisting
of not less than three Non-Employee Directors appointed by the Board. A majority
of the committee (or subcommittee)  shall constitute a quorum, and the action of
the members of the committee (or subcommittee) present at any meeting at which a
quorum is present, or acts unanimously approved in writing, shall be the acts of
the  committee  (or  subcommittee).  To  the  extent  of  any  such  delegation,
references  in this Plan to the Board  shall be deemed to be  references  to any
such committee or subcommittee.

         (b) The  interpretation  and construction by the Board of any provision
of this Plan or of any agreement,  notification or document evidencing the grant
of Option Rights,  Appreciation  Rights,  Restricted  Shares,  Deferred  Shares,
Performance  Shares  or  Performance  Units and any  determination  by the Board
pursuant to any provision of this Plan or of any such agreement, notification or
document shall be final and  conclusive.  No member of the Board shall be liable
for any such action or determination made in good faith.

         15.  Amendments,  Etc.  (a) The  Board may at any time and from time to
time amend the Plan in whole or in part; provided,  however,  that any amendment
which must be  approved  by the  stockholders  of the Company in order to comply
with  applicable  law or the rules of the NYSE or, if the Common  Shares are not
traded on the NYSE, the principal  national  securities  exchange upon which the
Common Shares are traded or quoted, shall not be effective unless and until such
approval has been obtained.  Presentation  of this Plan or any amendment  hereof
for stockholder approval shall not be construed to limit the Company's authority
to offer similar or dissimilar  benefits  under other plans without  stockholder
approval.

         (b) The  Board  also may  permit  Participants  to  elect to defer  the
issuance  of Common  Shares or the  settlement  of awards in cash under the Plan
pursuant to such rules,  procedures or programs as it may establish for purposes
of this Plan. The Board also may provide that deferred issuances and settlements
include the payment or  crediting  of  dividend  equivalents  or interest on the
deferral amounts.

         (c) The Board may  condition the grant of any award or  combination  of
awards  authorized  under  this  Plan  on  the  surrender  or  deferral  by  the
Participant  of his or her right to receive a cash  bonus or other  compensation
otherwise payable by the Company or a Subsidiary to the Participant.

         (d) In case of termination of employment by reason of death, disability
or normal  or early  retirement,  or in the case of  hardship  or other  special
circumstances,  of a Participant who holds an Option Right or Appreciation Right
not  immediately  exercisable in full, or any Restricted  Shares as to which the
substantial risk of forfeiture or the prohibition or restriction on transfer has
not lapsed,  or any Deferred Shares as to which the Deferral Period has not been
completed,  or any Performance  Shares or Performance  Units which have not been
fully  earned,  or who holds Common Shares  subject to any transfer  restriction
imposed  pursuant  to  Section  9(b) of this Plan,  the Board  may,  in its sole
discretion, accelerate the time at which such Option Right or Appreciation Right
may be exercised or the time at which such  substantial  risk of  forfeiture  or
prohibition or restriction on transfer will lapse or the time when such Deferral
Period  will end or the time at which  such  Performance  Shares or  Performance
Units  will be deemed to have been fully  earned or the time when such  transfer
restriction  will  terminate or may waive any other  limitation  or  requirement
under any such award.

     (e) This Plan shall not confer upon any  Participant any right with respect
to continuance of


<PAGE>




employment  or other  service with the Company or any  Subsidiary,  nor shall it
interfere  in any way  with  any  right  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  would
otherwise  have to terminate such  Participant's  employment or other service at
any time.

         (f) To the extent  that any  provision  of this Plan would  prevent any
Option  Right that was  intended to qualify as an  Incentive  Stock  Option from
qualifying as such,  that provision  shall be null and void with respect to such
Option Right. Such provision,  however,  shall remain in effect for other Option
Rights and there shall be no further effect on any provision of this Plan.

         16.  Termination.  No grant  shall be made under this Plan more than 10
years after the date on which this Plan is first approved by the stockholders of
the  Company,  but all grants  made on or prior to such date shall  continue  in
effect thereafter subject to the terms thereof and of this Plan.


As adopted September 11, 1997



Richard L. Rasley, Secretary




<PAGE>




Exhibit 10.7
                             GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.
                                STOCK OPTION PLAN
                            FOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

         As of this date, November 18, 1997, Great Lakes REIT, Inc.  ("Company")
hereby  amends and  restates  the Great Lakes REIT,  Inc.  Stock Option Plan for
Independent  Directors (the "Plan")  originally  established on July 2, 1992 and
amended from time to time  thereafter,  effective with respect to members of the
Board  of  Directors  who  are  not  employees  of  the  Company   ("Independent
Directors")

         1.  Statement  of Purpose The  purpose of the Plan is to benefit  Great
Lakes REIT, Inc. (the "Company")  through the maintenance and development of the
Company's  management  and capital base by offering the directors of the Company
who are not affiliated with the Company ("Independent Directors") an opportunity
to become  holders of stock in the  Company  over a period of years  through the
grant of options (hereafter "Options"), thereby giving the Independent Directors
a stake  in the  growth  and  prosperity  of the  Company  and  encouraging  the
continuance of the Independent Director's services to the Company.

         2.  Administration  Except as otherwise noted herein, the Plan shall be
administered  by  the  Company's   Board  of  Directors  (the  "Board"),   whose
interpretation  of the  terms  and  provisions  of the Plan  shall be final  and
conclusive.  No such  member of the Board shall be liable for any such action or
determination  made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted
thereunder.  Members of the Board who are either  eligible  for  Options or have
been granted Options may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the
Plan or the grant of any Options  pursuant to the Plan including the granting of
an Option to  himself.  Any such member may also be counted in  determining  the
existence  of a quorum at any meeting of the Board  during which action is taken
with respect to the granting of Options to him.

         3. Eligibility  Options shall be granted  hereunder only to Independent
Directors,  however, this limitation shall not operate to limit the right of the
Company to grant options to other individuals pursuant to other plans.

         4.  Granting of Options The Board may grant  options under which shares
of the common stock of the Company may be purchased from the Company, subject to
adjustment  as provided in  Paragraph  13.  Options  granted  under the Plan are
intended not to be treated as incentive stock options as defined in Section 422A
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the "Code").  Shares subject to
the options  will be shares of the  Company's  authorized  but  unissued  Common
Stock,  $.01 par  value,  or  treasury  shares of such class  reacquired  by the
Company. The number of shares granted Independent  Directors shall be determined
according to the terms of resolutions adopted by the Board.

         5. Failure to Exercise Option In the event that an Option expires or is
terminated or canceled  unexercised as to any shares,  such released  shares may
again be optioned  (including a grant in  substitution  for a canceled  Option).
Shares  subject to options may be made  available  from  unissued or  reacquired
shares of common stock.

         6. Service  Continuation Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Option
granted pursuant  thereto shall confer upon the Independent  Directors any right
to be continued in the service of the Company,  or interfere in any way with the
right of the Company Shareholders to remove the Independent Directors subject to
the terms of the Company's Charter.



<PAGE>




         7. Option Price The option price of any Options  granted to Independent
Directors hereunder subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13, shall be the Fair
Market Value of the shares of Company  common stock at the end of each  calendar
year.  For the purpose of this Plan "Fair Market Value" shall mean:  (i) the Net
Asset Value of a Share as last determined by the Board, or (ii) if the shares of
the Company  have been listed on a national or regional  market,  the average of
the highest sales price per share of the Company's  common shares on such market
or exchange on each of the five trading days immediately  preceding the relevant
date.

         8. Duration of Options,  Increments, and Extensions All Options granted
under the Plan shall be evidenced by written  Option  certificates  signed by an
officer of the Company.  Any term or condition of any Option  granted  hereunder
which  the  Board  is  empowered  to  establish  may be  determined  through  an
appropriate  provision in the form of written Option certificate  evidencing the
grant. Such certificates shall comply with and be subject to the following terms
and  conditions  which  are  expressly  a part  of  this  Plan.  Subject  to the
provisions  of Paragraph 9 hereof,  each Option  granted  Independent  Directors
shall be for terms of ten (10) years. Subject to the foregoing,  all or any part
of the shares to which the right to purchase has accrued may be purchased at the
time of such  accrual  or at any  time or times  thereafter  during  the  option
period. Until all conditions regarding the exercise of any Option are satisfied,
no right to vote or receive  dividends or other rights  granted to  stockholders
shall exist with respect to optioned  shares.  No adjustment  will be made for a
dividend  or other  rights  for which the  record  date is prior to the date the
stock Option is effectively exercised, except as provided in the Plan.

         9.  Consequence of Change in Control For purposes of this Plan the term
"Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence,  at any time during the specified
term of an Option granted under the Plan, of any of the following events:

         (a) The Company is merged or consolidated  or reorganized  into or with
another  corporation  or other  legal  person,  and as a result of such  merger,
consolidation  or  reorganization  less than a majority of the  combined  voting
power  of  the  then-outstanding   securities  of  such  corporation  or  person
immediately  after such  transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of
Common Shares immediately prior to such transaction;

         (b) The Company sells or otherwise  transfers all or substantially  all
of its assets to any other  corporation  or other legal person,  and less than a
majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such
corporation  or person  immediately  after such sale or  transfer is held in the
aggregate  by the  holders of Common  Shares  immediately  prior to such sale or
transfer;

         (c) There is a report filed on Schedule  13D or Schedule  14D-1 (or any
successor  schedule,  form or  report),  each  as  promulgated  pursuant  to the
Exchange  Act,  disclosing  that any  person  (as the term  "person"  is used in
Section  13(d)(3)  or  Section  14(d)(2)  of the  Exchange  Act) has  become the
beneficial owner (as the term "beneficial  owner" is defined under Rule 13d-3 or
any  successor  rule  or  regulation  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act) of
securities representing 20% or more of the Voting Power;

         (d) The Company files a report or proxy  statement  with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to
Form 8-K or  Schedule  14A (or any  successor  schedule,  form or report or item
therein)  that a change in control of the  Company  has or may have  occurred or
will or may  occur in the  future  pursuant  to any  then-existing  contract  or
transaction; or

         (e) If during any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals who at
the beginning of any such period  constitute  the directors of the Company cease
for any reason to constitute at least a majority


<PAGE>




thereof,  unless the election,  or the  nomination for election by the Company's
stockholders,  of each director of the Company first elected  during such period
was approved by a vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  directors of the Company
then still in office who were  directors of the Company at the  beginning of any
such period.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of  Section  11(c) and (d)
above,  a "Change in Control"  shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes
of this Plan (i) solely  because (A) the Company;  (B) a Subsidiary;  or (C) any
Company-sponsored  employee stock ownership plan or other employee  benefit plan
of the  Company  either  files or  becomes  obligated  to file a report or proxy
statement  under or in response to Schedule  13D,  Schedule  14D-l,  Form 8-K or
Schedule 14A (or any successor  schedule,  form or report or item therein) under
the Exchange Act, disclosing  beneficial  ownership by it of shares,  whether in
excess of 20% of the Voting Power or otherwise,  or because the Company  reports
that a change of control of the Company has or may have  occurred or will or may
occur in the  future by  reason  of such  beneficial  ownership  or (ii)  solely
because of a change in control of any Subsidiary.

         Notwithstanding  any other provisions in the Plan, during the period of
thirty (30) days after any Change in Control, an Independent  Director (or other
person  entitled to exercise an Option  granted under the Plan) (in either case,
the "Optionholder") shall have the right to require the Company to purchase from
him any  Option  granted  under the Plan at a  purchase  price  equal to (1) the
excess of the Fair Market  Value per share as of the date of the notice over the
option  price (2)  multiplied  by the number of Option  shares  specified by the
Optionholder  for purchase in a written notice to the Company,  attention of the
Secretary.  The amount payable to each  Optionholder  by the Company shall be in
cash or by  certified  check and shall be  reduced by any taxes  required  to be
withheld.

         10. Exercise of Option (a) An Option may be exercised by giving written
notice to the Company,  attention  of the  Secretary,  specifying  the number of
shares to be purchased, accompanied by the full purchase price for the shares to
be purchased  either in cash,  by check,  or by shares of the  Company's  common
stock or by a  combination  of these methods of payment.  For this purpose,  the
share value of the Company's  common stock shall be the fair market value on the
date of exercise as defined above.

                  (b) At the time of any  exercise  of any  Option,  the Company
may, if it shall determine it necessary or desirable for any reason, require the
Optionholder (or his heirs,  legatees, or legal representative,  as the case may
be) as a  condition  upon the  exercise  thereof,  to deliver  to the  Company a
written   representation  of  present  intention  to  purchase  the  shares  for
investment  and  not for  distribution.  In the  event  such  representation  is
required  to be  delivered,  an  appropriate  legend  may be  placed  upon  each
certificate  delivered to the  Optionholder  upon his exercise of part or all of
the Option.

                  (c) Each Option shall also be subject to the requirement that,
if at any time the Company  determines,  in its  discretion,  that the  listing,
registration  or  qualification  of the shares  subject  to the Option  upon any
securities  exchange  or under any  state or  Federal  law,  or the  consent  or
approval of any  governmental  regulatory  body is  necessary  or desirable as a
condition of, or in connection with, the issue or purchase of shares thereunder,
the  Option  may not be  exercised  in whole  or in part  unless  such  listing,
registration,  qualification,  consent or approval  shall have been  effected or
obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.

                  (d) At the time of the  exercise of any Option the Company may
require,  as a condition of the exercise of such Option, the Optionholder to pay
the Company an amount equal to the amount of the tax the Company may be required
to withhold to obtain a deduction for Federal income tax purposes as a result of
the exercise of such Option by the Optionholder.


<PAGE>




         11. Exercise After Retirement or Dismissal of an Independent  Director.
The retirement, "removal", or failure of an Independent Director to be reelected
to the Board of  Directors  shall  not  effect  the  Options  that were  granted
hereunder  previous  to such  event,  unless an  Independent  Director  has been
removed from the Board of Directors  by a vote of the  shareholders  "for cause"
under the Company's  ByLaws,  in which event the term of any Options  previously
granted the  Independent  Director shall toll, and all rights to purchase shares
pursuant thereto must be exercised within six months from such date.





         12.  Transferability  of Options The Options shall not be  transferable
except:  (i) to an  Independent  Director's  employer  or an  affiliate  of such
employer,  (ii) to one or more trusts  established solely for the benefit of one
or  more  members  of the  Independent  Director's  family  or to  one  or  more
partnerships  in  which  the  only  partners  are  members  of  the  Independent
Director's family or to another entity  established by the Independent  Director
for  estate  planning  purposes,  or (iii) by will or the  laws of  descent  and
distribution. Independent Director or his/her assignee shall provide the Company
written notice of any such transfer,  and any such transfer shall not effect the
conditions of the exercise of the Option except as otherwise noted herein.

     13.  Adjustment  The  number of shares  subject  to the Plan and to Options
granted under the Plan shall be adjusted as follows:

                  (a) in the event that the Company's  outstanding  common stock
is changed by any stock  dividend,  stock split or  combination  of shares,  the
number of shares subject to the Plan and to Options granted  thereunder shall be
proportionately adjusted;

                  (b)   in  the   event   of  any   merger,   consolidation   or
reorganization of the Company with any other corporation or corporations,  there
shall be substituted, on an equitable basis as determined by the Board, for each
share of common  stock  then  subject  to the Plan,  whether  or not at the time
subject to outstanding  Options, the number and kind of shares of stock or other
securities  to which the holders of common stock of the Company will be entitled
pursuant to the transaction; and

                  (c)  in  the  event  of  any  other  relevant  change  in  the
capitalization  of the  Company,  the  Board  shall  provide  for  an  equitable
adjustment  in the number of shares of common  stock  then  subject to the Plan,
whether or not then  subject to  outstanding  Options.  In the event of any such
adjustment the purchase price per share shall be proportionately adjusted.

         14.  Director  Indemnification  In  addition  to such  other  rights of
indemnification  as they have as  directors  or as  members  of the  Board,  the
members of the Board making determinations hereunder shall be indemnified by the
Company against the reasonable expenses,  including attorney's fees actually and
necessarily  incurred in  connection  with the  defense of any  action,  suit or
proceeding,  or in connection with any appeal  therein,  to which they or any of
them may be a party by reason of any action  taken or failure to act under or in
connection  with the Plan or any Option  granted  thereunder,  and  against  all
amounts paid by them in  settlement  is approved by  independent  legal  counsel
selected by the Company or paid by them in  satisfaction  of a judgement  in any
such  action,  suit or  proceeding  except in relation to matters as to which it
shall be adjudged  in such  action,  suit or  proceeding  that such  director is
liable for negligence or misconduct in the  performance of his duties;  provided
that  within  sixty  (60) days after  institution  of any such  action,  suit or
proceeding, a director shall, in writing, offer the Company the opportunity,  at
its own expense, to hand the defend the same.


<PAGE>




         15.  Amendment of Plan The Board may amend or  discontinue  the Plan at
any time.  However,  no such  amendment  or  discontinuance  shall (a) change or
impair any Option previously  granted,  without the consent of the Optionholder,
(b) change the minimum  purchase  price,  or (c) change the  limitations  on the
option period or increase the time limitations on the grant of Options.

     16.  Effective  Date  The Plan  became  effective  on July 2,  1992 and was
previously amended as of December 5, 1996.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Stock  Option  Plan  has been  adopted  by the duly
authorized directors of the Company on the date above written.



By:       /s/ Richard L. Rasley
         Richard L. Rasley, Secretary




<PAGE>




                             GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.
          NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE / INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

         This is to certify that on this day of , 19 , Great Lakes REIT, Inc., a
Maryland corporation (the "Company"), pursuant to the amended and restated Great
Lakes  REIT,  Inc.  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "Plan"),  hereby  grants  to (the
"Director") an option to purchase
            shares of its common stock, par value $.01 per share, upon the terms
and  conditions set forth herein.  The Director and other  individual to whom an
option or any portion  thereof has been granted or transferred  hereunder may be
referred to herein as the "Optionholder" as necessary.

         1.       The purchase price, payable upon exercise of the option, shall
be $     per share, subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph 6 below.

         2.       The exercise of the option shall be subject to the following
conditions:

                  (a) The option  shall become  exercisable  with respect to the
total number of shares subject to the option  immediately  after the date of the
grant.  The Board  administering  the Plan may in its discretion  accelerate the
exercisability  of the option  subject to such terms and  conditions as it deems
necessary and  appropriate.  All or any part of the shares with respect to which
the right to purchase  has accrued may be  purchased at the time of such accrual
or at any time or times thereafter during the option period.

                  (b) The option may be  exercised by giving  written  notice to
the Company,  attention of the Secretary,  specifying the number of shares to be
purchased, accompanied by the full purchase price for the shares to be purchased
either in cash or by check or by shares of the  Company's  common  stock or by a
combination  of such  methods of  payment.  At the time of any  exercise  of the
option, the Company may, if it shall determine it necessary or desirable for any
reason,   require   the   Optionholder   (or  his  heirs,   legatees   or  legal
representative, as the case may be) as a condition upon the exercise thereof, to
deliver to the Company a written representation of present intention to purchase
the  shares  for  investment  and  not  for  distribution.  In  the  event  such
representation is required to be delivered,  an appropriate legend may be placed
upon each certificate delivered to the Optionholder upon his exercise of part or
all of the  option and a stop  transfer  order may be placed  with the  transfer
agent. The option shall also be subject to the requirement  that, if at any time
the Company  determines,  in its discretion,  that the listing,  registration or
qualification  of the shares subject to the option upon any securities  exchange
or  under  any  state  or  Federal  law,  or  the  consent  or  approval  of any
governmental  regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in
connection with, the issue or purchase of shares thereunder,  the option may not
be   exercised  in  whole  or  in  part  unless  such   listing,   registration,
qualification,  consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of
any conditions not acceptable to the Company.

         3. The term of the option is ten (10) years,  but is subject to earlier
expiration as provided in paragraph 5. The option is thus not exercisable to any
extent after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of this stock option
certificate,  or after any earlier  expiration date that may be applicable under
the terms of  paragraph  5, unless the Board  extends the term of the option for
such additional  period as the Board, in its  discretion,  determines,  provided
that in no event shall the aggregate option period,  including the original term
of the option and any extensions thereof, exceed ten (10) years.

         4. The options shall not be transferable  except: (i) to an Independent
Director's employer or an affiliate of such employer, (ii) to one or more trusts
established  solely for the  benefit of one or more  members of the  Independent
Director's  family or to one or more partnerships in which the only partners are
members of the Independent  Director's  family,  or (iii) by will or the laws of
descent and distribution.


<PAGE>



Independent  Director or his/her  assignee  shall  provide  the Company  written
notice  of any such  transfer,  and any  such  transfer  shall  not  effect  the
conditions of the exercise of the Option except as otherwise  noted herein or in
the Plan.

         5. In the event the Director is removed  "for cause"  under  Article II
Section 13 of the  Company's  By-Laws the term of any option  granted  hereunder
shall toll, and all rights to purchase shares pursuant thereto must be exercised
within six months from the termination date.

         6. The  number of shares  subject to the option  shall be  adjusted  as
follows: (a) in the event that the Company's outstanding common stock is changed
by any stock  dividend,  stock  split or  combination  of shares,  the number of
shares subject to the option shall be proportionately adjusted; (b) in the event
of any merger,  consolidation  or  reorganization  of the Company with any other
corporation or corporations, there shall be substituted on an equitable basis as
determined  by the Board for each  share of common  stock  then  subject  to the
option,  the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities to which the
holders  of  common  stock  of the  Company  will be  entitled  pursuant  to the
transaction;  and  (c)  in  the  event  of  any  other  relevant  change  in the
capitalization  of the  Company,  the  Board  shall  provide  for  an  equitable
adjustment  in the number of shares of common  stock then subject to the option.
In the  event  of such  adjustment,  the  purchase  price  per  share  shall  be
proportionately adjusted.

         7.  Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan, during the period
of thirty (30) days after any "change in control" each  Optionholder  shall have
the right to require the Company to purchase  from him any option  granted under
the Plan and held by him at a  purchase  price  equal to (a) the  excess  of the
"Fair Market Value per share" (as defined in the Plan) over the option price (b)
multiplied  by the number of option  shares  specified  by him for purchase in a
written notice to the Company, attention of the Secretary. The amount payable to
each  Optionholder  by the Company  shall be in cash or by  certified  check and
shall be reduced by any taxes required to be withheld.

         8.       The granting of this option shall not modify in any way the 
terms and conditions of the Directory Agreement (if any).

         9. The  Optionholder(s)  shall not have any rights of shareholders with
respect to the  shares  subject to the  option  until such  shares are  actually
issued upon exercise of the option.


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  instrument  has been  executed  by the duly
authorized officer of the Company on the date above written.


Great Lakes REIT, Inc.



By:                                                , Secretary
         Richard L. Rasley


Exhibit 10.9

                       (MODEL) CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

         This  Agreement  between  GREAT LAKES REIT INC.,  (the  "Company")  and
RICHARD A. MAY ("Executive"),  is made as of the 20th day of November,  1997 and
supercedes the Change in Control  Agreement  between the parties dated as of the
24th day of September, 1996.

                                    RECITALS:

     A. The Company  wishes to attract and retain  well-qualified  executive and
key  management  personnel  and  to  assure  itself  of  the  continuity  of its
management.

     B.  Executive  is an officer or other key  executive  of the  Company  with
significant  management   responsibilities  in  the  conduct  of  the  Company's
business.

     C. The Company  recognizes  that  Executive  is a valuable  resource of the
Company  and the  Company  desires to be assured of the  continued  services  of
Executive.

         D. In the regular  course of his  employment by the Company,  Executive
acquires significant confidential information about the suburban office building
market,  including but not limited to leasing  patterns and trends,  acquisition
and disposition prospects, and sources of capital.

         E. The Company is concerned that in a possible change in control of the
Company, Executive may have concerns about the continuation of employment status
and  responsibilities  and  may  be  approached  by  others  offering  competing
employment;  the Company  therefore desires to provide Executive with assurances
as to the continuation of employment status and responsibilities in such event.

         F. The Company  further  desires to assure that if a possible change in
control arises and Executive is involved in  deliberations  or  negotiations  in
connection  with it,  Executive  will be in a secure  position to  consider  and
participate  in such a transaction  as  objectively  as possible and in the best
interests of the Company;  the Company  therefore  desires to protect  Executive
from any direct or implied threat to his financial well-being.

         G.  Executive  is willing to continue to serve as an  Executive  of the
Company and to make certain  covenants with the Company,  but Executive  desires
assurance  that in the event of a change in control he will continue to have the
employment  compensation,  benefits,  and  responsibilities  he could reasonably
expect absent such event,  and that, in the event such is not possible,  he will
have fair and reasonable severance protection.


         NOW,  THEREFORE,  it is hereby  agreed by and  between  the  parties as
follows:

         1.       Operation of Agreement.

                  (a) The "effective date of this  Agreement"  shall be the date
on which a change in control of the Company (as  described in Section 3) occurs.
Until  there is a change in control of the  Company as defined in Section 3, the
Company will continue to employ  Executive as an employee at will, and Executive
hereby  acknowledges that he is an employee at will of the Company.  The Company
will have no  obligation  hereunder,  if the  employment  of Executive  with the
Company terminates prior


<PAGE>




to a change in control of the Company.  Executive  will have no right on account
of this  Agreement to be retained in the employ of the Company or to be retained
in any particular position in the Company,  unless and until a change in control
of the Company has occurred.

                  (b) For the  period  commencing  on the  date of a  change  in
control of the Company  and ending on the last day of the month in which  occurs
the second  anniversary of the change in control of the Company (the "Employment
Period"), the Company hereby agrees to continue to employ Executive.  During the
Employment  Period,  Executive  shall  exercise such  authority and perform such
responsibilities  as are  commensurate  with the authority  being  exercised and
duties being performed by Executive  immediately  prior thereto,  which services
shall be performed  at the location  where  Executive  was employed  immediately
prior there or at such other  location as the  Company may  reasonably  require;
provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to accept any such other
location  that  Executive  deems  unreasonable  in the  light  of  his  personal
circumstances.  Executive  agrees  that  during the  Employment  Period he shall
faithfully  and  efficiently  devote his full business time  exclusively  to the
responsibilities and duties to the Company.

         2.     Non-competition, Confidentiality and Nonsolicitation Covenants.

                  (a) If there is a  Termination  (as  defined  in Section 5) of
Executive's  employment  with  the  Company,  Executive  shall  not  during  the
Employment Period, without the written consent of the Company,  engage, directly
or indirectly,  in any business  enterprise  ("Competitor")  which is (a) in the
business (in whole or in part) of investing in suburban  office  building (b) in
any geographic  metropolitan market in which the Company was competing as of the
date of the  termination  of Executive's  employment;  provided,  however,  that
Executive shall be permitted to acquire a stock or other ownership interest in a
Competitor  provided such stock or other  ownership  interest is publicly traded
and the stock or other ownership interest is not more than 1% of the outstanding
shares or other ownership  interest of such  Competitor.  Executive  agrees that
this limited  period of  non-competition  is reasonable and necessary to protect
the Company's legitimate business interests.

                  (b) If there is a Termination of Executive's  employment  with
the Company,  he will not during the Employment Period and thereafter divulge or
appropriate  to his own use or the use of  others  any  secret  or  confidential
information pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
obtained  during  employment  by the  Company,  it being  understood  that  this
obligation  shall  not  apply  when and to the  extent  any of such  information
becomes  publicly known or available  other than because of  Executive's  act or
omission.

                  (c) If there is a Termination of Executive's  employment  with
the  Company,  Executive  will not during the  Employment  Period,  directly  or
indirectly,  solicit  or hire any key  employee  of the  Company,  assist in the
solicitation or hiring or such a key employee by any other person,  or encourage
any such key employee to terminate his employment with the Company.

     3. Change in Control.  A "Change in Control"  shall mean if at any time any
of the following events shall have occurred:

         (a) The Company is merged or consolidated  or reorganized  into or with
another  corporation  or other  legal  person,  and as a result of such  merger,
consolidation  or  reorganization  less than a majority of the  combined  voting
power  of  the  then-outstanding   securities  of  such  corporation  or  person
immediately  after such  transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of
Common Shares immediately prior to such transaction;



<PAGE>




         (b) The Company sells or otherwise  transfers all or substantially  all
of its assets to any other  corporation  or other legal person,  and less than a
majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such
corporation  or person  immediately  after such sale or  transfer is held in the
aggregate  by the  holders of Common  Shares  immediately  prior to such sale or
transfer;

         (c) There is a report filed on Schedule  13D or Schedule  14D-1 (or any
successor  schedule,  form or  report),  each  as  promulgated  pursuant  to the
Exchange  Act,  disclosing  that any  person  (as the term  "person"  is used in
Section  13(d)(3)  or  Section  14(d)(2)  of the  Exchange  Act) has  become the
beneficial owner (as the term "beneficial  owner" is defined under Rule 13d-3 or
any  successor  rule  or  regulation  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act) of
securities representing 20% or more of the Voting Power;

         (d) The Company files a report or proxy  statement  with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to
Form 8-K or  Schedule  14A (or any  successor  schedule,  form or report or item
therein)  that a change in control of the  Company  has or may have  occurred or
will or may  occur in the  future  pursuant  to any  then-existing  contract  or
transaction; or

         (e) If during any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals who at
the beginning of any such period  constitute  the directors of the Company cease
for any reason to constitute at least a majority  thereof,  unless the election,
or the nomination for election by the Company's  stockholders,  of each director
of the Company  first  elected  during such period was  approved by a vote of at
least  two-thirds  of the directors of the Company then still in office who were
directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of  Section  11(c) and (d)
above, a "Change in Control"  shall not be deemed to have  occurred,  (i) solely
because (A) the Company; (B) a Subsidiary; or (c) any Company-sponsored employee
stock ownership plan or other employee  benefit plan of the Company either files
or becomes obligated to file a report or proxy statement under or in response to
Schedule  13D,  Schedule  14D-l,  Form  8-K or  Schedule  14A (or any  successor
schedule,  form or report or item therein)  under the Exchange  Act,  disclosing
beneficial  ownership  by it of  shares,  whether in excess of 20% of the Voting
Power or otherwise,  or because the Company  reports that a change of control of
the  Company  has or may have  occurred  or will or may  occur in the  future by
reason of such  beneficial  ownership,  or (ii)  solely  because  of a change in
control of any Subsidiary.

     4. Compensation and Benefits. During the Employment Period, Executive shall
receive the following compensation and benefits:

                  (a) Executive shall receive an annual base salary which is not
less than the  highest  monthly  base salary  paid to  Executive  by the Company
during the twelve-month  period  immediately prior to the effective date of this
Agreement, with the opportunity for increases from time to time thereafter which
are in accordance with the Company's regular executive compensation practices.

                  (b) Executive shall be eligible to participate on a reasonable
basis, and to continue his existing  participation in, annual  incentive,  stock
option,  restricted  stock,  long-term  incentives,   and  any  other  incentive
compensation  plans  which  provide  opportunities  to receive  compensation  in
addition to annual base salary, to the extent of the  opportunities  provided by
the Company for executives with comparable duties or level of responsibility and
authority.




<PAGE>




                  (c) Executive  shall be entitled to receive and participate in
salaried  employee  benefits  and  perquisites  (including,  but not limited to,
medical,  life, accident insurance,  disability benefits,  savings plan, welfare
benefit, and retirement plan  participation),  which are the greater of: (i) the
employee  benefits and  perquisites  provided by the Company to executives  with
comparable  duties,  or (ii) the  employee  benefits  and  perquisites  to which
Executive was entitled or in which Executive participated at any time during the
120-day period immediately prior to the effective date of this Agreement.

         5. Termination.  The term  "Termination"  shall mean termination of the
employment  of  Executive  with the  Company  after a change in  control  of the
Company and prior to the  expiration of the  Employment  Period,  for any reason
other than death,  disability (as defined below),  cause (as defined below),  or
voluntary resignation (as defined below).

                  (a) The term "disability"  means physical or mental incapacity
qualifying  Executive for  long-term  disability  under the Company's  long term
disability plan.

                  (b) The term  "cause"  means:  (i) the willful  and  continued
failure of Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other
than any  failure  due to  physical  or mental  incapacity)  after a demand  for
substantial  performance  is delivered  to him by the Board of  Directors  which
specifically  identifies  the  manner  in which the  Board  believes  he has not
substantially  performed  his  duties,  or (ii)  willful  misconduct  or willful
illegal conduct which is materially  injurious to the Company. No act or failure
to act by Executive shall be considered  "willful"  unless done or omitted to be
done not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission
was in the best  interests of the  Company.  The  unwillingness  of Executive to
accept  any or all of a change  in the  nature  or scope of  duties  or level of
responsibility and authority,  a reduction in total compensation or benefits,  a
relocation Executive deems unreasonable in light of his personal  circumstances,
or other  action by or at the request of the  Company in respect of  Executive's
position,  authority,  or responsibility that he reasonably deems to be contrary
to this  Agreement,  may not be  considered  by the Board of  Directors  to be a
failure to perform, misconduct or illegal conduct by Executive.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  Executive  shall not be deemed to have been terminated for cause
for purposes of this Agreement  unless and until there shall have been delivered
to Executive a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by a vote of three-quarters of
the entire  Board of  Directors  of the Company at a meeting of the Board called
and held (after  reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive
and his  counsel to be heard  before the Board) for the  purpose of  considering
whether Executive has been guilty of such a willful failure to perform,  or such
willful  misconduct  or illegal  conduct,  as  justifies  termination  for cause
hereunder,  finding that in the good faith  opinion of the Board,  Executive has
been guilty thereof and specifying the particulars thereof.

                  (c) The resignation of Executive  shall be deemed  "voluntary"
if it is for any reason  other than one or more of the  following,  each a "good
reason":

                           (i)      Executive's resignation or retirement is 
requested by the Company other than for cause;

                           (ii)     any significant change in the nature or 
scope of Executive's duties or level of authority and  responsibility  from 
those  described in Section 3;  provided, however,  that a change  in job title 
or in the name of the  office or  position held shall not be deemed a 
"significant change", nor shall it be deemed a factor in any  determination of 
whether there has been a "significant  change",  within the meaning of this
Section 5(c)(ii);



<PAGE>




     (iii) any reduction in Executive's total compensation or benefits from that
provided in Section 4, if that reduction in  compensation  or benefits is unique
to  Executive  and is not  part  of a  reduction  in  compensation  or  benefits
applicable to substantially all of the Company's employees;

     (iv) a breach  by the  Company  of any  other  material  provision  of this
Agreement; or

     (v) a reasonable  determination  by Executive that, as a result of a change
in control of the Company and a change in circumstances thereafter significantly
affecting  his  position,  Executive  is unable to exercise  the  authority  and
responsibility  described in Section 3; provided,  however, that a change in job
title or in the name of the office or position  held shall not be deemed to be a
change in circumstances  "significantly affecting" his position, nor shall it be
deemed a factor in any determination of either whether the Executive's  position
has been  significantly  effected,  or  whether  he is  unable to  exercise  the
authority and responsibility described in Section 3.

                  (d)  Termination  that entitles  Executive to the payments and
benefits  provided in Section 6 shall not be deemed or treated by the Company as
the   termination   of   Executive's   employment  or  the   forfeiture  of  his
participation,  award, or eligibility  for the purpose of any plan,  practice or
agreement of the Company referred to in Section 4.

     6. Termination  Payments and Benefits.  In the event of a Termination,  the
Company shall pay to Executive  the  following  cash payments when such payments
would  otherwise  have been paid in the  regular  course of  business  as if the
Termination did not occur:

                  (a) base salary and all other  benefits due Executive as if he
had remained an employee pursuant to this Agreement through the remainder of the
month in which Termination occurs,  less applicable  withholding taxes and other
authorized payroll deductions;

                  (b) the  amount  equal to the  target  cash  bonus  and  other
incentive awards for Executive under the Company's annual incentive compensation
plan for the fiscal year in which Termination occurs,  reduced pro rata for that
portion of the  fiscal  year not  completed  as of the end of the month in which
Termination occurs; provided,  however, that if Executive has deferred his award
for such year under the plan, the payment due Executive under this paragraph (b)
shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the deferral;

                   (c)     other unpaid compensation and vacation pay; and

                   (d)     a severance allowance equal to the sum of the 
following:

                           (i)      an amount equivalent to twice his annual 
base salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to Termination, less any 
sums paid to Executive by the Company as base salary for the Employment Period
through the end of month in which the Termination occurred; plus

                           (ii)     an amount equivalent to twice the average 
annual incentive compensation received by Executive for the three fiscal years 
immediately prior to the fiscal year in which  Termination  occurs,  less any 
sums paid to the  Executive by the Company as incentive  compensation for the 
Employment  Period through the end of the month in which the termination 
occurred.

In addition to the  foregoing,  the Company  shall pay or  otherwise  provide to
Executive all of the following:


<PAGE>




                  (e) During the remainder of the Employment  Period,  Executive
shall  continue  to be deemed and  treated  as an  eligible  employee  under the
provisions  of  all  stock  option,   restricted   stock,  and  other  incentive
compensation  plans of the Company under which  Executive held options or awards
or in  which  Executive  participated  at the  time of  Termination,  and he may
exercise  options and  rights,  and shall  receive  payments  and  distributions
accordingly.

                  (f) During the remainder of the Employment  Period,  Executive
shall  continue to  participate  in and be entitled to all benefits and credited
service  for  benefits  under  the  benefit  plans,  programs  and  arrangements
described  in Section  4(c) as if he  remained  employed  by the  Company at the
compensation levels referred to in this Section 6 during such period, exclusive,
however, of disability benefits.

                  (g) Section 4 shall be applicable in determining  the payments
and benefits due Executive under this Section 6, and if Termination occurs after
a reduction in all or any part of Executive's  total  compensation  or benefits,
the severance allowance and other compensation and benefits payable to Executive
pursuant to this Section 6 shall be based upon  compensation and benefits before
the reduction.

                  (h) If any provision of this Section 6 cannot,  in whole or in
part,  be  implemented  and  carried  out  under  the  terms  of the  applicable
compensation,  benefit,  or other plan or  arrangement  of the  Company  because
Executive  has ceased to be an actual  employee of the  Company,  because he has
insufficient  or reduced  credited  service based upon actual  employment by the
Company,  because the plan or arrangement  has been  terminated or amended after
the  effective  date of this  Agreement,  or for any other  reason,  the Company
itself shall pay or otherwise  provide the equivalent of such rights,  benefits,
and credits for such benefits to Executive,  his dependents,  beneficiaries  and
estate.

                  (i) The Company's  obligation under this Section 6 to continue
to pay or provide  health  care and life and  accident  insurance  to  Executive
during the remainder of the  Employment  Period shall be reduced when and to the
extent  any of such  benefits  are paid or  provided  to  Executive  by  another
employer,  provided that Executive shall have all rights afforded to retirees to
convert group  insurance  coverage to individual  coverage as, to the extent of,
and  whenever  Executive's  group  insurance  coverage  under this  Section 6 is
reduced or expires.

                  (j)      The Company shall deduct applicable withholding taxes
in performing its obligations under this Section 6.

                  (k)      Except for Section 6(i) above, Executive shall have 
no obligation to mitigate damages.

         Nothing  in  this  Section  6  is  intended,  or  shall  be  deemed  or
interpreted,  to be an amendment to any compensation,  benefit, or other plan of
the  Company.  To the  extent the  Company's  performance  under this  Section 6
includes the  performance of the Company's  obligations  to Executive  under any
such plan or under  another  agreement  between the Company and  Executive,  the
rights of Executive  under such plan or other  agreement,  as well as under this
Agreement, are discharged, surrendered, or released pro tanto.

         7. Parachute Payment Limitation.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
Agreement to the contrary, the aggregate present value of all parachute payments
payable to or for the benefit of  Executive,  whether  payable  pursuant to this
Agreement  or  otherwise,  shall  be  one  dollar  less  than  three  (3)  times
Executive's  base  amount  and,  to the extent  necessary,  payments  under this
Agreement and any parachute


<PAGE>




payments  payable under any other  agreement  between  Executive and the Company
shall be  reduced  in order  that this  limitation  not be  exceeded.  The terms
"parachute  payment,"  "base amount" and "present value" shall have the meanings
assigned  thereto  under  Section 280G of the Code.  It is the intention of this
Section 7 to avoid excise taxes on Executive  under Section 4999 of the Code and
the  disallowance of a deduction to the Company  pursuant to Section 280G of the
Code.  The  determination  of whether any  reduction  in the amount of parachute
payments  is  required  under  this  Section  7 shall  be made by the  Company's
independent accountants, and Executive shall be entitled to select the parachute
payments that will remain  payable after the  application of this Section 7. The
fact that Executive has payments under this Agreement reduced as a result of the
limitations  set forth in this  Section 7 will not of itself  limit or otherwise
affect any rights of Executive arising other than pursuant to this Agreement.

         8.  Arrangements Not Exclusive or Limiting.  The specific  arrangements
referred  to  herein  are  not   intended   to  exclude  or  limit   Executive's
participation in other benefits available to executive personnel  generally,  or
to preclude or limit other  compensation or benefits as may be authorized by the
Board of  Directors  of the  Company  at any  time,  or to limit or  reduce  any
compensation  or  benefit  to which  Executive  would be  entitled  but for this
Agreement.

         9. Enforcement  Costs. The Company is aware that upon the occurrence of
a change in control of the Company,  the Board of Directors or a stockholder  of
the  Company  may then cause or attempt to cause the Company to refuse to comply
with its obligations under this Agreement,  or may cause or attempt to cause the
Company  to  institute,  or may  institute,  litigation,  seeking  to have  this
Agreement declared unenforceable,  or may take, or attempt to take, other action
to  deny  Executive  the  benefits  intended  under  this  Agreement.  In  these
circumstances,  the purpose of this  Agreement  could be  frustrated.  It is the
intent of the parties that Executive not be required to incur the legal fees and
expenses  associated  with the  protection or  enforcement  of rights under this
Agreement  by  litigation  or  other  legal  action  because  such  costs  would
substantially detract from the benefits intended for Executive hereunder, nor be
bound to negotiate any settlement of rights  hereunder under threat of incurring
such  costs.  Accordingly,  if at any time  after a  change  in  control  of the
Company, it should appear to Executive that the Company is or has acted contrary
to or is failing or has failed to comply with any of its obligations  under this
Agreement  for  the  reason  that  it  regards  this  Agreement  to be  void  or
unenforceable  or for any other  reason,  or that the Company has  purported  to
terminate  his  employment  for cause or is in the course of doing so, in either
case contrary to this  Agreement,  or in the event that the Company or any other
person  takes any action to declare  this  Agreement  void or  unenforceable  or
institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to
recover the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Executive hereunder,
and  Executive  has acted in good faith to perform  his  obligations  under this
Agreement,  the Company  irrevocably  authorizes  Executive from time to time to
retain  counsel  of his  choice  at the  expense  of the  Company  to  represent
Executive  in  connection  with the  protection  and  enforcement  of his rights
hereunder,  including  without  limitation  representation  in  connection  with
termination  of employment  contrary to this Agreement or with the initiation of
defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against Executive
or the Company or any director, officer, stockholder, or other person affiliated
with Company,  in any jurisdiction.  The reasonable fees and expenses of counsel
selected from time to time by Executive as hereinabove provided shall be paid or
reimbursed  to  Executive  by the  Company  on a  regular,  periodic  basis upon
presentation by Executive of a statement or statements  prepared by such counsel
in accordance with its customary practices,  up to a maximum aggregate amount of
$100,000.  Counsel so retained by Executive  may be counsel  representing  other
officers or key executives of the Company in connection  with the protection and
enforcement  of their  rights  under  similar  agreements  between  them and the
Company and, unless in Executive's  sole judgment use of common counsel could be
prejudicial  to him  would  not be  likely  to  reduce  the  fees  and  expenses
chargeable hereunder to the Company, Executive agrees to use his best efforts to
agree with such other officers or executives to retain common counsel.


<PAGE>




         10. Notices.  Any notices,  requests,  demands and other communications
provided for by this Agreement  shall be in writing and personally  delivered by
hand or sent by  registered  or certified  mail,  if to  Executive,  at the last
address Executive has filed in writing with the Company,  and if to the Company,
to its corporate secretary at its principal executive offices.

         11.  Non-Alienation.  Executive  shall  not have any  right to  pledge,
hypothecate,  anticipate,  or in any way create a lien upon any amounts provided
under this  Agreement,  and no  payments  or  benefits  due  hereunder  shall be
assignable in anticipation of payment either by voluntary or involuntary acts or
by  operation  of law. So long as  Executive  lives,  no person,  other than the
parties hereto, shall have any rights under or interest in this Agreement or the
subject matter hereof.

         12.      Entire Agreement; Amendment.  This Agreement constitutes the 
entire agreement of the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof.  No 
provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, or discharged except by the
mutual written agreement of the parties.  The consent of any other person to
any such amendment, waiver, or discharge shall not be required.

         13.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, by operation of
law or otherwise,  including without  limitation any corporation or other entity
or person which shall succeed (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
consolidation,  or  otherwise) to all or  substantially  all of the business and
assets of the Company, and the Company shall require any successor, by agreement
in form and substance  satisfactory to Executive,  to expressly assume and agree
to perform the Agreement.  Except as otherwise  provided herein,  this Agreement
shall be  binding  upon and  inure to the  benefit  of  Executive  and his legal
representatives,  heirs, and assigns;  provided,  however,  that in the event of
Executive's   death   prior  to  payment  or   distribution   of  all   amounts,
distributions,   and  benefits  due  him  hereunder,   each  unpaid  amount  and
distribution  shall be paid in accordance  with this  Agreement to the person or
persons  designated  by  Executive  to the  Company to receive  such  payment or
distribution and if Executive has made no applicable designation,  to the person
or persons  designated by Executive as beneficiary or  beneficiaries of proceeds
of life insurance  payable in the event of Executive's death under the Company's
group life insurance plan.

         14.      Governing Law.  Except to the extent required to be governed 
by the law of the State of Maryland because the Company is incorporated under 
the laws of that State, the validity, interpretation, and enforcement of this 
Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of Illinois, excepting its
choice of law provisions.

         15.      Severability.  In the event that any provision or portion of 
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any
reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby 
and shall remain in full force and effect.

         16.      Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more 
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be original but all of which 
together constitute one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Executive has hereunto set his hand and,  pursuant
to the authorization  from its Board of Directors,  the Company has caused these
presents to be executed.




Great Lakes REIT, Inc.


By:      __________________________________
Its:     Richard L. Rasley, Secretary



By:      __________________________________
         Richard A. May


Exhibit 10.10


                                         INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

     This Incentive Stock Option  Agreement  ("Agreement") is entered into as of
the 12th day of  September,  1997  between  Great Lakes REIT,  Inc.  ("GLR"),  a
Maryland  corporation whose principal place of business is Oak Brook,  Illinois,
and ___________________, of __________________ ("Employee").

                                               W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  on February 27, 1997 the Board of Directors granted certain stock
options to Employee subject to the adoption of a final stock option plan and the
approval of that plan by GLRs stockholders, and

     WHEREAS  on May 29,  1997  the  Board of  Directors  of GLR  adopted  a new
compensation  plan for the  Companys  employees  known as the "1997  Equity and
Performance  Incentive Plan" (the "Incentive Plan"), and the stockholders of GLR
approved the adoption of the Incentive Plan on September 11, 1997; and

     WHEREAS,  certain stock options granted  pursuant to the Incentive Plan are
intended to qualify as "Incentive Stock Options"; and

     WHEREAS, GLR desires to compensate Employee by granting an option under the
Incentive  Plan to purchase  certain  shares of GLR's  common  stock in order to
provide Employee with an added incentive to increase the financial well being of
GLR; and

     WHEREAS, Employee is a key employee of GLR or one of its subsidiaries;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
hereinafter contained, the parties agree as follows:

     1. Grant of Option.  GLR hereby grants to Employee an option  ("Option") to
purchase up to  ______________  shares of GLR common stock,  $.01 par value (the
"Stock"), to be issued as fully paid and non-assessable upon the exercise hereof
and payment therefor,  during the following periods and subject to the following
conditions:

     (a)  During  the  period  commencing  September  12,  1997 and  terminating
February 27, 2007 (ten years from the date of the grant),  Employee may exercise
the Option to purchase up to ________(one  half) shares of the aggregate  number
of shares of Stock covered by the Option;

     (b) During the period  commencing August 27, 1998 (eighteen months from the
date of the grant) and terminating February 27, 2007 (ten years from the date of
the grant),  Employee may  exercise  the Option to purchase up to an  additional
________ (one half) shares of the aggregate number of shares of Stock covered by
the Option; and

     (c) Of the shares of Stock  identified  in  paragraph  1(a) shares shall be
treated as subject to an Incentive Stock Option,  and shares shall be subject to
a  non-qualified  option.  Of the shares of Stock  identified in paragraph 1(b),
shares  shall be treated as subject to an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  and shares
shall be subject to a non-qualified option.


<PAGE>


     Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, and except as provided in
paragraph 4 hereof, the Option and all rights granted herein shall terminate and
become null and void upon the expiration of ten years from the date of the grant
(such period is hereinafter referred to as the "Term").

     2.  Exercise  of  Option.  The Option may be  exercised  by written  notice
delivered to the  Secretary of GLR at the GLR  principal  offices,  stating that
Employee desires to exercise the Option and stating further the number of shares
with respect to which the Option is being  exercised.  In no case may the Option
be exercised for a fraction of a share of Stock. The purchase price of the Stock
with respect to which the Option is being  exercised  shall be paid (i) in cash,
or (ii) at the  discretion  of GLR, by  delivering  GLR stock  already  owned by
Employee,  or (iii) a  combination  of (i) and  (ii),  and shall be paid in full
within  three (3)  business  days  after  delivery  of the  Notice of  Exercise.
Promptly after receipt of the Notice of Exercise and payment,  GLR shall deliver
to Employee a certificate representing the shares of Stock purchased. If any law
or  regulation  requires  GLR to take any action  with  respect to the shares of
Stock,  then the date for the  delivery of such Stock shall be extended  for the
period necessary to take such action.

     3. Option  Price.  The option price of the Stock shall be $16.00 per share,
which price is not less than 100% of the fair  market  value of the Stock on the
date of the grant.

     4. Conditions Upon Right to Exercise.

     (a) Employment at Time of Exercise.  Except as provided in paragraph  4(b),
below,  at the time of any exercise of the Option,  Employee must be an employee
of GLR or its subsidiary.

     (b) Termination of Employment.

     (i) General.  All of the  unexercised  rights of Employee  under the Option
shall lapse if Employee's  employment with GLR or a subsidiary is terminated for
any reason, except for leaves of absence approved in writing by the President of
GLR, or if such employment is terminated by reason of Employee's permanent total
disability, retirement or death, as described below. If Employees employment is
terminated  for any reason other than  Employees  permanent  total  disability,
retirement  or death,  the vested  portion of the Option  which may be exercised
pursuant to Section 1 hereof may be  exercised  by Employee at any time or times
in whole or in part during the three-month  period after such termination to the
extent such three-month period is included in the remainder of the Term.

     (ii) Disability.  If the employment of Employee with GLR or a subsidiary is
terminated by reason of Employee's  permanent total  disability and Employee has
been in the  employ of either  GLR or a  subsidiary  continuously  from the date
hereof until such termination  (except for leaves of absence approved in writing
by the President of GLR), the vested portion of the Option pursuant to Section 1
hereof may be  exercised  by  Employee  at any time or times in whole or in part
during the one year period after such  termination,  to the extent such one year
period is included in the remainder of the Term.

     (iii) Retirement. If the employment of Employee with GLR or a subsidiary is
terminated  by reason of  Employee's  retirement  and  Employee  has been in the
employ of either GLR or a  subsidiary  continuously  from the date hereof  until
such  retirement  (except  for  leaves of  absence  approved  in  writing by the

<PAGE>

President  of GLR),
the vested  portion of the Option  pursuant to Section 1 hereof may be exercised
by  Employee  at any time or times in whole or in part  during  the  three-month
period  after such  retirement  to the extent  that such  three-month  period is
included in the  remainder of the  Term.ent to the extent that such  three-month
period is included in the remainder of the Term.

     (iv) Death.  If the  employment  of Employee  with GLR or a  subsidiary  is
terminated by reason of Employee's  death and Employee has been in the employ of
either GLR or a subsidiary  continuously  from the date hereof until  Employee's
death  (except  for leaves of absence  approved in writing by the  President  of
GLR),  the  vested  portion of the  Option  pursuant  to Section 1 hereof may be
exercised  by the legal  representative  of  Employee,  or by such of his heirs,
legatees or beneficiaries  to whom the Option devolves,  at any time or times in
whole or in part during the one year period from the date of death of  Employee,
to the extent  that such one year period is  included  in the  remainder  of the
Term.

     (c)  Change in  Control.  In the event of a change in  control  of GLR,  as
defined  herein,  Employee  shall  have the  right to  exercise  this  Option to
purchase  all of the  shares  subject  to  this  Option  Agreement  immediately,
notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1. For purposes of this Agreement, a
change in control of GLR shall mean any of the following events:

     (i) GLR is merged  or  consolidated  or  reorganized  into or with  another
corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such merger, consolidation
or reorganization less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-
outstanding  securities of such  corporation  or person  immediately  after such
transaction  are held in the  aggregate  by the  holders  of Common  Shares  (as
defined in the Incentive Plan) immediately prior to such transaction;

     (ii) GLR  sells or  otherwise  transfers  all or  substantially  all of its
assets to any other corporation or other legal person,  and less than a majority
of  the  combined  voting  power  of the  then-outstanding  securities  of  such
corporation  or person  immediately  after such sale or  transfer is held in the
aggregate  by the  holders of Common  Shares  immediately  prior to such sale or
transfer;

     (iii)  There is a report  filed on Schedule  13D or Schedule  14D-1 (or any
successor  schedule,  form or  report),  each  as  promulgated  pursuant  to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  disclosing that any person (as the
term Person is used in Section  13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) has become the  beneficial  owner (as the term
beneficial  owner  is  defined  under  Rule  13d-3  or any  successor  rule or
regulation promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of
securities  representing  20% or more of the  Voting  Power (as  defined  in the
Incentive Plan);

     (iv) GLR files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  pursuant  to the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,
disclosing in response to Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any  successor  schedule,
form or report or item  therein) that a change in control of GLR has or may have
occurred  or will or may  occur  in the  future  pursuant  to any  then-existing
contract or transaction; or

     (v) If during any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals who at the
beginning  of any such  period  constitute  the  directors  of GLR cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority  thereof,  unless the election,  or the
nomination  for election by GLRs  stockholders,  of each  director of GLR first
elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least  two-thirds of the
directors of GLR then still in office who were directors of GLR at the beginning
of any such period.

<PAGE>


 
     5.  Additional  Limits  on Right to  Exercise.  If at any time the Board of
Directors  of  GLR  shall  determine,  in  its  discretion,  that  the  listing,
registration  or   qualification   of  the  Option  or  the  Stock  issuable  or
transferable  upon exercise of the Option upon any securities  exchange or under
any state or federal  law, or that the  consent or approval of any  governmental
regulatory  body is necessary or desirable as a condition  of, or in  connection
with, the granting of the Option or in connection  with the issuance or transfer
of Stock thereunder,  the Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless
such listing, registration,  qualification,  consent or approval shall have been
effected or  obtained  free of any  conditions  not  acceptable  to the Board of
Directors of GLR.  Unless at the time of any exercise of the Option there is, in
the opinion of GLR's counsel, a valid and effective registration statement under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and an  appropriate  qualification  and
registration  under  applicable  state  securities  law,  relating to the Stock,
Employee hereby agrees,  upon exercise of the Option,  to give a  representation
that he is acquiring the Stock for his own account for investment and not with a
view to, or for sale in connection  with, the resale or distribution of any such
Stock and shall give such other  representations and covenants to GLR as may, in
the opinion of its counsel,  be required.  In the event that any Stock issued is
not  registered,  then Employee  hereby  agrees that stop transfer  instructions
shall be  issued  to GLR's  transfer  agents  until  such  time as the  Stock is
registered  and that the  certificate  representing  the  Stock  shall  bear the
following restrictive legend:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ("ACT") AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED,
HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF
AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THEM UNDER THE ACT OR A
WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT
REQUIRED.

     6.  Non-Transferability  of Option. The Option shall not be transferable by
Employee  other than by will or by the laws of  descent  and  distribution,  and
during the lifetime of Employee the Option may be exercised  only by Employee or
his legal representative if the Employee is disabled.

     7.  Stockholder  Rights and  Adjustments  to Stock.  Employee shall have no
rights as a stockholder with respect to any Stock issuable or transferable  upon
exercise of the Option until the date of issuance of a stock  certificate to him
for such shares of Stock. Except as hereinafter provided, no adjustment shall be
made for dividends  (ordinary or extraordinary,  whether in cash,  securities or
other  property) or  distributions  or other rights for which the record date is
prior to the date such stock  certificate  is issued and all  adjustments to the
Stock by reason of a stock dividend,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise, shall
be made in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan.

     This  Agreement  shall  not  affect in any way the right or power of GLR to
make adjustments,  reclassifications,  reorganizations or changes of its capital
or business structure or to merge,  consolidate,  dissolve,  liquidate,  sell or
transfer  all or any part of its business or assets.  As noted in the  Incentive
Plan,  in  the  event  the  Company  completes  such  a  transaction  to  merge,
consolidate,  dissolve,  liquidate,  sell  or  transfer  all or any  part of its
business or assets the Board of  Directors  of GLR may, in its sole  discretion,
provide  adjustments  to the  number or kind of shares  covered  by the  Options
granted hereunder.


<PAGE>

     8. Tax  Withholding.  GLR shall have the power to  withhold,  or require an
Employee or other person or entity receiving Stock under this Agreement to remit
to GLR an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax
requirements  on any  Stock  issued  under  this  Agreement,  and GLR may  defer
issuance of Stock until such requirements are satisfied.  The Employee may elect
(i) to have shares of Stock otherwise  issuable under this Agreement withheld by
GLR, or (ii) to deliver to GLR previously acquired shares of Stock, in each case
have a Fair Market Value sufficient to satisfy all or part of the Employees (or
other Stock recipients) estimated total federal, state and local tax obligation
associated with the transaction.

     9. Premature Disposition.  If Employee disposes of shares of Stock acquired
on the exercise of the Incentive Stock Options by sale or exchange either within
two (2) years  after the date of the  grant,  or within  one (1) year  after the
acquisition  of  such  shares  of  Stock,  Employee  shall  notify  GLR of  such
disposition and of the amount realized upon such disposition.

     10.  Order of  Exercise.  This Option may be  exercised in whole or in part
only if there  are no stock  options  outstanding  that  have  been  granted  to
Employee at an earlier  time that  qualify as  "Incentive  Stock  Options."  For
purposes of this  paragraph,  an option shall be considered to be  "outstanding"
until it is exercised in full or expires by reason of time.

     11. Successors and Assigns.  The Option shall be binding in accordance with
its  terms  upon  any   successors  of  GLR  and  upon  the  heirs,   executors,
administrators and successors of Employee.

     12.  Governing  Law. This Agreement and the Option shall be governed by and
construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of  Illinois  relating  to
contracts made and to be performed in that State.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GLR and Employee have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.



By:                                                            
 
Its:                                                            
 

EMPLOYEE



                                                            



Exhibit 10.12

                             GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.
                      LIMITED PURPOSE EMPLOYEE LOAN PROGRAM
                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


$      

       (Maker) in  consideration of the receipt of $ from Great Lakes REIT, Inc.
("GLR") promises to pay to the order of GLR and its successors and assigns,  the
sum of  Dollars  ($ ) on ,  2001,  together  with  interest  on the  outstanding
principal  balance on the tenth (10th) day of each  calendar  quarter,  at a per
annum  rate  which  is the the  rate GLR  pays on its  borrowed  funds  from its
principal lender, such interest rate being adjusted quarterly.

     All sums due  pursuant to this Note shall become due and payable on earlier
of : (1) the date sixty (60) days  following  the day the Maker  ceases to be an
employee of GLR; or (2) the date specified in the first  paragraph of this Note.
Payment of the  principal,  interest  and any  related  costs of  collection  is
secured by a pledge of the Makers shares of GLR Common Stock.

     No delay on the part of GLR in the  exercise  of any  power or right  under
this Note, or under any other instrument executed pursuant hereto, shall operate
as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise of any such power or
right  preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof or the  exercise of any
other right or power hereunder.

     All  payments  hereunder  shall be applied  first to interest on the unpaid
balance at the rate herein specified and then to principal.

     All  payments of  principal  and  interest on this Note shall be payable in
lawful money of the United States of America.  Principal  and interest  shall be
paid to GLR at its principal  office in Illinois,  or at such other place as the
holder of this Note may designate in writing to the  undersigned.  This Note may
be prepaid in whole or in part at any time or from time to time without  premium
or penalty.

     Presentment for payment, notice of dishonor,  protest and notice of protest
are hereby waived. Maker will pay all reasonable attorneys fees and other costs
of collection  incurred by GLR to collect any unpaid sums due and owing pursuant
to this Note.

     This  Note  shall be  binding  upon the Maker and  his/her  successors  and
assigns.


By:                                







Exhibit 23.1
                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statement
(Form S-3 No. 333-40129 of Great Lakes REIT, Inc. and in the related  Prospectus
of our report dated January 29, 1998, except for Note 14 as to which the date is
March 13,  1998,  with  respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements  and
schedule of Great Lakes REIT,  Inc.  included in this Annual  Report (Form 10-K)
for the year ended December 31, 1997.



                                                     Ernst & Young LLP


Chicago, Illinois
March 30, 1998
<PAGE>



<PAGE>

Exhibit 24.1

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY


     Each of the  undersigned,  a  director  of  Great  Lakes  REIT,  Inc.  (the
"Company"), does hereby constitute and appoint Richard A. May, Richard L. Rasley
and James Hicks, and each of them, as his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact  and
agent,  with full power of substitution and  resubstitution,  for him and in his
name,  place and stead, in any and all capacities,  to sign the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997 and any and all
amendments  hereto,  and to file the same, with exhibits and schedules  thereto,
and other  documents  therewith,  with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission,
granting unto said attorney-in-fact,  full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing  necessary or desirable to be done in and about the
premises,  as  fully  to all  intents  and  purposes  as he might or could do in
person, thereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact,  or his
substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each has  hereunto set my hand his 27th day of March,
1998.



                                            /s/ James J. Brinkerhoff
                                            ------------------------
                                            James J. Brinkerhoff

                                            /s/ Daniel E. Josephs
                                            ------------------------
                                            Daniel E. Josephs

                                            /s/ Edward Lowenthal
                                            ------------------------
                                            Edward Lowenthal


                                            /s/ Donald E. Phillips
                                            ------------------------
                                            Donald E. Phillips

                                            /s/ Walter H. Teninga
                                            ------------------------
                                            Walter H. Teninga


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                                        <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                    12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                           DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                        1,436,542
<SECURITIES>                                          0
<RECEIVABLES>                                 3,279,354
<ALLOWANCES>                                          0
<INVENTORY>                                           0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                              5,047,493
<PP&E>                                      297,397,114
<DEPRECIATION>                               11,456,297
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              297,136,554
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        14,947,058
<BONDS>                                      95,097,757
                                 0
                                           0
<COMMON>                                        158,628
<OTHER-SE>                                  186,933,111
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                297,136,554
<SALES>                                      46,919,347
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             47,663,861
<CGS>                                                 0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                19,671,295
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                      0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                      0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                            4,308,173
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              12,105,426
<INCOME-TAX>                                          0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          12,105,426
<DISCONTINUED>                                        0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                       0
<CHANGES>                                             0
<NET-INCOME>                                 12,105,426
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      0.92
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      0.91
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5

       
<S>                                       <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                      9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                            DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                 SEP-30-1997
<CASH>                                         2,363,204
<SECURITIES>                                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  2,386,979
<ALLOWANCES>                                           0
<INVENTORY>                                            0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               5,760,293
<PP&E>                                       251,218,714
<DEPRECIATION>                                 9,656,647
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               251,313,900
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                         52,575,762
<BONDS>                                       10,509,839
                                  0
                                            0
<COMMON>                                         156,975
<OTHER-SE>                                   187,758,674
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 251,313,900
<SALES>                                       32,994,413
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              33,534,224
<CGS>                                                  0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                 22,161,458
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             3,144,940
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                8,227,826
<INCOME-TAX>                                           0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            8,227,826
<DISCONTINUED>                                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                        0
<CHANGES>                                              0
<NET-INCOME>                                   8,227,826
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        .67
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        .66
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>                         0000889905
<NAME>                        GREAT LAKES REIT, INC.
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                             DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                  JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                         10,019,886
<SECURITIES>                                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   2,992,409
<ALLOWANCES>                                            0
<INVENTORY>                                             0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               16,290,427
<PP&E>                                        202,176,540
<DEPRECIATION>                                  8,116,344
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                212,023,010
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          12,776,833
<BONDS>                                        10,546,138
                                   0
                                             0
<COMMON>                                          155,638
<OTHER-SE>                                    188,231,751
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  212,023,010
<SALES>                                        21,438,656
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               21,717,269
<CGS>                                                   0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  14,680,728
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                        0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              2,924,180
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 4,112,361
<INCOME-TAX>                                            0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             4,112,361
<DISCONTINUED>                                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                         0
<CHANGES>                                               0
<NET-INCOME>                                    4,112,361
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                         .38
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         .38
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                     3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                            DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                 MAR-31-1997
<CASH>                                         1,218,373
<SECURITIES>                                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  2,403,736
<ALLOWANCES>                                           0
<INVENTORY>                                            0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               4,582,505
<PP&E>                                       195,994,641
<DEPRECIATION>                                 6,693,954
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               199,575,485
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                         13,710,010
<BONDS>                                       88,175,383
                                  0
                                        2,101
<COMMON>                                          89,760
<OTHER-SE>                                    97,285,581
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 199,575,485
<SALES>                                       10,573,301
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              10,643,218
<CGS>                                                  0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  7,230,931
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             1,603,653
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                1,808,634
<INCOME-TAX>                                           0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            1,808,634
<DISCONTINUED>                                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                        0
<CHANGES>                                              0
<NET-INCOME>                                   1,808,634
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        .20
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        .20
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


       
<ARTICLE> 5

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                       1,688,173
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                2,130,935
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                             4,884,290
<PP&E>                                     189,431,629
<DEPRECIATION>                               5,309,666
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             194,148,882
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       11,442,601
<BONDS>                                     86,111,347
                                0
                                      2,101
<COMMON>                                        88,323
<OTHER-SE>                                  96,504,480
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               194,148,882
<SALES>                                     25,063,570
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            25,232,309
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               10,502,201
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           3,778,065
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              7,849,034
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          7,849,034
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 7,849,034
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.33
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.32
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                     9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                            DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                 SEP-30-1996
<CASH>                                           816,207
<SECURITIES>                                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  5,317,018
<ALLOWANCES>                                           0
<INVENTORY>                                            0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               6,133,225
<PP&E>                                       116,115,432
<DEPRECIATION>                                 4,673,912
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               119,026,552
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          6,570,900
<BONDS>                                       50,995,433
                                  0
                                          735
<COMMON>                                          63,167
<OTHER-SE>                                    61,396,317
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 119,026,552
<SALES>                                       17,534,220
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              17,612,586
<CGS>                                                  0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                 11,834,489
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             2,865,533
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                2,912,464
<INCOME-TAX>                                           0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            2,912,464
<DISCONTINUED>                                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                        0
<CHANGES>                                              0
<NET-INCOME>                                   2,912,464
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        .58
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        .57
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
       

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                             DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                  JUN-30-1996
<CASH>                                            327,681
<SECURITIES>                                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   5,004,349
<ALLOWANCES>                                            0
<INVENTORY>                                             0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                5,332,030
<PP&E>                                        103,560,502
<DEPRECIATION>                                  3,872,237
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                106,490,715
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           6,947,084
<BONDS>                                        52,557,688
                                   0
                                             0
<COMMON>                                           48,322
<OTHER-SE>                                     46,937,621
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  106,490,715
<SALES>                                        11,423,630
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               11,471,065
<CGS>                                                   0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   7,638,035
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                        0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              1,922,245
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 1,910,785
<INCOME-TAX>                                            0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             1,910,785
<DISCONTINUED>                                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                         0
<CHANGES>                                               0
<NET-INCOME>                                    1,910,785
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                         .41
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         .41
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
       

<S>                               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                     3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                            DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                 MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                           821,498
<SECURITIES>                                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  4,948,886
<ALLOWANCES>                                           0
<INVENTORY>                                            0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               5,770,384
<PP&E>                                        96,206,763
<DEPRECIATION>                                 3,145,259
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                98,831,888
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          7,063,733
<BONDS>                                       46,898,904
                                  0
                                            0
<COMMON>                                          45,501
<OTHER-SE>                                    44,823,750
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  98,831,888
<SALES>                                        5,521,494
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               5,543,783
<CGS>                                                  0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  3,631,585
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               940,786
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  971,412
<INCOME-TAX>                                           0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              971,412
<DISCONTINUED>                                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                        0
<CHANGES>                                              0
<NET-INCOME>                                     971,412
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        .21
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        .21
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission